JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

(Established by State Act No. 30 of 2008)

Kukatpally, Hyderabad, Telangana (India).

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR [Link]. REGULAR STUDENTS

WITH EFFECT FROM
ACADEMIC YEAR 2016-17 (R-16)
1.0 Under-Graduate Degree Programme in Engineering & Technology (UGP in
E&T)
1.1 JNTUH offers a 4-year (8 semesters) Bachelor of Technology ([Link].) degree
programme, under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) at its non-autonomous
constituent and affiliated colleges with effect from the academic year 2016-17 in the
following branches of Engineering:
Branch
Civil Engineering
Electrical and Electronics Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Electronics and Communication Engineering
Computer Science and Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering
Bio-Medical Engineering
Information Technology
Mechanical Engineering (Mechatronics)
Electronics and Telematics Engineering
Metallurgy and Material Technology
Electronics and Computer Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (Production)
Aeronautical Engineering
Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Biotechnology
Automobile Engineering
Mining Engineering
Petroleum Engineering
Civil and Environmental Engineering
Mechanical Engineering (Nano Technology)
Computer Science & Technology
Pharmaceutical Engineering

1
2.0 Eligibility for admission
2.1 Admission to the under graduate programme shall be made either on the basis of the
merit rank obtained by the qualified student in entrance test conducted by the
Telangana State Government (EAMCET) or the University or on the basis of any
other order of merit approved by the University, subject to reservations as prescribed
by the government from time to time.
2.2 The medium of instructions for the entire under graduate programme in E&T will be
English only.
3.0 [Link]. Programme structure
3.1 A student after securing admission shall pursue the under graduate programme in
[Link]. in a minimum period of four academic years (8 semesters), and a maximum
period of eight academic years (16 semesters) starting from the date of commencement
of first year first semester, failing which student shall forfeit seat in [Link] course.

Each semester is structured to provide 24 credits, totaling to 192 credits for the entire
[Link]. programme.
Each student shall secure 192 credits (with CGPA ≥ 5) required for the completion of
the under graduate programme and award of the [Link]. degree.
3.2 UGC/ AICTE specified definitions/ descriptions are adopted appropriately for
various terms and abbreviations used in these academic regulations/ norms, which are
listed below.
3.2.1 Semester scheme
Each under graduate programme is of 4 academic years (8 semesters) with the academic
year being divided into two semesters of 22 weeks ( 90 instructional days) each, each
semester having - ‘Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE)’ and ‘Semester End
Examination (SEE)’. Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Credit Based Semester
System (CBSS) as indicated by UGC and curriculum / course structure as suggested by
AICTE are followed.
3.2.2 Credit courses
All subjects/ courses are to be registered by the student in a semester to earn credits
which shall be assigned to each subject/ course in an L: T: P: C (lecture periods: tutorial
periods: practical periods: credits) structure based on the following general pattern.
 One credit for one hour/ week/ semester for theory/ lecture (L) courses.
 One credit for two hours/ week/ semester for laboratory/ practical (P) courses or
Tutorials (T).
Courses like Environmental Science, Professional Ethics, Gender Sensitization lab and
other student activities like NCC/NSO and NSS are identified as mandatory courses.
These courses will not carry any credits.

2
 3.2.3 Subject Course Classification
All subjects/ courses offered for the under graduate programme in E&T ([Link]. degree
programmes) are broadly classified as follows. The university has followed almost all the
guidelines issued by AICTE/UGC.

Broad Course Course Group/

S. No. Course Description
Classification Category

Includes mathematics, physics and chemistry

1 BS – Basic Sciences
subjects
Foundation
Courses ES - Engineering
2 Includes fundamental engineering subjects
Sciences
(FnC)
HS – Humanities and Includes subjects related to humanities, social
3
Social sciences sciences and management
Core Courses PC – Professional Includes core subjects related to the parent
4
(CoC) Core discipline/ department/ branch of Engineering.

PE – Professional Includes elective subjects related to the parent

5
Elective Electives discipline/ department/ branch of Engineering.

Courses Elective subjects which include inter-

disciplinary subjects or subjects in an area
6 (EℓC) OE – Open Electives
outside the parent discipline/ department/ branch
of Engineering.
[Link]. project or UG project or UG major
7 Project Work
project
Industrial training/ Industrial training/ Internship/ UG Mini-project/
8
Core Courses Mini- project Mini-project
Seminar/ Colloquium based on core contents
9 Seminar related to parent discipline/ department/ branch
of Engineering.
10 Minor courses - 1 or 2 Credit courses (subset of HS)
Mandatory
11 - Mandatory courses (non-credit)
Courses (MC)

4.0 Course registration

4.1 A ‘faculty advisor or counselor’ shall be assigned to a group of 15 students, who will
advise student about the under graduate programme, its course structure and curriculum,
choice/option for subjects/ courses, based on their competence, progress, pre-requisites
and interest.
3
4.2 The academic section of the college invites ‘registration forms’ from students before the
beginning of the semester through ‘on-line registration’, ensuring ‘date and time
stamping’. The on-line registration requests for any ‘current semester’ shall be
completed before the commencement of SEEs (Semester End Examinations) of the
‘preceding semester’.
4.3 A student can apply for on-line registration, only after obtaining the ‘written
approval’ from faculty advisor/counselor, which should be submitted to the college
academic section through the Head of the Department. A copy of it shall be retained
with Head of the Department, faculty advisor/ counselor and the student.
4.4 A student may be permitted to register for the subjects/ courses of choice with a total of
24 credits per semester (minimum of 20 credits and maximum of 28 credits per
semester and permitted deviation of ± 17%), based on progress and SGPA/ CGPA, and
completion of the ‘pre-requisites’ as indicated for various subjects/ courses, in the
department course structure and syllabus contents. However, a minimum of 20 credits
per semester must be registered to ensure the ‘studentship’ in any semester.
4.5 Choice for ‘additional subjects/ courses’ to reach the maximum permissible limit of
28 credits (above the typical 24 credit norm) must be clearly indicated, which needs the
specific approval and signature of the faculty advisor/ counselor.
4.6 If the student submits ambiguous choices or multiple options or erroneous entries
during on-line registration for the subject(s) / course(s) under a given/ specified course
group/ category as listed in the course structure, only the first mentioned subject/ course
in that category will be taken into consideration.
4.7 Subject/ course options exercised through on-line registration are final and cannot be
changed or inter-changed; further, alternate choices also will not be considered.
However, if the subject/ course that has already been listed for registration by the Head
of the Department in a semester could not be offered due to any unforeseen or
unexpected reasons, then the student shall be allowed to have alternate choice either for
a new subject (subject to offering of such a subject), or for another existing subject
(subject to availability of seats). Such alternate arrangements will be made by the head
of the department, with due notification and time-framed schedule, within the first
week after the commencement of class-work for that semester.
4.8 Dropping of subjects/ courses may be permitted, only after obtaining prior approval
from the faculty advisor/ counselor (subject to retaining a minimum of 20 credits),
‘within a period of 15 days’ from the beginning of the current semester.
4.9 Open electives: The students have to choose one open elective (OE-I) during III year I
semester, one (OE-II) during III year II semester, and one (OE-III) in IV year II
semester, from the list of open electives given. However, the student cannot opt for an
open elective subject offered by their own (parent) department, if it is already listed
under any category of the subjects offered by parent department in any semester.
4.10 Professional electives: students have to choose professional elective (PE-I) in III year
II semester, Professional electives II, III, and IV (PE-II, III and IV) in IV year I
4
 semester, Professional electives V, and VI (PE-V and VI) in IV year II semester, from
the list of professional electives given. However, the students may opt for professional
elective subjects offered in the related area.
5.0 Subjects/ courses to be offered
5.1 A typical section (or class) strength for each semester shall be 60.
5.2 A subject/ course may be offered to the students, only if a minimum of 20 students (1/3
of the section strength) opt for it. The maximum strength of a section is limited to 80
(60 + 1/3 of the section strength).
5.3 More than one faculty member may offer the same subject (lab/ practical may be
included with the corresponding theory subject in the same semester) in any semester.
However, selection of choice for students will be based on - ‘first come first serve
basis and CGPA criterion’ (i.e. the first focus shall be on early on-line entry from the
student for registration in that semester, and the second focus, if needed, will be on
CGPA of the student).
5.4 If more entries for registration of a subject come into picture, then the Head of
Department concerned shall decide, whether or not to offer such a subject/ course for
two (or multiple) sections.
5.5 In case of options coming from students of other departments/ branches/ disciplines (not
considering open electives), first priority shall be given to the student of the ‘parent
department’.
6.0 Attendance requirements:
6.1 A student shall be eligible to appear for the semester end examinations, if student
acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the subjects/ courses
(excluding attendance in mandatory courses Environmental Science, Professional
Ethics, Gender Sensitization Lab, NCC/NSO and NSS) for that semester.
6.2 Shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above, and below 75%) in
each semester may be condoned by the college academic committee on genuine and
valid grounds, based on the student’s representation with supporting evidence.
6.3 A stipulated fee shall be payable towards condoning of shortage of attendance.
6.4 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate shall in no case be condoned.
6.5 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester are not
eligible to take their end examinations of that semester. They get detained and
their registration for that semester shall stand cancelled. They will not be
promoted to the next semester. They may seek re-registration for all those subjects
registered in that semester in which student was detained, by seeking re-admission into
that semester as and when offered; in case if there are any professional electives and/ or
open electives, the same may also be re-registered if offered. However, if those
electives are not offered in later semesters, then alternate electives may be chosen from
the same set of elective subjects offered under that category.

5
6.6 A student fulfilling the attendance requirement in the present semester shall not be
eligible for readmission into the same class.
7.0 Academic requirements
The following academic requirements have to be satisfied, in addition to the
attendance requirements mentioned in item no.6.
7.1 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the
credits allotted to each subject/ course, if student secures not less than 35% marks (26
out of 75 marks) in the semester end examination, and a minimum of 40% of marks in
the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End
Examination) taken together; in terms of letter grades, this implies securing ‘C’ grade
or above in that subject/ course.
7.2 A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the
credits allotted to UG Mini Project and seminar, if student secures not less than 40%
marks (i.e. 40 out of 100 allotted marks) in each of them. The student would be
treated as failed, if student (i) does not submit a report on UG Mini Project, or does
not make a presentation of the same before the evaluation committee as per schedule,
or (ii) does not present the seminar as required in the IV year I Semester, or (iii)
secures less than 40% marks in industry UG Mini Project / seminar evaluations.
Student may reappear once for each of the above evaluations, when they are
scheduled again; if student fails in such ‘one reappearance’ evaluation also, student
has to reappear for the same in the next subsequent semester, as and when it is
scheduled.
7.3 Promotion Rules
S. No. Promotion Conditions to be fulfilled
1 First year first semester to Regular course of study of first year
first year second semester first semester.
2 First year second semester to (i) Regular course of study of first
second year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 24
credits out of 48 credits i.e., 50%
credits up to first year second
semester from all the relevant regular
and supplementary examinations,
whether the student takes those
examinations or not.
3. Second year first semester to Regular course of study of second
second year second semester year first semester.
4 Second year second semester (i) Regular course of study of second

6
 to third year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 58
credits out of 96 credits i.e., 60%
credits up to second year second
semester from all the relevant regular
and supplementary examinations,
whether the student takes those
examinations or not.
5 Third year first semester to Regular course of study of third year
third year second semester first semester.
6 Third year second semester (i) Regular course of study of third
to fourth year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 86
credits out of 144 credits i.e., 60%
credits up to third year second
semester from all the relevant regular
and supplementary examinations,
whether the student takes those
examinations or not.
7 Fourth year first semester to Regular course of study of fourth year
fourth year second semester first semester.

7.4 A student shall register for all subjects covering 192 credits as specified and listed in
the course structure, fulfills all the attendance and academic requirements for 192
credits, ‘earn all 192 credits by securing SGPA  5.0 (in each semester), and CGPA
(at the end of each successive semester)  5.0, to successfully complete the under
graduate programme.
7.5 After securing the necessary 192 credits as specified for the successful completion of
the entire under graduate programme, the student can avail exemption of two subjects
up to 6 credits, that is, one open elective and one professional elective subject or two
professional elective subjects for optional drop out from these 192 credits earned;
resulting in 186 credits for under graduate programme performance evaluation, i.e.,
the performance of the student in these 186 credits shall alone be taken into account
for the calculation of ‘the final CGPA (at the end of under graduate programme,
which takes the SGPA of the IV year II semester into account)’ , and shall be
indicated in the grade card of IV year II semester. However, the performance of
student in the earlier individual semesters, with the corresponding SGPA and CGPA
for which grade cards have already been given will not be altered.
7.6 If a student registers for some more ‘extra subjects’ (in the parent department or
other departments/branches of engg.) other than those listed subjects totaling to 192

7
 credits as specified in the course structure of his department, the performances in
those ‘extra subjects’ (although evaluated and graded using the same procedure as
that of the required 192 credits) will not be taken into account while calculating the
SGPA and CGPA. For such ‘extra subjects’ registered, % of marks and letter grade
alone will be indicated in the grade card as a performance measure, subject to
completion of the attendance and academic requirements as stated in regulations 6 and
7.1 – 7.5 above.
7.7 A student eligible to appear in the end semester examination for any subject/ course,
but absent from it or failed (thereby failing to secure ‘C’ grade or above) may
reappear for that subject/ course in the supplementary examination as and when
conducted. In such cases, internal marks (CIE) assessed earlier for that subject/
course will be carried over, and added to the marks to be obtained in the SEE
supplementary examination for evaluating performance in that subject.
7.8 A student detained in a semester due to shortage of attendance may be re-
admitted when the same semester is offered in the next academic year for
fulfillment of academic requirements. The academic regulations under which
student has been readmitted shall be applicable. However, no grade allotments or
SGPA/ CGPA calculations will be done for the entire semester in which student has
been detained.
7.9 A student detained due to lack of credits, shall be promoted to the next academic
year only after acquiring the required academic credits. The academic regulations
under which student has been readmitted shall be applicable to him.
8.0 Evaluation - Distribution and Weightage of marks
8.1 The performance of a student in every subject/course (including practicals and UG
major project) will be evaluated for 100 marks each, with 25 marks allotted for CIE
(Continuous Internal Evaluation) and 75 marks for SEE (Semester End-Examination).
8.2 For theory subjects, during a semester, there shall be two mid-term examinations.
Each mid-term examination consists of one objective paper, one descriptive paper and
one assignment. The objective paper and the descriptive paper shall be for 10 marks
each with a total duration of 1 hour 20 minutes (20 minutes for objective and 60
minutes for descriptive paper). The objective paper is set with 20 bits of multiple
choice, fill-in the blanks and matching type of questions for a total of 10 marks. The
descriptive paper shall contain 4 full questions out of which, the student has to answer
2 questions, each carrying 5 marks. While the first mid-term examination shall be
conducted on 50% of the syllabus, the second mid-term examination shall be
conducted on the remaining 50% of the syllabus. Five marks are allocated for
assignments (as specified by the subject teacher concerned). The first assignment
should be submitted before the conduct of the first mid-examination, and the second
assignment should be submitted before the conduct of the second mid-examination.
The total marks secured by the student in each mid-term examination are evaluated
for 25 marks, and the average of the two mid-term examinations shall be taken as the

8
 final marks secured by each student in internals/sessionals. If any student is absent
from any subject of a mid-term examination, an on-line test will be conducted for him
by the university. The details of the question paper pattern are as follows,
 The end semester examinations will be conducted for 75 marks consisting of
two parts viz. i) Part- A for 25 marks, ii) Part - B for 50 marks.
 Part-A is compulsory question which consists of ten sub-questions. The first
five sub-questions are from each unit and carry 2 marks each. The next five
sub-questions are one from each unit and carry 3 marks each.
 Part-B consists of five questions (numbered from 2 to 6) carrying 10 marks
each. Each of these questions is from one unit and may contain sub-questions.
For each question there will be an “either” “or” choice, which means that there
will be two questions from each unit and the student should answer either of
the two questions.
8.3 For practical subjects there shall be a continuous internal evaluation during the
semester for 25 sessional marks and 75 semester end examination marks. Out of the
25 marks for internal evaluation, day-to-day work in the laboratory shall be evaluated
for 15 marks and internal practical examination shall be evaluated for 10 marks
conducted by the laboratory teacher concerned. The semester end examination shall
be conducted with an external examiner and the laboratory teacher. The external
examiner shall be appointed from the clusters of colleges which are decided by the
examination branch of the university.
8.4 For the subject having design and/or drawing, (such as engineering graphics,
engineering drawing, machine drawing) and estimation, the distribution shall be 25
marks for continuous internal evaluation (15 marks for day-to-day work and 10 marks
for internal tests) and 75 marks for semester end examination. There shall be two
internal tests in a semester and the average of the two shall be considered for the
award of marks for internal tests.
8.5 There shall be an UG mini-project, in collaboration with an industry of their
specialization. Students will register for this immediately after III year II semester
examinations and pursue it during summer vacation. The UG mini-project shall be
submitted in a report form and presented before the committee in IV year I semester.
It shall be evaluated for 100 marks. The committee consists of an external examiner,
Head of the Department, supervisor of the UG mini-project and a senior faculty
member of the department. There shall be no internal marks for UG mini-project.
8.6 There shall be a seminar presentation in IV year I semester. For the seminar, the
student shall collect the information on a specialized topic, prepare a technical report,
and submit it to the department. It shall be evaluated by the departmental committee
consisting of Head of the Department, seminar supervisor and a senior faculty
member. The seminar report shall be evaluated for 100 marks. There shall be no
semester end examination for the seminar.

9
8.7 Out of a total of 100 marks for the UG major Project, 25 marks shall be allotted for
internal evaluation and 75 marks for the end semester examination (viva voce). The
end semester examination of the UG major Project shall be conducted by the same
committee as appointed for the UG mini-project. In addition, the UG major Project
supervisor shall also be included in the committee. The topics for UG mini project,
seminar and UG major Project shall be different from one another. The evaluation of
UG major Project shall be made at the end of IV year II semester. The internal
evaluation shall be on the basis of two seminars given by each student on the topic of
UG major Project.
8.8 The laboratory marks and the sessional marks awarded by the college are subject to
scrutiny and scaling by the university wherever necessary. In such cases, the sessional
and laboratory marks awarded by the college will be referred to a committee. The
committee will arrive at a scaling factor and the marks will be scaled accordingly.
The recommendations of the committee are final and binding. The laboratory records
and internal test papers shall be preserved in the respective institutions as per the
university rules and produced before the committees of the university as and when
asked for.
8.9 For mandatory courses Environmental Science, Professional Ethics and gender
sensitization lab, a student has to secure 40 marks out of 100 marks (i.e. 40% of the
marks allotted) in the continuous internal evaluation for passing the subject/course.
8.10 For mandatory courses NCC/ NSO and NSS, a ‘satisfactory participation certificate’
shall be issued to the student from the authorities concerned, only after securing 
65% attendance in such a course.
8.11 No marks or letter grade shall be allotted for all mandatory/non-credit courses.
9.0 Grading procedure
9.1 Marks will be awarded to indicate the performance of student in each theory subject,
labaratory / practicals, seminar, UG mini project, UG major project. Based on the
percentage of marks obtained (Continuous Internal Evaluation plus Semester End
Examination, both taken together) as specified in item 8 above, a corresponding letter
grade shall be given.
9.2 As a measure of the performance of student, a 10-point absolute grading system using
the following letter grades (as per UGC/AICTE guidelines) and corresponding
percentage of marks shall be followed:

% of Marks Secured in a Subject/Course Letter Grade

Grade Points
(Class Intervals) (UGC Guidelines)
O
Greater than or equal to 90% 10
(Outstanding)
A+
80 and less than 90% 9
(Excellent)

10
 A
70 and less than 80% 8
(Very Good)
B+
60 and less than 70% 7
(Good)
B
50 and less than 60% 6
(Average)
C
40 and less than 50% 5
(Pass)
F
Below 40% 0
(FAIL)

Absent Ab 0

9.3 A student obtaining ‘F’ grade in any subject shall be deemed to have ‘failed’ and is
required to reappear as a ‘supplementary student’ in the semester end examination, as
and when offered. In such cases, internal marks in those subjects will remain the same
as those obtained earlier.
9.4 A student who has not appeared for examination in any subject, ‘Ab’ grade will be
allocated in that subject, and student shall be considered ‘failed’. Student will be
required to reappear as a ‘supplementary student’ in the semester end examination, as
and when offered.
9.5 A letter grade does not indicate any specific percentage of marks secured by the
student, but it indicates only the range of percentage of marks.
9.6 A student earns grade point (GP) in each subject/ course, on the basis of the letter
grade secured in that subject/ course. The corresponding ‘credit points’ (CP) are
computed by multiplying the grade point with credits for that particular subject/
course.
Credit points (CP) = grade point (GP) x credits …. For a course
9.7 The student passes the subject/ course only when GP  5 (‘C’ grade or above)
9.8 The semester grade point average (SGPA) is calculated by dividing the sum of credit
points (CP) secured from all subjects/ courses registered in a semester, by the total
number of credits registered during that semester. SGPA is rounded off to two
decimal places. SGPA is thus computed as
SGPA = { ∑ }/{∑ } …. For each semester,
where ‘i’ is the subject indicator index (takes into account all subjects in a semester),
‘N’ is the no. of subjects ‘registered’ for the semester (as specifically required and
listed under the course structure of the parent department), C is the no. of credits
allotted to the ith subject, and G represents the grade points (GP) corresponding to the
letter grade awarded for that ith subject.

11
9.9 The cumulative grade point average (CGPA) is a measure of the overall cumulative
performance of a student in all semesters considered for registration. The CGPA is the
ratio of the total credit points secured by a student in all registered courses in all
semesters, and the total number of credits registered in all the semesters. CGPA is
rounded off to two decimal places. CGPA is thus computed from the I year II
semester onwards at the end of each semester as per the formula
CGPA = { ∑ }/{∑ } … for all S semesters registered

(i.e., up to and inclusive of S semesters, S  2),

where ‘M’ is the total no. of subjects (as specifically required and listed under the
course structure of the parent department) the student has ‘registered’ i.e., from the
1st semester onwards up to and inclusive of the 8th semester, ‘j’ is the subject indicator
index (takes into account all subjects from 1 to 8 semesters), C is the no. of credits
allotted to the jth subject, and G represents the grade points (GP) corresponding to the
letter grade awarded for that jth subject. After registration and completion of I year I
semester, the SGPA of that semester itself may be taken as the CGPA, as there are no
cumulative effects.
Illustration of calculation of SGPA
Illustration of calculation of CGPA: Letter Grade Credit
Course/Subject Credits
Grade Points Points
Course 1 4 A 8 4 x 8 = 32
Course 2 4 O 10 4 x 10 = 40
Course 3 4 C 5 4 x 5 = 20
Course 4 3 B 6 3 x 6 = 18
Course 5 3 A+ 9 3 x 9 = 27
Course 6 3 C 5 3 x 5 = 15
21 152

SGPA = 152/21 = 7.23

Credits x
Semester Credits SGPA
SGPA
Semester I 24 7 24 x 7 = 168
Semester II 24 6 24 x 6 = 144
Semester III 24 6.5 24 x 6.5 = 156
Semester IV 24 6 24 x 6 = 144
Semester V 24 7.5 24 x 7.5 = 180

12
 Semester VI 24 8 24 x 8 = 192
Semester VII 24 8.5 24 x 8.5 = 204
Semester VIII 24 8 24 x 8 = 192
192 1380

CGPA = 1380/192 = 7.18

9.10 For merit ranking or comparison purposes or any other listing, only the ‘rounded off’
values of the CGPAs will be used.
9.11 For calculations listed in regulations 9.6 to 9.9, performance in failed subjects/ courses
(securing F grade) will also be taken into account, and the credits of such subjects/
courses will also be included in the multiplications and summations. After passing the
failed subject(s) newly secured letter grades will be taken into account for calculation
of SGPA and CGPA. However, mandatory courses will not be taken into
consideration.
10.0 Passing standards
10.1 A student shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in a semester, if student secures a
GP ≥ 5 (‘C’ grade or above) in every subject/course in that semester (i.e. when
student gets an SGPA  5.00 at the end of that particular semester); and a student
shall be declared successful or ‘passed’ in the entire under graduate programme, only
when gets a CGPA  5.00 for the award of the degree as required.
10.2 After the completion of each semester, a grade card or grade sheet (or transcript) shall
be issued to all the registered students of that semester, indicating the letter grades and
credits earned. It will show the details of the courses registered (course code, title, no.
of credits, and grade earned etc.), credits earned, SGPA, and CGPA.
11.0 Declaration of results
11.1 Computation of SGPA and CGPA are done using the procedure listed in 9.6 to 9.9.
11.2 For final percentage of marks equivalent to the computed final CGPA, the following
formula may be used.
% of Marks = (final CGPA – 0.5) x 10
12.0 Award of degree
12.1 A student who registers for all the specified subjects/ courses as listed in the course
structure and secures the required number of 192 credits (with CGPA  5.0), within 8
academic years from the date of commencement of the first academic year, shall be
declared to have ‘qualified’ for the award of the [Link]. degree in the chosen branch
of Engineering as selected at the time of admission.

13
12.2 A student who qualifies for the award of the degree as listed in item 12.1 shall be
placed in the following classes.
12.3 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  8.00, and
fulfilling the following conditions -
(i) Should have passed all the subjects/courses in ‘first appearance’ within the
first 4 academic years (or 8 sequential semesters) from the date of
commencement of first year first semester.
(ii) Should have secured a CGPA  8.00, at the end of each of the 8 sequential
semesters, starting from I year I semester onwards.
(iii) Should not have been detained or prevented from writing the end semester
examinations in any semester due to shortage of attendance or any other
reason, shall be placed in ‘first class with distinction’.
12.4 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  6.50 but <
8.00, shall be placed in ‘first class’.
12.5 Students with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  5.50 but <
6.50, shall be placed in ‘second class’.
12.6 All other students who qualify for the award of the degree (as per item 12.1), with
final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme)  5.00 but < 5.50, shall be
placed in ‘pass class’.
12.7 A student with final CGPA (at the end of the under graduate programme) < 5.00 will
not be eligible for the award of the degree.
12.8 Students fulfilling the conditions listed under item 12.3 alone will be eligible for
award of ‘university rank’ and ‘gold medal’.
13.0 Withholding of results
13.1 If the student has not paid the fees to the university/ college at any stage, or has dues
pending due to any reason whatsoever, or if any case of indiscipline is pending, the
result of the student may be withheld, and student will not be allowed to go into the
next higher semester. The award or issue of the degree may also be withheld in such
cases.
14.0 Transitory regulations
A. For students detained due to shortage of attendance:
1. A Student who has been detained in I year of R09/R13/R15 Regulations due to lack of
attendance, shall be permitted to join I year I Semester of R16 Regulations and he is
required to complete the study of [Link]./B. Pharmacy programme within the
stipulated period of eight academic years from the date of first admission in I Year.
2. A student who has been detained in any semester of II, III and IV years of
R09/R13/R15 regulations for want of attendance, shall be permitted to join the
corresponding semester of R16 regulations and is required to complete the study of
14
 [Link]./B. Pharmacy within the stipulated period of eight academic years from the
date of first admission in I Year. The R16 Academic Regulations under which a
student has been readmitted shall be applicable to that student from that semester.
See rule (C) for further Transitory Regulations.
B. For students detained due to shortage of credits:
3. A student of R09/R13/R15 Regulations who has been detained due to lack of credits,
shall be promoted to the next semester of R16 Regulations only after acquiring the
required credits as per the corresponding regulations of his/her first admission. The
student is required to complete the study of [Link]./B. Pharmacy within the stipulated
period of eight academic years from the year of first admission. The R16 Academic
Regulations are applicable to a student from the year of readmission onwards.
See rule (C) for further Transitory Regulations.
C. For readmitted students in R16 Regulations:
4. A student who has failed in any subject under any regulation has to pass those
subjects in the same regulations.
5. The maximum credits that a student acquires for the award of degree, shall be the sum
of the total number of credits secured in all the regulations of his/her study including
R16 Regulations. The performance evaluation of the student will be done after the
exemption of two subjects if total credits acquired are ≤ 206, three subjects if total
credits acquired are > 206 (see R16 Regulations for exemption details).
6. If a student readmitted to R16 Regulations, has any subject with 80% of syllabus
common with his/her previous regulations, that particular subject in R16 Regulations
will be substituted by another subject to be suggested by the University.
Note: If a student readmitted to R16 Regulations, has not studied any subjects/topics in
his/her earlier regulations of study which is prerequisite for further subjects in R16
Regulations, the College Principals concerned shall conduct remedial classes to cover
those subjects/topics for the benefit of the students.
15.0 Student transfers
15.1 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of admission process.
15.2 There shall be no transfers from one college/stream to another within the constituent
colleges and units of Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University Hyderabad.
15.3 The students seeking transfer to colleges affiliated to JNTUH from various other
Universities/institutions have to pass the failed subjects which are equivalent to the
subjects of JNTUH, and also pass the subjects of JNTUH which the students have not
studied at the earlier institution. Further, though the students have passed some of the
subjects at the earlier institutions, if the same subjects are prescribed in different
semesters of JNTUH, the students have to study those subjects in JNTUH in spite of
the fact that those subjects are repeated.

15
15.4 The transferred students from other Universities/institutions to JNTUH affiliated
colleges who are on rolls to be provide one chance to write the CBT (internal marks)
in the failed subjects and/or subjects not studied as per the clearance letter issued
by the university.
15.5 The autonomous affiliated colleges have to provide one chance to write the internal
examinations in the failed subjects and/or subjects not studied, to the students
transferred from other universities/institutions to JNTUH autonomous affiliated
colleges who are on rolls, as per the clearance (equivalence) letter issued by the
University.
16.0 Scope
16.1 The academic regulations should be read as a whole, for the purpose of any
interpretation.
16.2 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision
of the vice-chancellor is final.
16.3 The university may change or amend the academic regulations, course structure or
syllabi at any time, and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all
students with effect from the dates notified by the university authorities.

16
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD
(Established by State Act No. 30 of 2008)
Kukatpally, Hyderabad, Telangana (India).

Academic Regulations for [Link]. (Lateral Entry Scheme) from the AY 2017-18

1. Eligibility for award of B. Tech. Degree (LES)

The LES students after securing admission shall pursue a course of study for not less than
three academic years and not more than six academic years.
2. The student shall register for 144 credits and secure 144 credits with CGPA ≥ 5 from II
year to IV year [Link]. programme (LES) for the award of [Link]. degree. Out of the
144 credits secured, the student can avail exemption up to 6 credits, that is, one open
elective subject and one professional elective subject or two professional elective subjects
resulting in 138 credits for [Link] programme performance evaluation.
3. The students, who fail to fulfil the requirement for the award of the degree in six
academic years from the year of admission, shall forfeit their seat in [Link].
4. The attendance requirements of B. Tech. (Regular) shall be applicable to [Link]. (LES).
5. Promotion rule
S. No Promotion Conditions to be fulfilled
1 Second year first semester to second Regular course of study of second year
year second semester first semester.
2 Second year second semester to (i) Regular course of study of second
third year first semester year second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 29 credits
out of 48 credits i.e., 60% credits up to
second year second semester from all
the relevant regular and supplementary
examinations, whether the student takes
those examinations or not.
3 Third year first semester to third Regular course of study of third year
year second semester first semester.
4 Third year second semester to (i) Regular course of study of third year
fourth year first semester second semester.
(ii) Must have secured at least 58 credits
out of 96 credits i.e., 60% credits up to
third year second semester from all the

17
 relevant regular and supplementary
examinations, whether the student takes
those examinations or not.
5 Fourth year first semester to fourth Regular course of study of fourth year
year second semester first semester.

6. All the other regulations as applicable to B. Tech. 4-year degree course (Regular) will
hold good for B. Tech. (Lateral Entry Scheme).

MALPRACTICES RULES
DISCIPLINARY ACTION FOR / IMPROPER CONDUCT IN EXAMINATIONS
Nature of Malpractices/Improper
Punishment
conduct
If the student:
Possesses or keeps accessible in
examination hall, any paper, note book,
programmable calculators, cell phones,
pager, palm computers or any other
form of material concerned with or
Expulsion from the examination hall and
related to the subject of the examination
1. (a) cancellation of the performance in that subject
(theory or practical) in which student is
only.
appearing but has not made use of
(material shall include any marks on the
body of the student which can be used
as an aid in the subject of the
examination)
Gives assistance or guidance or receives
Expulsion from the examination hall and
it from any other student orally or by
cancellation of the performance in that subject
any other body language methods or
(b) only of all the students involved. In case of an
communicates through cell phones with
outsider, he will be handed over to the police
any student or persons in or outside the
and a case is registered against him.
exam hall in respect of any matter.
Has copied in the examination hall from Expulsion from the examination hall and
any paper, book, programmable cancellation of the performance in that subject
calculators, palm computers or any and all other subjects the student has already
2. other form of material relevant to the appeared including practical examinations and
subject of the examination (theory or project work and shall not be permitted to
practical) in which the student is appear for the remaining examinations of the
appearing. subjects of that semester/year.

18
 The hall ticket of the student is to be cancelled
and sent to the university.
The student who has impersonated shall be
expelled from examination hall. The student is
also debarred and forfeits the seat. The
performance of the original student who has
been impersonated, shall be cancelled in all the
subjects of the examination (including
practicals and project work) already appeared
and shall not be allowed to appear for
Impersonates any other student in
3. examinations of the remaining subjects of that
connection with the examination.
semester/year. The student is also debarred for
two consecutive semesters from class work and
all university examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat. If the imposter is an
outsider, he will be handed over to the police
and a case is registered against him.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of performance in that subject and
all the other subjects the student has already
Smuggles in the answer book or appeared including practical examinations and
additional sheet or takes out or arranges project work and shall not be permitted for the
to send out the question paper during remaining examinations of the subjects of that
4.
the examination or answer book or semester/year. The student is also debarred for
additional sheet, during or after the two consecutive semesters from class work and
examination. all university examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
Uses objectionable, abusive or offensive
language in the answer paper or in
5. letters to the examiners or writes to the Cancellation of the performance in that subject.
examiner requesting him to award pass
marks.
Refuses to obey the orders of the chief In case of students of the college, they shall be
superintendent/assistant – expelled from examination halls and
6. superintendent / any officer on duty or cancellation of their performance in that
misbehaves or creates disturbance of subject and all other subjects the student(s) has
any kind in and around the examination (have) already appeared and shall not be
hall or organizes a walk out or instigates permitted to appear for the remaining

19
 others to walk out, or threatens the examinations of the subjects of that
officer-in charge or any person on duty semester/year. The students also are debarred
in or outside the examination hall of any and forfeit their seats. In case of outsiders,
injury to his person or to any of his they will be handed over to the police and a
relations whether by words, either police case is registered against them.
spoken or written or by signs or by
visible representation, assaults the
officer-in-charge, or any person on duty
in or outside the examination hall or any
of his relations, or indulges in any other
act of misconduct or mischief which
result in damage to or destruction of
property in the examination hall or any
part of the college campus or engages in
any other act which in the opinion of
the officer on duty amounts to use of
unfair means or misconduct or has the
tendency to disrupt the orderly conduct
of the examination.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of performance in that subject and
all the other subjects the student has already
appeared including practical examinations and
Leaves the exam hall taking away project work and shall not be permitted for the
answer script or intentionally tears of remaining examinations of the subjects of that
7.
the script or any part thereof inside or semester/year. The student is also debarred for
outside the examination hall. two consecutive semesters from class work and
all university examinations. The continuation
of the course by the student is subject to the
academic regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of the performance in that subject
Possess any lethal weapon or firearm in and all other subjects the student has already
the examination hall. appeared including practical examinations and
8.
project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year. The student is also debarred
and forfeits the seat.
If student of the college, who is not a Student of the colleges expulsion from the
9. student for the particular examination or examination hall and cancellation of the
any person not connected with the performance in that subject and all other

20
 college indulges in any malpractice or subjects the student has already appeared
improper conduct mentioned in clause 6 including practical examinations and project
to 8. work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year. The student is also debarred and
forfeits the [Link](s) who do not belong to
the college will be handed over to police and, a
police case will be registered against them.
Expulsion from the examination hall and
cancellation of the performance in that subject
and all other subjects the student has already
Comes in a drunken condition to the
10. appeared including practical examinations and
examination hall.
project work and shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year.
Cancellation of the performance in that subject
Copying detected on the basis of
and all other subjects the student has appeared
11. internal evidence, such as, during
including practical examinations and project
valuation or during special scrutiny.
work of that semester/year examinations.
If any malpractice is detected which is
not covered in the above clauses 1 to 11
12. shall be reported to the university for
further action to award suitable
punishment.

Malpractices identified by squad or special invigilators

1. Punishments to the students as per the above guidelines.
2. Punishment for institutions : (if the squad reports that the college is also involved in
encouraging malpractices)
a. A show cause notice shall be issued to the college.
b. Impose a suitable fine on the college.
c. Shifting the examination centre from the college to another college for a specific
period of not less than one year.

*****

21
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. I YEAR COURSE STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS (R16)

(Common for Civil, ME, AE, ME (M), MME, AU, Mining, Petroleum, CEE, ME (Nanotech))

Applicable From 2017-18 Admitted Batch

I YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA101BS Mathematics-I 3 1 0 3
2 MA102BS Mathematics-II 4 1 0 4
3 PH103BS Engineering Physics 3 0 0 3
4 CS104ES Computer Programming in C 3 0 0 3
5 ME105ES Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3
6 ME106ES Engineering Graphics 2 0 4 4
7 PH107BS Engineering Physics Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CS108ES Computer Programming in C Lab 0 0 3 2
9 *EA109MC NSS 0 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 2 10 24

I YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 AP201BS Applied Physics 3 0 0 3
2 CH202BS Engineering Chemistry 4 0 0 4
3 MA203BS Mathematics-III 4 1 0 4
4 EN204HS Professional Communication in English 3 0 0 3
5 EE205ES Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 4 0 0 4
6 CH206BS Engineering Chemistry Lab 0 0 3 2
7 EN207HS English Language Communication Skills Lab 0 0 3 2
8 ME208ES Engineering Workshop 0 0 3 2
9 *EA209MC NCC/NSO 0 0 0 0
Total Credits 18 1 9 24

*Mandatory Course- Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory

22
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

[Link]. CIVIL ENGINEERING

II, III, IV YEARS COURSE STRUCTURE & SYLLABUS (R16)

Admitted From 2016-17 Admitted Batch

II YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 MA301BS Mathematics - IV 4 1 0 4
2 CE302ES Strength of Materials - I 4 1 0 4
3 CE303ES Fluid Mechanics - I 4 1 0 4
4 CE304ES Building Materials, Construction and Planning 3 0 0 3
5 CE305ES Surveying 3 0 0 3
6 CE306ES Strength of Material Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CE307ES Computer Aided Drafting Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CE308ES Surveying Lab - I 0 0 3 2
9 *MC300HS Gender Sensitization Lab 0 0 3 0
Total Credits 18 3 12 24

II YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CE401ES Strength of Material - II 4 1 0 4
2 CE402ES Fluid Mechanics - II 4 1 0 4
3 CE403ES Structural Analysis 4 1 0 4
4 CV404ES Engineering Geology 3 0 0 3
5 SM405MS Business Economic and Financial Analysis 3 0 0 3
6 CE406ES Fluid Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CE408ES Surveying Lab - II 0 0 3 2
8 CV407ES Engineering Geology Lab 0 0 3 2
9 *MC400ES Environmental Science and Technology 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 3 9 24

23
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

III YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CE501PC Concrete Technology 4 0 0 4
2 CE502PC Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 4 1 0 4
3 CE503PC Water Resources Engineering 4 0 0 4
4 SM504MS Fundamentals of Management 3 0 0 3
5 Open Elective –I 3 0 0 3
6 CE505PC Concrete Technology Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CE506PC Geographical Information Systems Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CE507PC Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery Lab 0 0 3 2
9 MC500HS Professional Ethics 3 0 0 0
Total Credits 21 1 9 24

III YEAR II SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CE601PC Design of Steel Structures 4 1 0 4
2 CE602PC Environmental Engineering 4 0 0 4
3 CE603PC Soil Mechanics 4 0 0 4
4 Open Elective-II 3 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective-I 3 0 0 3
6 CE604PC Soil Mechanics Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CE605PC Computer Aided Drafting - II Lab 0 0 3 2
8 EN606HS Advanced English Communication Skills Lab 0 0 3 2
Total Credits 18 1 9 24

*During Sumer Vacation between III and IV Years: Industry Oriented Mini Project

IV YEAR I SEMESTER

Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 CE701PC Transportation Engineering 4 0 0 4
2 CE702PC Estimation Quantity Surveying and Valuation 4 1 0 4
3 Professional Elective - II 3 0 0 3
4 Professional Elective - III 3 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective -IV 3 0 0 3
6 CE703PC Transportation Engineering Lab 0 0 3 2
7 CE704PC Environmental Engineering Lab 0 0 3 2
8 CE705PC Industry Oriented Mini Project 0 0 3 2
9 CE706PC Seminar 0 0 2 1
Total Credits 17 1 11 24

24
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

IV YEAR II SEMESTER
Course
S. No Course Title L T P Credits
Code
1 Open Elective - III 3 0 0 3
2 Professional Elective -V 3 0 0 3
3 Professional Elective -VI 3 0 0 3
4 CE801PC Major Project 0 0 30 15
Total Credits 9 0 30 24

Professional Elective - I
CE611PE Air Pollution and Control.
CE612PE Advanced Structural Analysis.
CE613PE Ground Water Development and Management.
CE614PE Earth and Rock fill Dams and Slope Stability.

Professional Elective – II
CE721PE Stochastic Hydrology.
CE722PE Construction Technology and Management.
CE723PE Foundation Engineering.
CE724PE Rehabilitation and Retrofitting of Structures.

Professional Elective – III

CE731PE Watershed Management.
CE732PE Prestressed Concrete.
CE733PE Ground Improvement Techniques.
CE734PE Railway and Airport Engineering.

Professional Elective – IV
CE741PE Traffic Engineering.
CE742PE Bridge Engineering.
CE743PE Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundation.
CE744PE Irrigation and Hydraulic Structures.

Professional Elective – V
CE851PE Waste Management.
CE852PE Pavement Design.
CE853PE Elements of Earthquake Engineering.
CE854PE Water Resources Systems Analysis.

Professional Elective – VI
CE861PE Finite Element Methods for Civil Engineering.
CE862PE Geoenvironmental Engineering.
CE863PE Design and Drawing of Irrigation Structures.
CE864PE Industrial Waste Water Treatment.

*Open Elective subjects’ syllabus is provided in a separate document.

25
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

*Open Elective – Students should take Open Electives from The List of Open Electives
Offered by Other Departments/Branches Only.

Ex: - A Student of Mechanical Engineering can take Open Electives from all other
departments/branches except Open Electives offered by Mechanical Engineering Dept.

26
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY HYDERABAD

LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS FOR
[Link]. III AND IV YEARS

S. Name of the Department Open Elective – I Open Elective – II

No. Offering Open Electives (Semester – V) (Semester – VI)
1 Aeronautical Engg. AE511OE: Introduction AE621OE: Introduction to
to Space Technology Aerospace Engineering
2 Automobile Engg. CE511OE: Disaster MT621OE: Data Structures
Management MT622OE: Artificial
MT512OE: Intellectual Neural Networks
Property Rights
3 Biomedical Engg. BM511OE: Reliability BM621OE: Medical
Engineering Electronics
4 Civil Engg. CE511OE: Disaster CE621OE: Remote
Management. Sensing and GIS
CE622OE: Geo-
Informatics
CE623OE: Intellectual
Property Rights
5 Civil and Environmental CE511OE: Disaster CN621OE: Environmental
Engg. Management Impact Assessment
CE623OE: Intellectual
Property Rights
6 Computer Science and Engg. CS511OE: Operating CS621OE: Java
/ Information Technology Systems Programming
CS512OE: Database CS622OE: Software
Management Systems Testing Methodologies
CS623OE: Cyber Security
7 Electronics and EC511OE: Principles of EC621OE: Principles of
Communication Engg. / Electronic Computer Communications
Electronics and Telematics Communications and Networks
Engg.
8 Electronics and Computer EM511OE: Scripting EM621OE: Soft
Engg. Languages Computing Techniques
9 Electrical and Electronics EE511OE: Non- EE621OE: Design
Engg. Conventional Power Estimation and Costing of
Generation Electrical Systems
EE512OE: Electrical EE622OE: Energy Storage
Engineering Materials Systems
EE513OE: EE623OE: Introduction to
Nanotechnology Mechatronics
10 Electronics and EI511OE: Electronic EI621OE: Industrial
Instrumentation Engg. Measurements and Electronics
Instrumentation
11 Mechanical Engg. ME511OE: Optimization ME621OE: World Class
Techniques Manufacturing
ME512OE: Computer ME622OE: Fundamentals
Graphics of Robotics
ME513OE: Introduction ME623OE: Fabrication

27
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

to Mechatronics Processes
ME514OE:
Fundamentals of
Mechanical Engineering
12 Mechanical Engg. (Material NT511OE: Fabrication NT621OE: Introduction to
Science and Processes Material Handling
Nanotechnology) NT512OE: Non NT622OE: Non-
destructive Testing Conventional Energy
Methods Sources
NT513OE: NT623OE: Robotics
Fundamentals of
Engineering Materials
13 Mechanical Engg. MT511OE: Analog and MT621OE: Data Structures
(mechatronics) Digital I.C. Applications MT622OE: Artificial
MT512OE: Intellectual Neural Networks
Property Rights MT623OE: Industrial
MT513OE: Computer Management
Organization
14 Metallurgical and Materials MM511OE: Materials MM621OE: Science and
Engg. Characterization Technology of Nano
Techniques Materials
MM622OE: Metallurgy of
Non Metallurgists
15 Mining Engg. MN511OE: Introduction MN621OE: Coal
to Mining Technology Gasification, Coal Bed
Methane and Shale Gas
16 Petroleum Engg. PE511OE: Materials PE621OE: Energy
Science and Engineering Management and
PE512OE: Renewable Conservation
Energy Sources PE622OE: Optimization
PE513OE: Techniques
Environmental PE623OE:
Engineering Entrepreneurship and
Small Business Enterprises

S. Name of the Department Open Elective –III

No. Offering Open Electives (Semester – VIII)
1 Aeronautical Engg. AE831OE: Air Transportation Systems
AE832OE: Rockets and Missiles
2 Automobile Engg. AM831OE: Introduction to Mechatronics
AM832OE: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
3 Biomedical Engg. BM831OE: Telemetry and Telecontrol
BM832OE: Electromagnetic Interference and
Compatibility
4 Civil Engg. CE831OE: Environmental Impact Assessment
CE832OE: Optimization Techniques in Engineering
CE833OE: Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Enterprises
5 Civil and Environmental CN831OE: Remote Sensing and GIS
Engg. CE833OE: Entrepreneurship and Small Business

28
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Enterprises
6 Computer Science and CS831OE: Linux Programming
Engg. / Information CS832OE: R Programming
Technology CS833OE: PHP Programming
7 Electronics and EC831OE: Electronic Measuring Instruments
Communication Engg. /
Electronics and Telematics
Engg.
8 Electronics and Computer EM831OE: Data Analytics
Engg.
9 Electrical and Electronics EE831OE: Entrepreneur Resource Planning
Engg. EE832OE: Management Information Systems
EE833OE: Organizational Behaviour
10 Electronics and EI831OE: Sensors and Transducers,
Instrumentation Engg. EI832OE: PC Based Instrumentation
11 Mechanical Engg. ME831OE: Total Quality Management
ME832OE: Industrial Safety, Health, and
Environmental Engineering
ME833OE: Basics of Thermodynamics
ME834OE: Reliability Engineering
12 Mechanical Engg. (Material NT831OE: Concepts of Nano Science And Technology
Science and NT832OE: Synthesis of Nanomaterials
Nanotechnology) NT833OE: Characterization of Nanomaterials
13 Mechanical Engg. MT831OE: Renewable Energy Sources
(mechatronics) MT832OE: Production Planning and Control
CE833OE: Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Enterprises
14 Metallurgical and Materials MM831OE: Design and Selection of Engineering
Engg. Materials
15 Mining Engg. MN831OE: Solid Fuel Technology
MN832OE: Health & Safety in Mines
16 Petroleum Engg. PE831OE: Disaster Management
PE832OE: Fundamentals of Liquefied Natural Gas
PE833OE: Health, Safety and Environment in
Petroleum Industry

*Open Elective – Students should take Open Electives from List of Open Electives Offered
by Other Departments/Branches Only.

Ex: - A Student of Mechanical Engineering can take Open Electives from all other
departments/branches except Open Electives offered by Mechanical Engineering Dept.

29
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MATHEMATICS - I
(Linear Algebra and Differential Equations)
[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C
Course Code: MA101BS 3 1/0/0 3

Prerequisites: Foundation course (No prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 types of matrices and their properties
 the concept of rank of a matrix and applying the same to understand the consistency
 solving the linear systems
 the concepts of eigen values and eigen vectors and reducing the quadratic forms into
their canonical forms
 partial differentiation, concept of total derivative
 finding maxima and minima of functions of two variables
 methods of solving the linear differential equations of first and higher order
 the applications of the differential equations
 formation of the partial differential equations and solving the first order equations.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 write the matrix representation of a set of linear equations and to analyze the solution
of the system of equations
 find the Eigen values and Eigen vectors which come across under linear
transformations
 find the extreme values of functions of two variables with/ without constraints.
 identify whether the given first order DE is exact or not
 solve higher order DE’s and apply them for solving some real world problems

UNIT–I
Initial Value Problems and Applications
Exact differential equations - Reducible to exact.
Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients: Non homogeneous
terms with RHS term of the type eax , sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x, eax V(x), xV(x)-
Operator form of the differential equation, finding particular integral using inverse operator,
Wronskian of functions, method of variation of parameters.
Applications: Newton’s law of cooling, law of natural growth and decay, orthogonal
trajectories, Electrical circuits.

UNIT–II
Linear Systems of Equations
Types of real matrices and complex matrices, rank, echelon form, normal form, consistency
and solution of linear systems (homogeneous and Non-homogeneous) - Gauss elimination,

30
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Gauss Jordon and LU decomposition methods- Applications: Finding current in the electrical
circuits.

UNIT–III
Eigen values, Eigen Vectors and Quadratic Forms
Eigen values, Eigen vectors and their properties, Cayley - Hamilton theorem (without proof),
Inverse and powers of a matrix using Cayley - Hamilton theorem, Diagonalization, Quadratic
forms, Reduction of Quadratic forms into their canonical form, rank and nature of the
Quadratic forms – Index and signature.

UNIT–IV
Partial Differentiation
Introduction of partial differentiation, homogeneous function, Euler’s theorem, total
derivative, Chain rule, Taylor’s and Mclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two
variables, functional dependence, Jacobian.
Applications: maxima and minima of functions of two variables without constraints and
Lagrange’s method (with constraints)

UNIT-V
First Order Partial Differential Equations
Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary
functions, Lagranges method to solve the first order linear equations and the standard type
methods to solve the non linear equations.

Text Books:
1. A first course in differential equations with modeling applications by Dennis G. Zill,
Cengage Learning publishers.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics by Dr. B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.

References:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by E. Kreyszig, John Wiley and Sons Publisher.
2. Engineering Mathematics by N. P. Bali, Lakshmi Publications.

31
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MATHEMATICS- II
(Advanced Calculus)

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: MA102BS/MA202BS 4 1/0/0 4

Prerequisites: Foundation course (No prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 concepts & properties of Laplace Transforms
 solving differential equations using Laplace transform techniques
 evaluation of integrals using Beta and Gamma Functions
 evaluation of multiple integrals and applying them to compute the volume and areas
of regions
 the physical quantities involved in engineering field related to the vector valued
functions.
 the basic properties of vector valued functions and their applications to line, surface
and volume integrals.

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this course the student must be able to
 use Laplace transform techniques for solving DE’s
 evaluate integrals using Beta and Gamma functions
 evaluate the multiple integrals and can apply these concepts to find areas, volumes,
moment of inertia etc of regions on a plane or in space
 evaluate the line, surface and volume integrals and converting them from one to
another

UNIT–I
Laplace Transforms: Laplace transforms of standard functions, Shifting theorems,
derivatives and integrals, properties- Unit step function, Dirac’s delta function, Periodic
function, Inverse Laplace transforms, Convolution theorem (without proof).
Applications: Solving ordinary differential equations (initial value problems) using Laplace
transforms.

UNIT-II
Beta and Gamma Functions: Beta and Gamma functions, properties, relation between Beta
and Gamma functions, evaluation of integrals using Beta and Gamma functions.
Applications: Evaluation of integrals.

UNIT–III
Multiple Integrals: Double and triple integrals, Change of variables, Change of order of
integration.

32
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Applications: Finding areas, volumes& Center of gravity (evaluation using Beta and Gamma
functions).

UNIT–IV
Vector Differentiation: Scalar and vector point functions, Gradient, Divergence, Curl and
their physical and geometrical interpretation, Laplacian operator, Vector identities.

UNIT–V
Vector Integration: Line Integral, Work done, Potential function, area, surface and volume
integrals, Vector integral theorems: Greens, Stokes and Gauss divergence theorems (without
proof) and related problems.

Text Books:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by R K Jain & S R K Iyengar, Narosa Publishers
2. Engineering Mathematics by Srimanthapal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Oxford Publishers

References:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Peter V. O. Neil, Cengage Learning
Publishers.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Lawrence Turyn, CRC Press

33
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ENGINEERING PHYSICS/ENGINEERING PHYSICS - I

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PH103BS 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand interaction of light with matter through interference, diffraction and
polarization.
 To able to distinguish ordinary light with a laser light and to realize propagation of
light through optical fibers.
 To understand various crystal systems and there structures elaborately.
 To study various crystal imperfections and probing methods like X-RD.

Course outcomes: after completion of this course the student is able to

 Realize the importance of light phenomena in thin films and resolution.
 Learn principle, working of various laser systems and light propagation through
optical fibers.
 Distinguish various crystal systems and understand atomic packing factor.
 Know the various defects in crystals.

UNIT-I
Interference: Coherence, division of amplitude and division of wave front, interference in
thin films (transmitted and reflected light), Newton’s rings experiment.
Diffraction: Distinction between Fresnel and Fraunhoffer diffraction, diffraction due to
single slit, N-slits, Diffraction grating experiment.

UNIT-II
Polarization: Introduction, Malus’s law, double refraction, Nicol prism, Quarter wave and
half wave plates.
Lasers: Characteristics of lasers, spontaneous and stimulated emission of radiation, Einstein
coefficients, population inversion, ruby laser, helium – neon laser, semi conductor laser,
applications of lasers

UNIT-III
Fiber Optics: Principle of optical fiber, construction of fiber, acceptance angle and
acceptance cone, numerical aperture, types of optical fibers: step index and graded index
fibers, attenuation in optical fibers, applications of optical fibers in medicine and sensors.

UNIT-IV
Crystallography: Space lattice, unit cell and lattice parameters, crystal systems, Bravais
lattices, atomic radius, co-ordination number and packing factor of SC, BCC, FCC, HCP and
diamond, Miller indices, crystal planes and directions, inter planar spacing of orthogonal
crystal systems.

34
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT-V
X-ray Diffraction and Defects in Crystals: Bragg’s law, X-ray diffraction methods: Laue
method, powder method; point defects: vacancies, substitutional, interstitial, Frenkel and
Schottky defects, line defects (qualitative) and Burger’s vector, surface defects: stacking
faults, twin, tilt and grain boundaries.

Text Books:
1. Physics Vol. 2, Halliday, Resnick and Kramer John wiley and Sons, Edition 4.
2. Modern Engineering Physics, K. Vijaya Kumar and S. Chandra Lingam, S. Chand
and Co. Pvt. Ltd.
3. Introduction to Solid State Physics, Charles Kittel, Wiley Student edition.

Reference Books:
1. X-Ray Crystallography, Phillips, John Wiley publishers.
2. Waves, Frank S Crawford Jr, Berkeley Physics course, Volume 3.
3. Solid State Physics, AJ Dekker, MacMilan Publishers.
4. Introduction to Crystallography, Phillips, John Wiley publishers.

35
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CS104ES/CS204ES 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To learn the fundamentals of computers.
 To understand the various steps in Program development.
 To learn the syntax and semantics of C Programming Language.
 To learn how to write modular and readable C Programs.
 To learn to write programs using structured programming approach in C to solve
problems.

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate the basic knowledge of computer hardware and software.
 Ability to write algorithms for solving problems.
 Ability to draw flowcharts for solving problems.
 Ability to code a given logic in C programming language.
 Gain knowledge in using C language for solving problems.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Computers – Computer Systems, Computing Environments, Computer Languages,
Creating and running programs, Program Development, algorithms and flowcharts , Number
systems-Binary, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Conversions, storing integers and real numbers.
Introduction to C Language – Background, C Programs, Identifiers, Types, Variables, Constants,
Input / Output, Operators(Arithmetic, relational, logical, bitwise etc.), Expressions, Precedence
and Associativity, Expression Evaluation, Type conversions, Statements- Selection
Statements(making decisions) – if and switch statements, Repetition statements ( loops)-while,
for, do-while statements, Loop examples, other statements related to looping – break, continue,
goto, Simple C Program examples.

UNIT - II
Functions-Designing Structured Programs, Functions, user defined functions, inter function
communication, Standard functions, Scope, Storage classes-auto, register, static, extern, scope
rules, type qualifiers, recursion- recursive functions, Limitations of recursion, example C
programs.
Arrays – Concepts, using arrays in C, inter function communication, array applications- linear
search, binary search and bubble sort, two – dimensional arrays, multidimensional arrays, C
program examples.

UNIT - III
Pointers – Introduction (Basic Concepts), Pointers for inter function communication, pointers to
pointers, compatibility, Pointer Applications-Arrays and Pointers, Pointer Arithmetic and arrays,

36
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Passing an array to a function, memory allocation functions, array of pointers, programming

applications, pointers to void, pointers to functions.
Strings – Concepts, C Strings, String Input / Output functions, arrays of strings, string
manipulation functions, string / data conversion, C program examples.

UNIT - IV
Enumerated, Structure ,and Union Types– The Type Definition (typedef), Enumerated types,
Structures –Declaration, initialization, accessing structures, operations on structures, Complex
structures-Nested structures, structures containing arrays, structures containing pointers, arrays of
structures, structures and functions, Passing structures through pointers, self referential structures,
unions, bit fields, C programming examples, command–line arguments, Preprocessor commands.

UNIT – V
Input and Output – Concept of a file, streams, text files and binary files, Differences between
text and binary files, State of a file, Opening and Closing files, file input / output functions
(standard library input / output functions for files), file status functions (error handling),
Positioning functions (fseek ,rewind and ftell), C program examples.

Text books:
1. Computer Science: A Structured Programming Approach Using C, B.A. Forouzan
and R. F. Gilberg, Third Edition, Cengage Learning.
2. Programming in C. P. Dey and M Ghosh , Second Edition, Oxford University Press.

Reference books:
1. The C Programming Language, B.W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, Second
Edition, Pearson education.
2. Programming with C, B. Gottfried, 3rd edition, Schaum’s outlines, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt Ltd.
3. C From Theory to Practice, G S. Tselikis and N D. Tselikas, CRC Press.
4. Basic computation and Programming with C, Subrata Saha and S. Mukherjee,
Cambridge University Press.

37
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ENGINEERING MECHANICS

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME105ES 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: None

Course Objectives:
 To understand the resolving forces and moments for a given force system
 To analyze the types of friction for moving bodies and problems related to
friction.
 To determine the centroid and second moment of area

UNIT-I
Introduction to Mechanics: Basic Concepts, system of Forces Coplanar Concurrent Forces -
Components in Space Resultant -Moment of Forces and its Application - Couples and
Resultant of Force Systems. Equilibrium of system of Forces: Free body diagrams, Equations
of Equilibrium of Coplanar Systems.

UNIT-II
Friction: Types of friction -Limiting friction -Laws of Friction -static and Dynamic Frictions
-Motion of Bodies – Wedge & Screw, Screw-jack.

UNIT-III
Centroid and Center of Gravity: Introduction – Centroids of lines – Centroids of area -
Centroids of Composite figures - Theorem of Pappus - Centre of Gravity of Bodies –
Centroids of Volumes – Center of gravity of composite bodies.
Area moments of Inertia: Introduction – Definition of Moment of Inertia -Polar Moment of
Inertia – Radius of gyration. Transfer Theorem for moment of inertia – Moments of inertia by
integration - Moments of Inertia of Composite Figures.

UNIT-IV
Mass Moment of Inertia: Introduction - Moment of Inertia of Masses – Radius of gyration -
Transfer Formula for Mass Moments of Inertia – Mass moments of inertia by integration -
Mass moment of inertia of composite bodies.

UNIT-V
Kinetics: Kinetics of a particle-D’Alemberts principle. Work-energy and power. Principle of
conservation of energy- Kinetics of rigid body in translation, rotation-work done-Principle of
work-energy.

38
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singer’s Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics/ K. Vijaya Kumar Reddy, J.
Suresh Kumar/ BSP
2. Engineering Mechanics/ Irving Shames, G. Krishna Mohan Rao / Prentice Hall
3. Foundations and applications of Engineering Mechanics by HD Ram and AK
Chouhan, Cambridge publications.
4. A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics/S.S. Bhavikatti/New Age International (P)
Limited Publications, New Delhi.
5. Engineering Mechanics Statics and Dynamics/N.H. Dubey/ McGraw Hill Education
(India) Private Limited, New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. A Text of Engineering Mechanics /YVD Rao/ K. Govinda Rajulu/ M. Manzoor
Hussain / Academic Publishing Company
2. Engineering Mechanics / Bhattacharyya/ Oxford.

39
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME106ES/ME205ES 2 0/0/4 4

Pre-requisites: None

Course objectives:
 To provide basic concepts in engineering drawing.
 To impart knowledge about standard principles of orthographic projection of objects.
 To draw sectional views and pictorial views of solids.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to prepare working drawings to communicate the ideas and information.
 Ability to read, understand and interpret engineering drawings.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Principles of Engineering Graphics and their
Significance, Conic Sections. Involute, Cycloid, Epicycloid and Hypocycloid Scales – Plain
& Diagonal.

UNIT - II
Orthographic Projections: Principles of Orthographic Projections – Conventions –
Projections of Points and Straight Lines. Projections of Plane regular geometric figures.—
Auxiliary Planes.

UNIT – III
Projections of Regular Solids – Auxiliary Views.

UNIT – IV
Sections and Developments: Sectional views of Right Regular Solids – Prism, Cylinder,
Pyramid, Cone – Auxiliary views. Development of Surfaces of Right Regular Solids – Prism,
Cylinder, Pyramid, and Cone.

UNIT – V
Isometric & Orthographic Projections: Principles of Isometric Projection – Isometric Scale
– Isometric Views – Conventions – Isometric Views of Lines, Plane Figures, Simple Solids –
Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views.

Text Books:
1. Engineering Drawing N.D. Bhatt / Charotar
2. Engineering Drawing / Basant Agrawal and McAgrawal/ McGraw Hill
3. Engineering Drawing/ M. B. Shah, B.C. Rane / Pearson.
4. Engineering Drawing / N. S. Parthasarathy and Vela Murali/ Oxford

40
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PH107BS/PH207BS 0 0/3/0 2

(Any TEN experiments compulsory)

1. Dispersive power of the material of a prism – Spectrometer.

2. Determination of wavelengths of white source – Diffraction grating.
3. Newton’s Rings – Radius of curvature of Plano convex lens.
4. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and longitudinal modes.
5. Charging, discharging and time constant of an R-C circuit.
6. L-C-R circuit – Resonance & Q-factor.
7. Magnetic field along the axis of current carrying coil – Stewart and Gees
method and to verify Biot – Savart’s law.
8. Study the characteristics of LED and LASER diode.
9. Bending losses of fibres & Evaluation of numerical aperture of a given fibre.
10. Energy gap of a material of p-n junction.
11. Torsional pendulum – Rigidity modulus.
12. Wavelength of light, resolving power and dispersive power of a diffraction
grating using laser.
13. V-I characteristics of a solar cell.

41
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C LAB

[Link]. I Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CS108ES/CS208ES 0 0/3/0 2

Course Objective:
 To write programs in C using structured programming approach to solve the problems.

Course Outcomes
 Ability to design and test programs to solve mathematical and scientific problems.
 Ability to write structured programs using control structures and functions.

Recommended Systems/Software Requirements:

 Intel based desktop PC
 GNU C Compiler

1. a) Write a C program to find the factorial of a positive integer.

b) Write a C program to find the roots of a quadratic equation.
2. a) Write a C program to determine if the given number is a prime number or not.
b) A Fibonacci sequence is defined as follows: the first and second terms in the sequence
are 0 and [Link] terms are found by adding the preceding two terms in the
sequence. Write a C program to generate the first n terms of the sequence.
3. a) Write a C program to construct a pyramid of numbers.
b) Write a C program to calculate the following Sum:
Sum=1-x2/2! +x4/4!-x6/6!+x8/8!-x10/10!
4. a) The least common multiple (lcm) of two positive integers a and b is the smallest integer
that is evenly divisible by both a and b. Write a C program that reads two integers and
calls lcm (a, b) function that takes two integer arguments and returns their lcm. The lcm
(a, b) function should calculate the least common multiple by calling the gcd (a, b)
function and using the following relation:
LCM (a,b) = ab / gcd (a,b)
b) Write a C program that reads two integers n and r to compute the ncr value using the
following relation:
ncr (n,r) = n! / r! (n-r)! . Use a function for computing the factorial value of an integer.
5. a) Write C program that reads two integers x and n and calls a recursive function to
compute xn
b) Write a C program that uses a recursive function to solve the Towers of Hanoi problem.
c) Write a C program that reads two integers and calls a recursive function to compute ncr
value.
6. a) Write a C program to generate all the prime numbers between 1 and n, where n is a
value supplied by the user using Sieve of Eratosthenes algorithm.
b) Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a given
list of integers. Use linear search method.
7. a) Write a menu-driven C program that allows a user to enter n numbers and then choose
between finding the smallest, largest, sum, or average. The menu and all the choices
are to be functions. Use a switch statement to determine what action to take. Display an
error message if an invalid choice is entered.

42
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

b) Write a C program that uses non recursive function to search for a Key value in a given
sorted list of integers. Use binary search method.
8 a) Write a C program that implements the Bubble sort method to sort a given list of
integers in ascending order.
b) Write a C program that reads two matrices and uses functions to perform the following:
i) Addition of two matrices
ii) Multiplication of two matrices
9. a) Write a C program that uses functions to perform the following operations:
i) to insert a sub-string into a given main string from a given position.
ii) to delete n characters from a given position in a given string.
b) Write a C program that uses a non recursive function to determine if the given string is a
palindrome or not.
10. a) Write a C program to replace a substring with another in a given line of text.
b) Write a C program that reads 15 names each of up to 30 characters, stores them in an
array, and uses an array of pointers to display them in ascending (ie. alphabetical) order.
11. a) 2’s complement of a number is obtained by scanning it from right to left and
complementing all the bits after the first appearance of a 1. Thus 2’s complement of
11100 is 00100. Write a C program to find the 2’s complement of a binary number.
b) Write a C program to convert a positive integer to a roman numeral. Ex. 11 is converted
to XI.
12. a) Write a C program to display the contents of a file to standard output device.
b) Write a C program which copies one file to another, replacing all lowercase characters
with their uppercase equivalents.
13. a) Write a C program to count the number of times a character occurs in a text file. The file
name and the character are supplied as command-line arguments.
b) Write a C program to compare two files, printing the first line where they differ.
14. a) Write a C program to change the nth character (byte) in a text file. Use fseek function.
b) Write a C program to reverse the first n characters in a file. The file name and n are
specified on the command line. Use fseek function.
15. a) Write a C program to merge two files into a third file (i.e., the contents of the firs t file
followed by those of the second are put in the third file).
b) Define a macro that finds the maximum of two numbers. Write a C program that uses
the macro and prints the maximum of two numbers.

Reference Books:
1. Mastering C, K.R. Venugopal and S.R. Prasad, TMH Publishers.
2. Computer Programming in C, V. Rajaraman, PHI.
3. Programming in C, Stephen G. Kochan, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education.
4. C++: The complete reference, H. Schildt, TMH Publishers.

43
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

AP201BS: APPLIED PHYSICS

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the elastic behavior of materials.
 To understand basic principles of acoustics and architecture of buildings.
 To study production and applications of ultrasonics.
 To understand magnetic, dielectric and superconducting properties.

Course Outcomes: after completion of this course the student is able to

 Realize the importance of elastic behavior of materials.
 Learn Sabine’s formula for reverberation time and apply in architecture of buildings.
 Learn various methods of producing ultrasonics and their uses.
 Learn magnetic, dielectric and superconducting properties of materials and their
applications.

UNIT - I
Elastic properties: stress and strain, Hooke’s law, elastic behaviour of a material, factors
affecting elasticity, three modulii of elasticity, work done for unit volume in deforming a body,
relation between three modulii of elasticity, determination of rigidity modulus – torsional
pendulum.

UNIT - II
Acoustics of buildings and acoustic quieting: Introduction, basic requirement for the
acoustically good halls, reverberation and time of reverberation, transmission of sound and
transmission loss, factors affecting the architectural acoustics and their remedy, sound absorbing
materials, sabine formulae, absorption coefficients, stadium seating, movie theater, acoustic
quieting,

UNIT - III
Ultrasonics: Introduction, production of ultrasonic waves, magnetostriction method, piezo
electric method, detection of ultrasonic waves, properties of ultrasonic waves, use of ultrasonics
for nondestructive testing, applications of ultrasonics.

UNIT - IV
Dielectric Properties: Electric dipole, dipole moment, dielectric constant, polarizability, electric
susceptibility, displacement vector, electronic, ionic and orientation polarizations and calculation
of their polarizabilitites, internal field, Clausius-Mossotti relation, Piezoelectricity,
pyroelectricity and ferroelectricity-BaTiO3 structure.

44
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Magnetic Properties: Permeability, field intensity, magnetic field induction, magnetization,
magnetic susceptibility, origin of magnetic moment, Bohr magneton, classification of dia, para
and ferro magnetic materials on the basis of magnetic moment, hysteresis curve based on domain
theory, soft and hard magnetic materials, properties of anti-ferro and ferri magnetic materials.
Superconductivity: Superconductivity phenomenon, Meissner effect, applications of
superconductivity.

Text books:
1. Solid State Physics, A. J. Dekkar, MacMillan publishers
2. Fundamentals of Physics, Alan Giambattisa, BM Richardson and Robert C Richardson,
Tata Mcgrahill Publishers
3. Fundamentals of Acoustics, Kinster and Frey, John Wiley and Sons.

Reference Books:
1. Solid state physics, Charles Kittel, Wiley student edition
2. University Physics, Francis W. Sears, Hugh D. Young, Marle Zeemansky and Roger A
Freedman, Pearson Education.
3. Introduction to Magnetic Materials, B.D. Cullity, [Link], A John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., Publication.
4. Elastic and Inelastic Stress Analysis, Irving H. Shames, Francis A. Cozzarelli, Taylor &
Francis Group.

45
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CH102BS/CH202BS: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

4 0/0/0 4

Course Objectives:
 To bring adaptability to new developments in Engineering Chemistry and to acquire the
skills required to become a perfect engineer.
 To include the importance of water in industrial usage, significance of corrosion control
to protect the structures, polymers and their controlled usage.
 To acquire knowledge of engineering materials and about fuels and batteries.
 To acquire required knowledge about engineering materials like cement, refractories and
composites..

Course Outcomes: Students will gain the basic knowledge of electrochemical procedures
related to corrosion and its control. They can understand the basic properties of water and its
usage in domestic and industrial purposes. They learn the use of fundamental principles to make
predictions about the general properties of materials. They can predict potential applications of
chemistry and practical utility in order to become good engineers and entrepreneurs

UNIT - I
Water and its treatment: Introduction – hardness of water – causes of hardness – types of
hardness: temporary and permanent – expression and units of hardness – Estimation of hardness
of water by complexometric method. Numerical problems. Potable water and its specifications-
Steps involved in the treatment of potable water - Disinfection of potable water by chlorination
and Ozonization. Defluoridation – Nalgonda technique - Determination of F- ion by ion-
selective electrode method.
Boiler troubles: sludges, scales and Caustic embrittlement. Internal treatment of Boiler feed
water – Calgon conditioning – Phosphate conditioning - Colloidal conditioning – Softening of
water by ion-exchange processes. Desalination of water – Reverse osmosis. Numerical problems
– Sewage water - Steps involved in treatment of sewage.

UNIT - II
Electrochemistry: Electrode- electrode potential, standard electrode potential, types of
electrodes – Construction and functioning of Standard hydrogen electrode, calomel and glass
electrode. Nernst equation - electrochemical series and its applications. Electrochemical cells:
Daniel cell – cell notation, cell reaction and cell emf -– Concept of concentration cells –
Electrolyte concentration cell –Numerical problems.
Batteries: Cell and battery - Primary battery (dry cell, alkaline cell and Lithium cell) and
Secondary battery (lead acid, Ni-Cd and lithium ion cell),Fuel cells: Hydrogen –oxygen and
methanol-oxygen fuel cells – Applications.

46
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Polymers: Definition – Classification of polymers with examples – Types of polymerization –
addition (free radical addition) and condensation polymerization with examples.
Plastics: Definition and characteristics- thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics, compounding
and fabrication of plastics (compression and injection moulding). Preparation, Properties and
engineering applications of PVC and Bakelite.
Fibers: Characteristics of fibers – preparation, properties and applications of Nylon-6,6 and
Dacron. Fiber reinforced plastics (FRP) – Applications.
Rubbers: Natural rubber and its vulcanization - compounding of rubber.
Elastomers: Characteristics –preparation – properties and applications of Buna-S, Butyl and
Thiokol rubber.
Conducting polymers: Characteristics and Classification with examples-mechanism of
conduction in trans-polyacetylene and applications of conducting polymers.
Biodegradable polymers: Concept and advantages - Polylactic acid and poly vinyl alcohol and
their applications.

UNIT - IV
Fuels & Combustion: Classification- solid fuels: coal – analysis of coal – proximate and
ultimate analysis and their significance. Liquid fuels – petroleum and its refining, cracking –
types – moving bed catalytic cracking. Knocking – octane and cetane rating, synthetic petrol -
Fischer-Tropsch’s process; Gaseous fuels – composition and uses of natural gas, LPG and CNG.
Combustion: Definition, Calorific value of fuel – HCV, LCV; Calculation of air quantity
required for combustion of a fuel.

UNIT - V
Cement: Portland cement, its composition, setting and hardening of Portland cement.
Special cements: White cement, water proof cement, High alumina cement and Acid resistant
cement.
Refractories: Classification, characteristics of good refractories, Refractoriness, refractoriness
under load, porosity and chemical inertness – applications of refractories.
Lubricants: Classification of lubricants with examples-characteristics of a good lubricants -
mechanism of lubrication (thick film, thin film and extreme pressure)- properties of lubricants:
viscosity, cloud point, pour point, flash point and fire point.
Composites: Introduction- Constituents of composites – advantages, classification and
constituents of composites. Applications of composites.

Text books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by P.C. Jain & M. Jain, Dhanpatrai Publishing Company, New
Delhi (2010)
2. Engineering Chemistry by Rama Devi, Venkata Ramana Reddy and Rath, Cengage
learning, New Delhi. (2016)

47
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Reference Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by Shashi Chawla, Dhanpatrai & Company (P) Ltd. Delhi (2011)
2. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal, Cambridge University Press, Delhi (2015)
3. Engineering Chemistry by Thirumala Chary and Laxminarayana, Scitech Publishers,
Chennai (2016).

48
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MA203BS: Mathematics - III

(Statistical and Numerical Methods)

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4
Prerequisites: Foundation course (No prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 random variables that describe randomness or an uncertainty in certain realistic
situation
 binomial geometric and normal distributions
 sampling distribution of mean, variance, point estimation and interval estimation
 the testing of hypothesis and ANOVA
 the topics those deals with methods to find roots of an equation
 to fit a desired curve by the method of least squares for the given data
 solving ordinary differential equations using numerical techniques

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this course the student must be able to
 differentiate among random variables involved in the probability models which are
usefull for all branches of engineering
 calculate mean, proportions and variances of sampling distributions and to make
important decisions s for few samples which are taken from a large data
 solve the tests of ANOVA for classified data
 find the root of a given equation and solution of a system of equations
 fit a curve for a given data
 find the numerical solutions for a given first order initial value problem

UNIT – I
Random variables and Distributions:
Introduction, Random variables, Discrete random variable, Continuous random variable,
Distribution function, Expectation, Moment generating function, Moments and properties.
Discrete distributions: Binomial and geometric distributions. Continuous distribution: Normal
distributions.

UNIT – II
Sampling Theory: Introduction, Population and samples, Sampling distribution of means ( 
Known)-Central limit theorem, t-distribution, Sampling distribution of means (  unknown)-
Sampling distribution of variances – 2 and F- distributions, Point estimation, Maximum
error of estimate, Interval estimation.

UNIT – III
Tests of Hypothesis: Introduction, Hypothesis, Null and Alternative Hypothesis, Type I and
Type II errors, Level of significance, One tail and two-tail tests, Tests concerning one mean
49
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

and proportion, two means-proportions and their differences-ANOVA for one-way classified
data.

UNIT – IV
Algebraic and Transcendental Equations & Curve Fitting: Introduction, Bisection
Method, Method of False position, Iteration methods: fixed point iteration and Newton
Raphson methods. Solving linear system of equations by Gauss-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidal
Methods.
Curve Fitting: Fitting a linear, second degree, exponential, power curve by method of least
squares.

UNIT – V
Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Trapezoidal rule-
Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule- Solution of ordinary differential equations by Taylor’s series,
Picard’s method of successive approximations, Euler’s method, Runge-Kutta method (second
and fourth order)

Text Books:
1. Probability and Statistics for Engineers by Richard Arnold Johnson, Irwin Miller and
John E. Freund, New Delhi, Prentice Hall.
2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Sciences by Jay L. Devore, Cengage
Learning.
3. Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering Computation by M. K. Jain, S. R.
K. Iyengar and R. K. Jain, New Age International Publishers

References:
1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics by S. C. Guptha & V. K. Kapoor, S. Chand
2. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis by S. S. Sastry, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd

50
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

EN104HS/EN204HS: PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION IN ENGLISH

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

INTRODUCTION:
In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication and
the consequent emphasis on training students to acquire language skills, the syllabus of English
has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative competencies of Engineering
students.

In English classes, the focus should be on the skills development in the areas of
vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing. For this, the teachers should use the prescribed text
for detailed study. The students should be encouraged to read the texts/poems silently leading to
reading comprehension. Reading comprehension passages are given for practice in the class.
The time should be utilized for working out the exercises given after each excerpt, and also for
supplementing the exercises with authentic materials of a similar kind. For example, from
newspaper articles, advertisements, promotional material, etc. The focus in this syllabus is on
skill development, fostering ideas and practice of language skills.

Course Objectives: The course will help students to:

 Improve the language proficiency of students in English with an emphasis on
Vocabulary, Grammar, Reading and Writing skills.
 Equip students to study academic subjects more effectively using the theoretical and
Practical components of English syllabus.
 Develop study skills and communication skills in formal and informal situations.

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to:

 Use English Language effectively in spoken and written forms.
 Comprehend the given texts and respond appropriately.
 Communicate confidently in formal and informal contexts.

SYLLABUS

Reading Skills
Objectives
1. To develop an awareness in students about the significance of silent reading and
comprehension.
2. To develop students’ ability to guess meanings of words from the context and grasp the
overall message of the text, draw inferences, etc., by way of:
 Skimming and Scanning the text
 Intensive and Extensive Reading
 Reading for Pleasure

51
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

 Identifying the topic sentence

 Inferring lexical and contextual meaning
 Recognizing Coherence/Sequencing of Sentences

NOTE: The students will be trained in reading skills using the prescribed texts for detailed
study. They will be tested in reading comprehension of different ‘unseen’ passages which may
be taken from authentic texts, such as magazines/newspaper articles.

Writing Skills
Objectives
1. To develop an awareness in the students about writing as an exact and formal skill
2. To create an awareness in students about the components of different forms of writing,
beginning with the lower order ones through;
 Writing of sentences
 Use of appropriate vocabulary
 Paragraph writing
 Coherence and cohesiveness
 Narration / description
 Note Making
 Formal and informal letter writing
 Describing graphs using expressions of comparison

In order to improve the proficiency of the students in the acquisition of language skills
mentioned above, the following text and course contents, divided into Five Units, are
prescribed:
The course content / study material is divided into Five Units.
Note: Listening and speaking skills are covered in the syllabus of ELCS Lab.

UNIT – I
Chapter entitled ‘Presidential Address’ by Dr. A.P.J. Kalam from “Fluency in English– A
Course book for Engineering Students” published by Orient BlackSwan, Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Word Formation -- Root Words --The Use of Prefixes and Suffixes–
Collocations– Exercises for Practice.
Grammar: Punctuation – Parts of Speech- Articles -Exercises for Practice.
Reading: Double Angels by David Scott-Reading and Its Importance- Techniques for
Effective Reading- Signal Words- Exercises for Practice
Writing: Writing Sentences- Techniques for Effective Writing-- Paragraph Writing-
Types, Structure and Features of a Paragraph-Coherence and Cohesiveness: Logical, Lexical
and Grammatical Devices - Exercises for Practice

52
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – II
Chapter entitled Satya Nadella: Email to Employees on his First Day as CEO from “Fluency
in English– A Course book for Engineering Students” Published by Orient BlackSwan,
Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Synonyms and Antonyms – Homonyms, Homophones, Homographs- Exercises

for Practice (Chapter 17 ‘Technical Communication- Principles and Practice’. Third Edition
published by Oxford University Press may also be followed.)
Grammar: Verbs-Transitive, Intransitive and Non-finite Verbs – Mood and Tense—Gerund
– Words with Appropriate Prepositions – Phrasal Verbs - Exercises for Practice
Reading: Sub-skills of Reading- Skimming, Scanning, Extensive Reading and Intensive
Reading - The Road Not Taken by Robert Frost -- Exercises for Practice
Writing: Letter Writing –Format, Styles, Parts, Language to be used in Formal Letters-
Letter of Apology – Letter of Complaint-Letter of Inquiry with Reply – Letter of Requisition –-
Exercises for Practice

UNIT – III
From the book entitled ‘Technical Communication- Principles and Practice’. Third Edition
published by Oxford University Press.

Vocabulary: Introduction- A Brief History of Words – Using the Dictionary and Thesaurus–
Changing Words from One Form to Another – Confusables (From Chapter 17 entitled
‘Grammar and Vocabulary Development’)
Grammar: Tenses: Present Tense- Past Tense- Future Tense- Active Voice – Passive Voice-
Conditional Sentences – Adjective and Degrees of Comparison. (From Chapter 17 entitled
‘Grammar and Vocabulary Development’)
Reading: Improving Comprehension Skills – Techniques for Good Comprehension-
Skimming and Scanning- Non-verbal Signals – Structure of the Text – Structure of Paragraphs
– Punctuation – Author’s viewpoint (Inference) – Reader Anticipation: Determining the
Meaning of Words – Summarizing- Typical Reading Comprehension Questions. (From Chapter
10 entitled ‘Reading Comprehension’)
Writing: Introduction- Letter Writing-Writing the Cover Letter- Cover Letters
Accompanying Resumes- Emails. (From Chapter 15 entitled ‘Formal Letters, Memos, and
Email’)

UNIT – IV
Chapter entitled ‘Good Manners’ by J.C. Hill from Fluency in English – A Course book for
Engineering Students” published by Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad.

Vocabulary: Idiomatic Expressions –One- word Substitutes --- Exercises for Practice (Chapter
17 ‘Technical Communication- Principles and Practice’. Third Edition published by Oxford
University Press may also be followed.)
Grammar: Sequence of Tenses- Concord (Subject in Agreement with the Verb) – Exercises
for Practice
53
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Reading: ‘If’ poem by Rudyard Kipling--Tips for Writing a Review --- Author’s
Viewpoint – Reader’s Anticipation-- Herein the Students will be required to Read and Submit a
Review of a Book (Literary or Non-literary) of their choice – Exercises for Practice.
Writing: Information Transfer-Bar Charts-Flow Charts-Tree Diagrams etc., -- Exercises
for Practice.
Introduction - Steps to Effective Precis Writing – Guidelines- Samples (Chapter
12 entitled ‘The Art of Condensation’ from Technical Communication- Principles and
Practice. Third Edition published by Oxford University Press)

UNIT – V
Chapter entitled ‘Father Dear Father’ by Raj Kinger from Fluency in English – A Course
book for Engineering Students” Published by Orient BlackSwan, Hyderabad

Vocabulary: Foreign Words—Words borrowed from other Languages- Exercises for Practice
Grammar: Direct and Indirect Speech- Question Tags- Exercises for Practice
Reading: Predicting the Content- Understanding the Gist – SQ3R Reading Technique-
Study Skills – Note Making - Understanding Discourse Coherence – Sequencing Sentences.
(From Chapter 10 entitled ‘Reading Comprehension’ - Technical Communication- Principles
and Practice. Third Edition published by Oxford University Press.)
Writing: Technical Reports- Introduction – Characteristics of a Report – Categories of
Reports –Formats- Prewriting – Structure of Reports (Manuscript Format) - Types of Reports -
Writing the Report. (From Chapter 13 entitled ‘Technical Reports’ - Technical
Communication- Principles and Practice. Third Edition published by Oxford University Press.)

Exercises from both the texts not prescribed shall be used for classroom tasks.

Text Books:
1. “Fluency in English – A Course book for Engineering Students” by Board of Editors:
Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan Pvt. Ltd. 2016. Print.
2. Raman, Meenakshi & Sharma, Sangeeta. “Technical Communication- Principles and
Practice”. Third Edition. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. 2015. Print.

References:
1. Green, David. Contemporary English Grammar –Structures and Composition.
MacMillan India. 2014 (Print)
2. Rizvi, M. Ashraf. Effective Technical Communication. Tata Mc Graw –Hill. 2015
(Print).

54
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

EE106ES/EE205ES: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

4 0/0/0 4
Pre-requisite: None

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concept of electrical circuits and its components
 To introduce the concepts of diodes & transistors, and
 To impart the knowledge of various configurations, characteristics and applications.

Course Outcomes: After this course, the student will be able

 To analyze and solve electrical circuits using network laws and theorems.
 To identify and characterize diodes and various types of transistors.

UNIT - I
Basic Concepts of Electrical Circuits and Single Phase AC Circuits
Electrical Circuits: R-L-C Parameters, Voltage and Current, Independent and Dependent
Sources, Source Transformation – V-I relationship for passive elements, Kirchoff’s Laws,
Network reduction techniques – series, parallel, series-parallel, star-to-delta, delta-to-star
transformation, Nodal Analysis,
Single Phase AC Circuits: R.M.S. and Average values, Form Factor, steady state analysis of
series, parallel and series-parallel combinations of R, L and C with sinusoidal excitation,
concept of reactance, impedance, susceptance and admittance – phase and phase difference,
Concept of power factor, j-notation, complex and polar forms of representation.

UNIT - II
Resonance: Series resonance and Parallel resonance circuits, concept of bandwidth and Q
factor.
Network Theorems: Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Maximum Power Transfer, Superposition and
Reciprocity theorem for DC and AC excitations.

UNIT - III
P-N Junction and Zener Diode: Principle of Operation Diode equation, Volt-Ampere
characteristics, Temperature dependence, Ideal versus practical, Static and dynamic resistances,
Equivalent circuit, Load line analysis, Diffusion and Transition Capacitances.
Zener Diode: characteristics.
Rectifiers and Filters: P-N junction as a rectifier - Half Wave Rectifier, Ripple Factor - Full
Wave Rectifier, Bridge Rectifier, Harmonic components in Rectifier Circuits, Filters – Inductor
Filters, Capacitor Filters, L- section Filters, π- section Filters.

55
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT):Construction, Principle of Operation, Amplifying Action,
Common Emitter, Common Base and Common Collector configurations.
Transistor Biasing And Stabilization - Operating point, DC & AC load lines, Biasing - Fixed
Bias, Emitter Feedback Bias, Collector to Emitter feedback bias, Voltage divider bias, Bias
stability, Stabilization against variations in VBE and β, Bias Compensation using Diodes and
Transistors.
Transistor Configurations: Hybrid model, Determination of h-parameters from transistor
characteristics, Analysis of CE, CB and CC configurations using h-parameters, Comparison of
CE, CB and CC configurations.

UNIT- V
Junction Field Effect Transistor: Construction, Principle of Operation, Pinch-Off Voltage,
Volt-Ampere Characteristic, Comparison of BJT and FET, Biasing FET.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering –M S Sukija TK Nagasarkar Oxford
University
2. Basic Electrical and electronics Engineering-D P Kothari. I J NagarathMcGraw Hill
Education

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Devices and Circuits – R. L. Boylestead and Louis Nashelsky, PEI/PHI, 9th
Ed, 2006.
2. Millman’s Electronic Devices and Circuits – J. Millman and C. C. Halkias, Satyabrata
Jit, TMH, 2/e, 1998.
3. Engineering circuit analysis- by William Hayt and Jack E. Kemmerly, McGraw Hill
Company, 6th edition.
4. Linear circuit analysis (time domain phasor and Laplace transform approaches)- 2nd
edition by Raymond A. De Carlo and Pen-Min-Lin, Oxford University Press-2004.
5. Network Theory by N. C. Jagan& C. Lakshminarayana, B.S. Publications.
6. Network Theory by Sudhakar, Shyam Mohan Palli, TMH.

56
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CH206BS: ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Volumetric Analysis:
1. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Dichrometry.
2. Estimation of hardness of water by Complexometric method using EDTA.
3. Estimation of Ferrous and Ferric ions in a given mixture by Dichrometry.
4. Estimation Ferrous ion by Permanganometry.
5. Estimation of copper by Iodomery.
6. Estimation of percentage of purity of MnO2 in pyrolusite
7. Determination of percentage of available chlorine in bleaching powder.
8. Determination of salt concentration by ion- exchange resin.

Instrumental methods of Analysis:

1. Estimation of HCl by Conductometry.
2. Estimation of Ferrous ion by Potentiometry.
3. Determination of Ferrous iron in cement by Colorimetric method.
4. Determination of viscosity of an oil by Redwood / Oswald’s Viscometer.
5. Estimation of manganese in KMnO4 by Colorimetric method.
6. Estimation o f HCl and Acetic acid in a given mixture by Conductometry.
7. Estimation of HCl by Potentiometry.

Preparation of Polymers:
1. Preparation of Bakelite and urea formaldehyde resin.

Text Books:
1. Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 5th Edition (2015) G. H. Jeffery,
J. Bassett, J. Mendham and R. C. Denney.
2. A Text Book on experiments and calculations in Engineering Chemistry by S.S. Dara
S. Chand & Company Ltd., Delhi (2003).

57
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

PCE107HS/PCE207HS: ENGLISH LANGUAGE COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

The English Language Communication Skills (ELCS) Lab focuses on the production and
practice of sounds of language and familiarizes the students with the use of English in everyday
situations both in formal and informal contexts.

Course Objectives:
 To facilitate computer-assisted multi-media instruction enabling individualized and
independent language learning
 To sensitize the students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word accent,
intonation and rhythm
 To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in students’ pronunciation of
English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking
 To improve the fluency of students in spoken English and neutralize their mother tongue
influence
 To train students to use language appropriately for public speaking, group discussions
and interviews

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to attain:

 Better understanding of nuances of English language through audio- visual experience
and group activities
 Neutralization of accent for intelligibility
 Speaking skills with clarity and confidence which in turn enhances their employability
skills.

Syllabus: English Language Communication Skills Lab (ELCS) shall have two parts:
 Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab
 Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab

Listening Skills:
Objectives:
 To enable students develop their listening skills so that they may appreciate the role in
the LSRW skills approach to language and improve their pronunciation
 To equip students with necessary training in listening, so that they can comprehend the
speech of people of different backgrounds and regions.

Students should be given practice in listening to the sounds of the language, to be able to
recognize them and find the distinction between different sounds, to be able to mark stress and
recognize and use the right intonation in sentences.

58
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

 Listening for general content

 Listening to fill up information
 Intensive listening
 Listening for specific information

Speaking Skills:
Objectives
 To involve students in speaking activities in various contexts
 To enable students express themselves fluently and appropriately in social and
professional contexts :
• Oral practice
• Describing objects/situations/people
• Role play – Individual/Group activities
• Just A Minute (JAM) Sessions.

The following course content is prescribed for the English Language Communication Skills
Lab.

Exercise – I
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening Skill- Its importance – Purpose- Process- Types- Barriers- Effective
Listening.
Practice: Introduction to Phonetics – Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants – Minimal
Pairs- Consonant Clusters- Past Tense Marker and Plural Marker.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Spoken vs. Written language- Formal and Informal English.
Practice: Ice-Breaking Activity and JAM Session- Situational Dialogues – Greetings – Taking
Leave – Introducing Oneself and Others.

Exercise – II
CALL Lab:
Understand: Structure of Syllables – Word Stress– Weak Forms and Strong Forms – Sentence
Stress – Intonation.
Practice: Basic Rules of Word Accent - Stress Shift - Weak Forms and Strong Forms- Sentence
Stress – Intonation.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Features of Good Conversation – Strategies for Effective Communication.
Practice: Situational Dialogues – Role-Play- Expressions in Various Situations –Making
Requests and Seeking Permissions - Telephone Etiquette.

59
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Exercise - III
CALL Lab:
Understand: Errors in Pronunciation-the Influence of Mother Tongue (MTI).
Practice: Common Indian Variants in Pronunciation – Differences between British and
American Pronunciation.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Descriptions- Narrations- Giving Directions and Guidelines.
Practice: Giving Instructions – Seeking Clarifications – Asking for and Giving Directions –
Thanking and Responding – Agreeing and Disagreeing – Seeking and Giving Advice – Making
Suggestions.

Exercise – IV
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for General Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Public Speaking – Exposure to Structured Talks - Non-verbal Communication-
Presentation Skills.
Practice: Making a Short Speech – Extempore- Making a Presentation.

Exercise – V
CALL Lab:
Understand: Listening for Specific Details.
Practice: Listening Comprehension Tests.
Testing Exercises
ICS Lab:
Understand: Group Discussion- Interview Skills.
Practice: Group Discussion- Mock Interviews.

Minimum Requirement of infrastructural facilities for ELCS Lab:

1. Computer Assisted Language Learning (CALL) Lab:

The Computer Assisted Language Learning Lab has to accommodate 40 students with 40
systems, with one Master Console, LAN facility and English language learning software for
self- study by students.
System Requirement (Hardware component):
Computer network with LAN facility (minimum 40 systems with multimedia) with the following
specifications:
Computers with Suitable Configuration
High Fidelity Headphones

60
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

2. Interactive Communication Skills (ICS) Lab:

The Interactive Communication Skills Lab: A Spacious room with movable chairs and
audio-visual aids with a Public Address System, a T. V. or LCD, a digital stereo –audio & video
system and camcorder etc.

Prescribed Lab Manuals:

1. A book entitled “ELCS Lab Manual – A Workbook for CALL and ICS Lab Activities”
by Board of Editors: Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan Pvt. Ltd. 2016. Print.
2. Hart, Steve; Nair, Aravind R.; Bhambhani, Veena. “EMBARK- English for
undergraduates” Delhi: Cambridge University Press. 2016. Print.

Suggested Software:
1. Cambridge Advanced Learners’ English Dictionary with CD.
2. Grammar Made Easy by Darling Kindersley.
3. Punctuation Made Easy by Darling Kindersley.
4. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 8th Edition.
5. English in Mind (Series 1-4), Herbert Puchta and Jeff Stranks with Meredith Levy,
Cambridge.
6. English Pronunciation in Use (Elementary, Intermediate, Advanced) Cambridge
University Press.
7. TOEFL & GRE (KAPLAN, AARCO & BARRONS, USA, Cracking GRE by CLIFFS).

References:
1. Jayashree Mohanraj. Let Us Hear Them Speak. New Delhi: Sage Texts. [Link].
2. Hancock, M. English Pronunciation in Use. Intermediate Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press. [Link].

61
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ME108ES/ME208ES: ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

I Year II Sem. [Link]. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2
Pre-requisites: Practical skill

Course Objectives:
 To Study of different hand operated power tools, uses and their demonstration.
 To gain a good basic working knowledge required for the production of various
engineering products.
 To provide hands on experience about use of different engineering materials, tools,
equipments and processes those are common in the engineering field.
 To develop a right attitude, team working, precision and safety at work place.
 It explains the construction, function, use and application of different working tools,
equipment and machines.
 To study commonly used carpentry joints.
 To have practical exposure to various welding and joining processes.
 Identify and use marking out tools, hand tools, measuring equipment and to work to
prescribed tolerances.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Study and practice on machine tools and their operations
 Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including pluming,
fitting, carpentry, foundry, house wiring and welding.
 Identify and apply suitable tools for different trades of Engineering processes including
drilling, material removing, measuring, chiseling.
 Apply basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice.

1. TRADES FOR EXERCISES:

At least two exercises from each trade:
 Carpentry
 Fitting
 Tin-Smithy and Development of jobs carried out and soldering.
 Black Smithy
 House-wiring
 Foundry
 Welding
 Power tools in construction, wood working, electrical engineering and mechanical
 Engineering.

2. TRADES FOR DEMONSTRATION & EXPOSURE:

 Plumbing, Machine Shop, Metal Cutting (Water Plasma)

62
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Text Books:
1. Workshop Practice /B. L. Juneja / Cengage
2. Workshop Manual / [Link] / Anuradha.

Reference Books:
1. Work shop Manual - [Link]/ [Link]/ Scitech
2. Workshop Manual / Venkat Reddy/ BSP

63
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MA301BS: MATHEMATICS - IV
(Complex Variables and Fourier Analysis)

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Prerequisites: Foundation course (No Prerequisites).

Course Objectives: To learn

 differentiation and integration of complex valued functions
 evaluation of integrals using Cauchy’s integral formula
 Laurent’s series expansion of complex functions
 evaluation of integrals using Residue theorem
 express a periodic function by Fourier series and a non-periodic function by Fourier
transform
 to analyze the displacements of one dimensional wave and distribution of one
dimensional heat equation

Course Outcomes: After learning the contents of this paper the student must be able to
 analyze the complex functions with reference to their analyticity, integration using
Cauchy’s integral theorem
 find the Taylor’s and Laurent’s series expansion of complex functions
 the bilinear transformation
 express any periodic function in term of sines and cosines
 express a non-periodic function as integral representation
 analyze one dimensional wave and heat equation

UNIT–I
Functions of a complex variable: Introduction, Continuity, Differentiability, Analyticity,
properties, Cauchy, Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar coordinates. Harmonic and
conjugate harmonic functions-Milne-Thompson method

UNIT-II
Complex integration: Line integral, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula,
and Generalized Cauchy’s integral formula, Power series: Taylor’s series- Laurent series,
Singular points, isolated singular points, pole of order m – essential singularity, Residue,
Cauchy Residue theorem (Without proof).

UNIT–III
Evaluation of Integrals: Types of real integrals:

c  2
(a) Improper real integrals  f ( x)dx (b)  f (cos , sin  )d
c


Bilinear transformation- fixed point- cross ratio- properties- invariance of circles.

64
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT–IV
Fourier series and Transforms: Introduction, Periodic functions, Fourier series of periodic
function, Dirichlet’s conditions, Even and odd functions, Change of interval, Half range sine
and cosine series.
Fourier integral theorem (without proof), Fourier sine and cosine integrals, sine and cosine,
transforms, properties, inverse transforms, Finite Fourier transforms.

UNIT–V
Applications of PDE: Classification of second order partial differential equations, method of
separation of variables, Solution of one dimensional wave and heat equations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. A first course in complex analysis with applications by Dennis G. Zill and Patrick
Shanahan, Johns and Bartlett Publishers.
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics by Dr. B. S. Grewal, Khanna Publishers.
3. Advanced engineering Mathematics with MATLAB by Dean G. Duffy

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Complex Analysis by Saff, E. B. and A. D. Snider, Pearson.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Louis C. Barrett, McGraw Hill.

65
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE302ES: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS - I

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Engineering Mechanics

Course Objectives: The subject provide the knowledge of simple stress strains flexural
stresses in members, shear stresses and deflection in beams so that the concepts can be
applied to the Engineering problems.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyze the statically determinate and indeterminate problems.
 Determine the stresses and strains in the members subjected to axial, bending.
 Evaluate the slope and deflection of beams subjected to loads.
 Determine the principal stresses and strains in structural members.

UNIT – I
Simple Stresses and Strains: Elasticity and plasticity – Types of stresses and strains –
Hooke’s law – stress – strain diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety –
Lateral strain, Poisson’s ratio and volumetric strain – Elastic moduli and the relationship
between them – Bars of varying section – composite bars – Temperature stresses. Elastic
constants.
Strain Energy – Resilience – Gradual, sudden, impact and shock loadings – simple
applications.

UNIT – II
Shear Force and Bending Moment: Definition of beam – Types of beams – Concept of
shear force and bending moment – S.F and B.M diagrams for cantilever, simply supported
and overhanging beams subjected to point loads, uniformly distributed load, uniformly
varying loads and combination of these loads – Point of contra flexure – Relation between
S.F., B.M and rate of loading at a section of a beam.

UNIT – III
Flexural Stresses: Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending
equation: M/I = f/y = E/R - Neutral axis – Determination of bending stresses – Section
modulus of rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I,T, Angle and Channel
sections – Design of simple beam sections.
Shear Stresses: Derivation of formula – Shear stress distribution across various beam
sections like rectangular, circular, triangular, I, T angle sections.

66
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Deflection of Beams:
Bending into a circular arc – slope, deflection and radius of curvature – Differential equation
for the elastic line of a beam – Double integration and Macaulay’s methods – Determination
of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply supported beams subjected to point loads,
U.D.L, Uniformly varying load-Mohr’s theorems – Moment area method – application to
simple cases including overhanging beams.
Conjugate Beam Method: Introduction – Concept of conjugate beam method. Difference
between a real beam and a conjugate beam. Deflections of determinate beams with constant
and different moments of inertia.

UNIT – V
Principal Stresses and Strains : Introduction – Stresses on an inclined section of a bar under
axial loading – compound stresses – Normal and tangential stresses on an inclined plane for
biaxial stresses – Two perpendicular normal stresses accompanied by a state of simple shear
– Mohr’s circle of stresses – Principal stresses and strains – Analytical and graphical
solutions.
Theories of Failure: Introduction – Various theories of failure - Maximum Principal Stress
Theory, Maximum Principal Strain Theory, Maximum shear stress theory- Strain Energy and
Shear Strain Energy Theory (Von Mises Theory).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Strength of Materials by R. K. Bansal, Lakshmi Publications House Pvt. Ltd.
2. Strength of Materials by R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press.
3. Strength of Materials by W.A Nash, MC Graw Hills 2014 6th edition.
4. Mechanics of Materials by James M Gere and Barry J Goodno Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Ltd Eight edition.

REFERENCES:
1. Strength of Materials by S. S. Bhavikatti, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
2. Mechanics of Structures Vol –I by H. J. Shah and S. B. Junnarkar, Charotar
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
3. Strength of Materials by S. S. Rattan, McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
4. Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics by M. L. Gambhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
5. Strength of Materials and Structures by John Case et al., Butterworth-Heinemann.
6. Strength of Materials by [Link] Singh Khanna Publishers 11th edition 2015.

67
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE303ES: FLUID MECHANICS - I

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Engineering Mechanics

Course Objectives: Students who take this class can expect to

 Develop an appreciation for the properties of Newtonian fluids.
 Study analytical solutions to variety of simplified problems.
 Understand the dynamics of fluid flows and the governing non-dimensional
parameters.
 Apply concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation to flows.
 Grasp the basic ideas of turbulence.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Apply conservation laws to derive governing equations of fluid flows.
 Compute hydrostatic and hydrodynamic forces.
 Analyze and design simple pipe systems.
 Apply principles of dimensional analysis to design experiments.
 Compute drag and lift coefficients.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Dimensions and units – Physical properties of fluids specific gravity,
viscosity, surface tension, vapor pressure and their influences on fluid motion pressure at a
point, Pascal’s law, Hydrostatic law - atmospheric, gauge and vacuum pressure- measurement
of pressure. Pressure gauges, Manometers: differential and Micro Manometers. Hydrostatic
forces on submerged plane, Horizontal, Vertical, inclined and curved surfaces – Center of
pressure. Derivations and problems.

UNTI – II
Buoyancy and floatation: stability of bodies, meta centre, liquids in relative equilibrium.
Fluid Kinematics: Description of fluid flow, Stream line, path line and streak lines and
stream tube. Classification of flows : Steady, unsteady, uniform, non uniform, laminar,
turbulent, rotational and irrotational flows – Equation of continuity for one, two , three
dimensional flows – stream and velocity potential functions, circulation and vorticity,
flownet analysis.

UNIT – III
Fluid Dynamics and Measurement of Flow: Surface and body forces – Euler’s and
Bernoulli’s equations for flow along a stream line for 3-D flow, (Navier – stokes equations
(Explanationary) Momentum equation and its application – forces on pipe bend. Pitot tube,

68
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Venturi meter, and orifice meter – classification of orifices, flow over rectangular, triangular
and trapezoidal and Stepped notches - –Broad crested weirs.

UNIT - IV
Closed Conduit Flow: Reynold’s experiment – Characteristics of Laminar & Turbulent
flows. Laws of Fluid friction – Darcy’s equation, ,variation of friction factor with Reynold’s
number – Moody’s Chart, Minor losses – pipes in series – pipes in parallel – Total energy
line and hydraulic gradient line. Pipe network problems Flow between parallel plates, Flow
through long tubes, flow through inclined tubes, water hammer.

UNIT – V
Boundary Layer Theory: Approximate Solutions of Navier Stokes Equations – Boundary
layer – concepts, Prandtl contribution, Characteristics of boundary layer along a thin flat
plate, Vonkarmen momentum integral equation, laminar and turbulent Boundary layers (no
derivations) BL in transition, separation of BL, control of BL, flow around submerged
objects-Drag and Lift- Magnus effect.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fluid Mechanics by F.M. White McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2011
2. Fluid Mechanics by V.L. Streeter., [Link] and K.W. Bedford, McGraw Hill
Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi2016.
3. Fluid Mechanics by P.N. Modi and [Link], Standard Book House, Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Mechanics of Fluids by Potter, M.C D.C Wiggers, B.H Ramdan Cengage, 2012.
2. Fluid Mechanics by J F Douglas, J M Gasiorek, J A Swaffield and L B Jack, Pearson
2015.
3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by S. K. Som, Gautam Biswas and S.
Chakraborty, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 2015.
4. Engineering Fluid Mechanics by K L Kumar, S Chand, Eurasia Publishing House,
New Delhi, 2014.
5. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. A. K. Jain Khanna Publishers, twelfth edition 2014.

69
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE304ES: BUILDING MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND PLANNING

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: To give the students a basic idea about the construction materials,
building components and to introduce various.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to identify various
building materials required for construction & planning.

UNIT - I
Stones and Bricks, Tiles: Building stones – classifications and quarrying – properties –
structural requirements – dressing.
Bricks – Composition of Brick earth – manufacture and structural requirements, Fly ash,
Ceramics.
Timber, Aluminum, Glass, Paints and Plastics: Wood - structure – types and properties –
seasoning – defects; alternate materials for Timber – GI / fibre – reinforced glass bricks, steel
& aluminum, Plastics.

UNIT - II
Cement & Admixtures: Ingredients of cement – manufacture – Chemical composition –
Hydration - field & lab tests.
Admixtures – mineral & chemical admixtures – uses.

UNIT - III
Building Components : Lintels, Arches, walls, vaults – stair cases – types of floors, types of
roofs – flat, curved, trussed ; foundations – types ; Damp Proof Course ; Joinery – doors –
windows – materials – types.
Building Services: Plumbing Services: Water Distribution, Sanitary – Lines & Fittings;
Ventilations: Functional requirements systems of ventilations. Air-conditioning - Essentials
and Types; Acoustics – characteristic – absorption – Acoustic design; Fire protection – Fire
Harzards – Classification of fire resistant materials and constructions

UNIT - IV
Mortars, Masonry and Finishing’s
Mortars: Lime and Cement Mortars
Brick masonry – types – bonds; Stone masonry – types; Composite masonry – Brick-stone
composite; Concrete, Reinforced brick.
Finishers: Plastering, Pointing, Painting, Claddings – Types – Tiles – ACP.
Form work: Types: Requirements – Standards – Scaffolding – Design; Shoring,
Underpinning.

70
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Building Planning: Principles of Building Planning, Classification of buildings and Building
by laws.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Building Materials and Construction – Arora & Bindra, Dhanpat Roy Publications.
2. Building Construction by B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain -
Laxmi Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi.

REFERENCES:
1. Building Materials and Construction by G C Sahu, Joygopal Jena McGraw hill Pvt
Ltd 2015.
2. Building Materials by Duggal, New Age International.
3. Building Materials by P. C. Varghese, PHI.
4. Building Construction by PC Varghese PHI.
5. Construction Technology – Vol – I & II by R. Chubby, Longman UK.
6. Alternate Building Materials and Technology, Jagadish, Venkatarama Reddy and
others; New Age Publications.

71
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE305ES: SURVEYING

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The first step in engineering practice is surveying and the soundness of
any civil engineering work is dependent on the reliability and accuracy of surveying.
Therefore, it is imperative that a student of engineering should have good knowledge of
surveying. To impart the knowledge of surveying and latest technologies in surveying it is
necessary to introduce this subject in the curriculum.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Calculate angles, distances and levels
 Identify data collection methods and prepare field notes
 Understand the working principles of survey instruments
 Estimate measurement errors and apply corrections
 Interpret survey data and compute areas and volumes

UNIT - I
Introduction and Basic Concepts: Introduction, Objectives, classification and principles of
surveying, Scales, Shrinkage of Map, Conventional symbols and Code of Signals, Surveying
accessories, phases of surveying.
Measurement of Distances and Directions
Linear distances- Approximate methods, Direct Methods- Chains- Tapes, ranging, Tape
corrections, indirect methods- optical methods- E.D.M. method.
Prismatic Compass- Bearings, included angles, Local Attraction, Magnetic Declination, and
dip.

UNIT - II
Levelling and Contouring
Leveling- Basics definitions, types of levels and levelling staves, temporary adjustments,
methods of levelling, booking and Determination of levels- HI Method-Rise and Fall method,
Effect of Curvature of Earth and Refraction.
Contouring- Characteristics and uses of Contours, Direct & Indirect methods of contour
surveying, interpolation and sketching of Contours.
Computation of Areas and Volumes
Areas - Determination of areas consisting of irregular boundary and regular boundary
(coordinates, MDM, DMD methods), Planimeter.
Volumes - Computation of areas for level section and two level sections with and without
transverse slopes, determination of volume of earth work in cutting and embankments,
volume of borrow pits, capacity of reservoirs.

72
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Theodolite Surveying: Types of Theodolites, Fundamental Lines, temporary adjustments,
measurement of horizontal angle by repetition method and reiteration method, measurement
of vertical Angle, Trigonometrical levelling when base is accessible and inaccessible.
Traversing: Methods of traversing, traverse computations and adjustments, Gale’s traverse
table, Omitted measurements.

UNIT - IV
Tacheometric Surveying: Principles of Tacheometry, stadia and tangential methods of
Tacheometry.
Curves: Types of curves and their necessity, elements of simple curve, setting out of simple
Curves, Introduction to compound curves.

UNIT - V
Modern Surveying Methods: Total Station and Global Positioning System. : Basic
principles, classifications, applications, comparison with conventional surveying.
Electromagnetic wave theory - electromagnetic distance measuring system - principle of
working and EDM instruments, Components of GPS – space segment, control segment and
user segment, reference systems, satellite orbits, GPS observations. Applications of GPS.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Surveying and levelling by R. Subramanian, Oxford university press, New Delhi.
2. Chandra A M, “Higher Surveying”, New age International Pvt. Ltd., Publishers, New
Delhi, 2002.
3. Hoffman. B, H. Lichtenegga and J. Collins, Global Positioning System - Theory and
Practice, Springer -Verlag Publishers, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Arthur R Benton and Philip J Taety, Elements of Plane Surveying, McGraw Hill –
2000.
2. Arora K R “Surveying Vol 1, 2 & 3), Standard Book House, Delhi, 2004.
3. Surveying (Vol – 1, 2 & 3), by B. C. Punmia, Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar
Jain - Laxmi Publications (P) ltd., New Delhi.
4. Chandra A M, “Plane Surveying”, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
5. Surveying by Bhavikatti; Vikas publishing house ltd.
6. Duggal S K, “Surveying (Vol – 1 & 2), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New
Delhi, 2004.
7. Surveying and leveling by R. Agor Khanna Publishers 2015.

73
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE306ES: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is to make the student understand the
behavior of materials under different types of loading for different types structures

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Conduct tension test on Materials like steel etc.
 Conduct compression tests on spring, wood and concrete
 Conduct flexural and torsion test to determine elastic constants
 Determine hardness of metals

List of Experiments:
1. Tension test
2. Bending test on (Steel / Wood) Cantilever beam.
3. Bending test on simple support beam.
4. Torsion test
5. Hardness test
6. Spring test
7. Compression test on wood or concrete
8. Impact test
9. Shear test
10. Verification of Maxwell’s Reciprocal theorem on beams.
11. Use of electrical resistance strain gauges
12. Continuous beam – deflection test.

List of Major Equipment:

1. UTM for conducting tension test on rods
2. Steel beam for flexure test
3. Wooden beam for flexure test
4. Torsion testing machine
5. Brinnell’s / Rock well’s hardness testing machine
6. Spring testing machine
7. Compression testing machine
8. Izod Impact machine
9. Shear testing machine
10. Beam setup for Maxwell’s theorem verification.
11. Continuous beam setup
12. Electrical Resistance gauges.

74
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE307ES: COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Course Objectives: The objective of this lab is to teach the student basic drawing
fundamentals in various civil engineering applications, specially in building drawing.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Master the usage of Autocad commands for drawing 2D & 3D building drawings required
for different civil engg applications.
1. Introduction to computer aided drafting
2. Software for CAD – Introduction to different softwares
3. Practice exercises on CAD software
4. Drawing of plans of buildings using software
a) Single storied buildings b) multi storied buildings
5. Developing sections and elevations for
a) Single storied buildings b) multi storied buildings
6. Detailing of building components like Doors, Windows, Roof Trusses etc. using CAD
softwares
7. Exercises on development of working drawings of buildings

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Aided Design Laboratory by M. N. Sesha Praksh & Dr. G. S. Servesh –
Laxmi Publications.
2. Engineering Graphics by P. J. Sha – S. Chand & Co.

75
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE308ES: SURVEYING LAB – I

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Pre Requisites: Surveying Theory

Course Objectives: To impart the practical knowledge in the field, it is essential to introduce
in curriculum. Drawing of Plans and Maps and determining the area are pre requisites before
taking up any Civil Engineering works.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Practically able to draw plans & maps to determine the areas before taking up any civil
engineering works.

List of Experiments:
1. Surveying of an area by chain survey (closed traverse) & plotting.
2. Chaining across obstacles
3. Determine of distance between two inaccessible points with compass
4. Survey of a given area by prismatic compass (closed traverse) and plotting after
adjustment.
5. Radiation method, intersection methods by plane table survey.
6. Two point and three point problems in plane table survey.
7. Levelling – Longitudinal and cross-section and plotting
8. Trigonometric leveling using theodolite
9. Height and distances using principles of tacheometric surveying
10. a) Measurement of Horizontal angle & vertical angle.
b) Distance between inaccessible point by theodolite

76
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MC300HS: GENDER SENSITIZATION LAB

[Link]. II Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2
Course Objectives:
 To develop students’ sensibility with regard to issues of gender in contemporary
India.
 To provide a critical perspective on the socialization of men and women.
 To introduce students to information about some key biological aspects of genders.
 To expose the students to debates on the politics and economics of work.
 To help students reflect critically on gender violence.
 To expose students to more egalitarian interactions between men and women.

Course Outcomes:
 Students will have developed a better understanding of important issues related to
gender in contemporary India.
 Students will be sensitized to basic dimensions of the biological, sociological,
psychological and legal aspects of gender. This will be achieved through discussion of
materials derived from research, facts, everyday life, literature and film.
 Students will attain a finer grasp of how gender discrimination works in our society
and how to counter it.
 Students will acquire insight into the gendered division of labour and its relation to
politics and economics.
 Men and women students and professionals will be better equipped to work and live
together as equals.
 Students will develop a sense of appreciation of women in all walks of life.
 Through providing accounts of studies and movements as well as the new laws that
provide protection and relief to women, the textbook will empower students to
understand and respond to gender violence.

UNIT-I
UNDERSTANDING GENDER
Gender: Why Should We Study It? (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -1)
Socialization: Making Women, Making Men (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -2)
Introduction. Preparing for Womanhood. Growing up Male. First lessons in Caste. Different
Masculinities.

UNIT-II
GENDER AND BIOLOGY
Missing Women: Sex Selection and Its Consequences (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -4)
Declining Sex Ratio. Demographic Consequences.
Gender Spectrum: Beyond the Binary (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -10)
Two or Many? Struggles with Discrimination.

77
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT-III
GENDER AND LABOUR
Housework: the Invisible Labour (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -3)
“My Mother doesn’t Work.” “Share the Load.”
Women’s Work: Its Politics and Economics (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -7)
Fact and Fiction. Unrecognized and Unaccounted work. Additional Reading: Wages and
Conditions of Work.

UNIT-IV
ISSUES OF VIOLENCE
Sexual Harassment: Say No! (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -6)
Sexual Harassment, not Eve-teasing- Coping with Everyday Harassment- Further Reading:
“Chupulu”.
Domestic Violence: Speaking Out (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -8)
Is Home a Safe Place? -When Women Unite [Film]. Rebuilding Lives. Additional Reading:
New Forums for Justice.
Thinking about Sexual Violence (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -11)
Blaming the Victim-“I Fought for my Life….” - Additional Reading: The Caste Face of
Violence.

UNIT-V
GENDER: CO - EXISTENCE
Just Relationships: Being Together as Equals (Towards a World of Equals: Unit -12)
Mary Kom and Onler. Love and Acid just do not Mix. Love Letters. Mothers and Fathers.
Additional Reading: Rosa Parks-The Brave Heart.

TEXTBOOK
All the five Units in the Textbook, “Towards a World of Equals: A Bilingual Textbook on
Gender” written by A. Suneetha, Uma Bhrugubanda, Duggirala Vasanta, Rama Melkote,
Vasudha Nagaraj, Asma Rasheed, Gogu Shyamala, Deepa Sreenivas and Susie Tharu and
published by Telugu Akademi, Hyderabad,Telangana State in the year 2015.

Note: Since it is an Interdisciplinary Course, Resource Persons can be drawn from the fields
of English Literature or Sociology or Political Science or any other qualified faculty who has
expertise in this field from engineering departments.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Menon, Nivedita. Seeing like a Feminist. New Delhi: Zubaan-Penguin Books, 2012
2. Abdulali Sohaila. “I Fought For My Life…and Won.”Available online at:
[Link]

78
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE401ES: STRENGTH OF MATERIALS – II

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Strength of Materials - I

Course Objectives: Study of the subject provides the understanding of principal stress,
strains, springs, columns, and structures.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 Determine stresses in the member subjected to Torsion
 Analyze columns and struts
 Understand the concept of direct and bending stresses
 Analyze and design springs, thin and thick cylinders
 Understand the concept of unsymmetrical bending.

UNIT – I
Torsion of Circular Shafts: Theory of pure torsion – Derivation of Torsion equations : T/J =
q/r = Nθ/L – Assumptions made in the theory of pure torsion – Torsional moment of
resistance – Polar section modulus – Power transmitted by shafts – Combined bending and
torsion and end thrust – Design of shafts according to theories of failure.
Springs: Introduction – Types of springs – deflection of close and open coiled helical springs
under axial pull and axial couple – springs in series and parallel – Carriage or leaf springs.

UNIT – II
Columns and Struts: Introduction – Types of columns – Short, medium and long columns –
Axially loaded compression members – Crushing load – Euler’s theorem for long columns-
assumptions- derivation of Euler’s critical load formulae for various end conditions –
Equivalent length of a column – slenderness ratio – Euler’s critical stress – Limitations of
Euler’s theory – Rankine – Gordon formula – Long columns subjected to eccentric loading –
Secant formula – Empirical formulae – Straight line formula – Prof. Perry’s formula.
Beam Columns: Laterally loaded struts – subjected to uniformly distributed and
concentrated loads – Maximum B.M. and stress due to transverse and lateral loading.

UNIT - III
Direct and Bending Stresses: Stresses under the combined action of direct loading and
bending moment, core of a section – determination of stresses in the case of chimneys,
retaining walls and dams – conditions for stability – stresses due to direct loading and
bending moment about both axis.
Beams Curved In Plan: Introduction – circular beams loaded uniformly and supported on
symmetrically placed Columns – Semi-circular beam simply-supported on three equally
spaced supports.

79
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Thin Cylinders: Thin seamless cylindrical shells – Derivation of formula for longitudinal
and circumferential stresses – hoop, longitudinal and Volumetric strains – changes in dia, and
volume of thin cylinders – Thin spherical shells.
Thick Cylinders: Introduction - Lame’s theory for thick cylinders – Derivation of Lame’s
formulae – distribution of hoop and radial stresses across thickness – design of thick
cylinders – compound cylinders – Necessary difference of radii for shrinkage – Thick
spherical shells.

UNIT – V
Unsymmetrical Bending: Introduction – Centroidal principal axes of section – Graphical
method for locating principal axes – Moments of inertia referred to any set of rectangular
axes – Stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending – Principal axes – Resolution of
bending moment into two rectangular axes through the centroid – Location of neutral axis -
Deflection of beams under unsymmetrical bending.
Shear Centre: Introduction - Shear centre for symmetrical and unsymmetrical (channel, I, T
and L) sections

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechanics of Materials Ferdinand P. Beer et al., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd 5th edition 2009.
2. Strength of Materials R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press 2010
3. Strength of Materials by B.S. Basavarajaiah, B.S. Mahadevappa, Universities Press
3rd Edition 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics by M. L. Gambhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
2. Introduction to Strength of Materials by U. C. Jindal, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd.
3. Mechanics of Materials by R. C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education
4. Strength of Materials by S. S. Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
5. Strength of Materials by R.K Rajput, S. Chand & Company Ltd.
6. Strength of Materials by S.S Bhavikatti, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

80
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE402ES: FLUID MECHANICS - II

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Fluid Mechanics

Course Objectives: To understand basic concept of fluid flow and its application to chemical
process industries including pipe flow, fluid machinery and agitation & mixing.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand the concepts o channel flows.
 Compute flow profiles in channel transitions and analyze hydraulic transients
 Design the working proportions of hydraulic machines

UNIT – I
Open Channel Flow: Types of flows - Type of channels – Velocity distribution – Energy
and momentum correction factors – Chezy’s, Manning’s; and Bazin formulae for uniform
flow Stickler’s formula for Mannings ‘n’ – Most Economical sections. Critical flow: Specific
energy-critical depth – computation of critical depth – critical sub-critical and super critical
flows. Non uniform flow-Dynamic equation for G.V.F., Mild, Critical, Steep, horizontal and
adverse slopes-surface profiles-direct step method- for surface profiles -Rapidly varied flow,
hydraulic jump, energy dissipation. Surges – Types

UNIT - II
Hydraulic Similitude: Dimensional analysis-Rayleigh’s method and Buckingham’s pi
theorem-study of Hydraulic models – Geometric, kinematic and dynamic similarities-
dimensionless numbers – model and prototype relations. Distorted and non-distorted models.
Scale Effect.

UNIT – III
Basics of Turbo Machinery: Hydrodynamic force of jets on stationary and moving flat,
inclined and curved vanes, jet striking centrally and at tip, velocity triangles at inlet and
outlet, expressions for work done and efficiency-Angular momentum principle, Applications
to radial flow turbines.
UNIT - IV
Hydraulic Turbines: Layout of a typical Hydropower installation – Heads and efficiencies-
classification of turbines-pelton wheel-Francis turbine-Kaplan turbine-working, working
proportions, velocity diagram, work done and efficiency, hydraulic design, draft tube – theory
and function efficiency. Governing of turbines-surge tanks-unit and specific turbines-unit
speed-unit quantity-unit power-specific speed performance characteristics-geometric
similarity-cavitation and preventive measures

81
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Centrifugal Pump: installation details-classification-types work done- Manometric head-
minimum starting speed-losses and efficiencies-specific speed multistage pumps-pumps in
parallel- performance of pumps-characteristic curves- NPSH-cavitation.
Reciprocating pumps: Basics, types, air vessels, slip
Classification of Hydropower plants – Definition of terms – load factor, utilization factor,
capacity factor, estimation of hydropower potential.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Open Channel flow by K. Subramanya, Tata McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd.
2. Fluid Mechanics & Machinery by CSP Ojha, P.N. Chandramouli and R. Berndtsson
Oxford University Press.
3. Hydraulic Machines by K. Subramanya McGraw Hill Education(India) Pvt Ltd, 2013

REFERENCES:
1. Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulic and Hydraulic Machines by Modi & Seth, Standard Book
House, New Delhi.
2. Elements of Open channel flow by Ranga Raju, McGraw Hill Education(India) Pvt
Ltd, 2013
3. Flow Through Open Channels by Rajesh Srivastava, Oxford University Press, 2011
4. Open Channel flow Hydraulics by R.H. French, McGraw Book Company, New York,
1986.
5. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. A. K. Jain Khanna Publishers 2016

82
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE403ES: STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

4 1/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Strength of Materials –I

Course Objectives: To make the students to understand the principles of analysis of

structures subjected to static and moving loads by various methods.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyze Perfect , Imperfect And Redundant Frames
 Formulate Equilibrium and compatibility equations for structural members
 Analyze one dimensional and two dimensional problems using classical methods
 Analyze indeterminate structures
 Analyze structures for gravity loads, moving loads and lateral loads

UNIT - I
Introduction to Structures and Indeterminacy: Equilibrium and compatibility equations -
types of supports and reactions, types of joints and equilibrium equations, Static and
kinematic indeterminacies of beams and frames. Effect of force releases like moment hinge,
shear releases, link on static indeterminacy, Relative Merits of indeterminate structures over
determinate structures.
Propped Cantilever and Fixed Beams: Types of props : Elastic and Rigid props,
Determination of - Analysis of Propped cantilever and fixed beams, including the beams with
different moments of inertia, subjected to uniformly distributed load, central point load,
eccentric point load, number of point loads, uniformly varying load, couple and combination
of loads - Shear force and Bending moment diagrams for Propped Cantilever and Fixed
Beams-Deflection of Propped cantilever and fixed beams; effect of sinking of support, effect
of rotation of a support.

UNIT – II
Frames: Classification- plane and space frames, pin jointed and rigid jointed frames.
Analysis of Perfect Frames: Types of frames- Perfect, Imperfect and Redundant pin jointed
frames, assumptions, transfer of load to joints from wind and other forces - Analysis of
determinate pin jointed frames using method of joints and method of sections for vertical
loads, horizontal loads and inclined loads.

UNIT – III
Energy Theorems: Introduction-Strain energy in linear elastic system, expression of strain
energy due to axial load, bending moment and shear forces - Castigliano’s first theorem-Unit
Load Method. Deflections of simple beams and pin- jointed plane trusses.

83
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Three Hinged Arches – Introduction – Types of Arches – Comparison between Three

hinged and Two hinged Arches. Linear Arch. Eddy’s theorem. Analysis of Three hinged
arches. Normal Thrust and radial shear in an arch. Geometrical properties of parabolic and
circular arch. Three hinged circular arch at different levels. Absolute maximum bending
moment diagram for a three hinged arch.

UNIT – IV
Slope Deflection Method: Derivation of slope-deflection equation, application to continuous
beams with and without settlement of supports. Shear force and bending moment diagrams
and Elastic curve.
Moment Distribution Method: application to continuous beams with and without settlement
of supports. Shear force and bending moment diagrams and Elastic curve.

UNIT – V
Moving Loads and Influence Lines: Introduction-applications to bridges (only description),
Definition of influence line for SF, Influence line for BM- load position for maximum SF at a
section-Load position for maximum BM at a section - Point loads, UDL longer than the span,
UDL shorter than the span- maximum SF and BM at a given section and absolute maximum
S.F. and B.M due to single concentrated load UDL longer than the span, UDL shorter than
the span, two point loads with fixed distance between them and several point loads-
Equivalent uniformly distributed load-Focal length. Influence lines for forces in members of
deck and through type trusses like Pratt and Warren trusses. Equivalent uniformly distributed
load. Focal length. Muller Breslau’s principle for determinate and indeterminate beams
(qualitative)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Structural Analysis Vol –I & II by V. N. Vazirani and M. M. Ratwani, Khanna
Publishers.
2. Structural Analysis Vol I & II by G. S. Pandit and S. P. Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd.
3. Mechanics of Structures Vol – I and II by H. J. Shah and S. B. Junnarkar, Charotar
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCES:
1. Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler, Pearson Education
2. Structural Analysis by Devdas Menon, Narosa Publishing House.
3. Basic Structural Analysis by C. S. Reddy., Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
4. Fundamentals of Structural Analysis by M. L. Gamhir, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
5. Structural Analysis -I by S. S. Bhavikatti, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.

84
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CV404ES: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The objectives was course is to give the basics knowledge of Geology
that is required for constructing various Civil Engineering Structures, basic Geology,
Geological Hazardous and Environmental Geology which gives a complete picture on the
Geological aspects that are to be considered for the planning and construction of major Civil
Engineering projects

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand weathering process and mass movement
 Distinguish geological formations
 Identify geological structures and processes for rock mass quality
 Identify subsurface information and groundwater potential sites through geophysical
investigations
 Apply geological principles for mitigation of natural hazards and select sites for dams
and tunnels

UNIT - I
Introduction: Importance of geology from Civil Engineering point of view. Brief study of
case histories of failure of some Civil Engineering constructions due to geological draw
backs. Importance of Physical geology, Petrology and Structural geology.
Weathering of Rocks: Its effect over the properties of rocks importance of weathering with
reference to dams, reservoirs and tunnels weathering of common rock like “Granite”

UNIT - II
Mineralogy: Definition of mineral, Importance of study of minerals, Different methods of
study of minerals. Advantages of study of minerals by physical properties. Role of study of
physical properties of minerals in the identification of minerals. Study of physical properties
of following common rock forming minerals: Feldsper, Quartiz, Flint, Jasper, Olivine,
Augite, Hornblende, Muscovite, Biotite, Asbestos, Chlorite, Kyanite, Garnet, Talc, Calcite.
Study of other common economics minerals such as Pyrite, Hematite, Magnetite, Chrorite,
Galena, Pyrolusite, Graphite, Magnesite, and Bauxite.
Petrology: Definition of rock: Geological classification of rocks into igneous, Sedimentary
and metamorphic rocks. Dykes and sills, common structures and textures of igneous.
Sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. Their distinguishing features, Megascopic and
microscopic and microscopic study of Granite, Dolerite, Basalt, Pegmatite, Laerite,
Conglomerate, Sand Stone, Shale, Limestone, Gneiss, Schist, Quartzite, Marble and Slate.

85
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Structural Geology: Out crop, strike and dip study of common geological structures
associating with the rocks such as folds, faults uncomfornities, and joints - their important
types and case studies. Their importance Insitu and drift soils, common types of soils, their
origin and occurrence in India, Stabilisation of soils. Ground water, Water table, common
types of ground water, springs, cone of depression, geological controls of ground water
movement, ground water exploration.

UNIT - IV
Earth Quakes: Causes and effects, shield areas and seismic belts. Seismic waves, Richter
scale, precautions to be taken for building construction in seismic areas. Landslides, their
causes and effect; measures to be taken to prevent their occurrence. Importance of study of
ground water, earth quakes and landslides.
Importance of Geophysical Studies: Principles of geophysical study by Gravity methods.
Magnetic methods, Electrical methods. Seismic methods, Radio metric methods and
geothermal method. Special importance of Electrical resistivity methods, and seismic
refraction methods. Improvement of competence of sites by grouting etc. Fundamental
aspects of Rock mechanics and Environmental Geology.

UNIT - V
Geology of Dams, Reservoirs, and Tunnels: Types of dams and bearing of Geology of site
in their selection, Geological Considerations in the selection of a dam site. Analysis of dam
failures of the past. Factors contributing to the success of a reservoir. Geological factors
influencing water Lightness and life of reservoirs - Purposes of tunneling, Effects of
Tunneling on the ground Role of Geological Considerations (i.e. Tithological, structural and
ground water) in tunneling over break and lining in tunnels.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Geology by N. Chennakesavulu, McMillan, India Ltd. 2005
2. Engineering Methods by D. Venkat Reddy; Vikas Publishers 2015.
3. Engineering Geology by S K Duggal, H K Pandey Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt Ltd
2014
4. Principles of Engineering Geology by K.V.G.K. Gokhale – B.S publications

REFERENCES:
1. F.G. Bell, Fundamental of Engineering B.S. Publications, 2005.
2. Krynine & Judd, Principles of Engineering Geology & Geotechnics, CBS Publishers
& Distribution
3. Engineering Geology by Subinoy Gangopadhyay, Oxford university press.
4. Engineering Geology for Civil Engineers – P.C. Varghese PHI

86
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

SM405MS: BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: To learn the basic Business types, impact of the Economy on Business
and Firms specifically. To analyze the Business from the Financial Perspective.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the various Forms of Business and the
impact of economic variables on the Business. The Demand, Supply, Production, Cost,
Market Structure, Pricing aspects are learnt. The Students can study the firm’s financial
position by analysing the Financial Statements of a Company.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Business and Economics:
Business: Structure of Business Firm, Theory of Firm, Types of Business Entities, Limited
Liability Companies, Sources of Capital for a Company, Non-Conventional Sources of
Finance.
Economics: Significance of Economics, Micro and Macro Economic Concepts, Concepts
and Importance of National Income, Inflation, Money Supply in Inflation, Business Cycle,
Features and Phases of Business Cycle. Nature and Scope of Business Economics, Role of
Business Economist, Multidisciplinary nature of Business Economics.

UNIT – II
Demand and Supply Analysis:
Elasticity of Demand: Elasticity, Types of Elasticity, Law of Demand, Measurement and
Significance of Elasticity of Demand, Factors affecting Elasticity of Demand, Elasticity of
Demand in decision making, Demand Forecasting: Characteristics of Good Demand
Forecasting, Steps in Demand Forecasting, Methods of Demand Forecasting.
Supply Analysis: Determinants of Supply, Supply Function & Law of Supply.

UNIT- III
Production, Cost, Market Structures & Pricing:
Production Analysis: Factors of Production, Production Function, Production Function with
one variable input, two variable inputs, Returns to Scale, Different Types of Production
Functions.
Cost analysis: Types of Costs, Short run and Long run Cost Functions.
Market Structures: Nature of Competition, Features of Perfect competition, Monopoly,
Oligopoly, and Monopolistic Competition.
Pricing: Types of Pricing, Product Life Cycle based Pricing, Break Even Analysis, and Cost
Volume Profit Analysis.

87
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT-IV
Financial Accounting: Accounting concepts and Conventions, Accounting Equation,
Double-Entry system of Accounting, Rules for maintaining Books of Accounts, Journal,
Posting to Ledger, Preparation of Trial Balance, Elements of Financial Statements,
Preparation of Final Accounts.

UNIT -V
Financial Analysis through Ratios:
Concept of Ratio Analysis, Liquidity Ratios, Turnover Ratios, Profitability Ratios,
Proprietary Ratios, Solvency, Leverage Ratios (simple problems).
Introduction to Fund Flow and Cash Flow Analysis (simple problems).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. D. D. Chaturvedi, S. L. Gupta, Business Economics - Theory and Applications,
International Book House Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
2. Dhanesh K Khatri, Financial Accounting, Tata Mc –Graw Hill, 2011.
3. Geethika Ghosh, Piyali Gosh, Purba Roy Choudhury, Managerial Economics, 2e,
Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. 2012.

REFERENCES:
1. Paresh Shah, Financial Accounting for Management 2e, Oxford Press, 2015.
2. S. N. Maheshwari, Sunil K Maheshwari, Sharad K Maheshwari, Financial
Accounting, 5e, Vikas Publications, 2013

88
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE406ES: FLUID MECHANICS LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Pre Requisites: FM Theory

Course Objectives: To give the student an exposure to various hydraulic devices and Pipe
Flow.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Determine coefficient of discharge for orifice and mouthpiece.
 Calibrate notches venturimeter orifice meters
 Determine miner losses in pipes

List of Experiments:
1. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a small orifice.
2. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for a mouthpiece by constant head method.
3. Calibration of contracted Rectangular Notch / Triangular Notch/Trapezoidal Notch.
4. Determination of friction factor of a pipe
5. Calibration of Venturimeter
6. Calibration of Orifice meter
7. Determination of Coefficient for minor losses - Sudden Expansion
8. Determination of Coefficient for minor losses- Sudden Contraction
9. Verification of Bernoulli’s equation.
10. Study of Water Hammer due to sudden Closure of valve.

89
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CE408ES: SURVEYING LAB - II

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Course Objective: To impart the practical knowledge in the field to set out any Civil
Engineering work

Course Outcome: Perform surveying on any civil engineering work

List of Experiments:
1. Determine of area using total station
2. Traversing using total station
3. Contouring using total station
4. Determination of remote height using total station
5. Stake out using total station
6. Distance, gradient, differential height between two inaccessible points using total
station.
7. Curve settling using total station
8. Resection using total station
9. Setting out works for buildings and pipe lines
10. Finding position of stations using G.P.S

90
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CV407ES: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY LAB

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

0 0/3/0 2

Pre Requisites: Engineering Geology Theory

Course Objectives: The object of this lab is that to provide practical knowledge about
physical properties of minerals, rocks, drawing of geological maps, showing faults,
uniformities etc.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Identify the various rocks, minerals depending on geological classifications
1. Study of physical properties and identification of minerals referred under theory.
2. Megascopic description and identification of rocks referred under theory.
3. Microscopic study of rocks.
4. Interpretation and drawing of sections for geological maps showing tilted beds, faults,
uniformities etc.
5. Simple Structural Geology problems.
6. Electrical resistivity meter.

LAB EXAMINATION PATTERN:

1. Description and identification of SIX minerals
2. Description and identification of Six (including igneous, sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks)
3. Interpretation of a Geological map along with a geological section.
4. Simple strike and Dip problems.
5. Microscopic identification of rocks.

91
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

MC400ES: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

[Link]. II Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

3 0/0/0 0
Course Objectives:
 Understanding the importance of ecological balance for sustainable development.
 Understanding the impacts of developmental activities and mitigation measures
 Understanding the environmental policies and regulations

Course Outcomes: Based on this course, the Engineering graduate will understand /evaluate
/ develop technologies on the basis of ecological principles and environmental regulations
which inturn helps in sustainable development

UNIT-I
Ecosystems: Definition, Scope and Importance of ecosystem. Classification, structure and
function of an ecosystem, Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. Flow of energy,
Biogeochemical cycles, Bioaccumulation, Biomagnification, ecosystem value, services and
carrying capacity, Field visits.

UNIT-II
Natural Resources: Classification of Resources: Living and Non-Living resources, water
resources: use and over utilization of surface and ground water, floods and droughts, Dams:
benefits and problems. Mineral resources: use and exploitation, environmental effects of
extracting and using mineral resources, Land resources: Forest resources, Energy
resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of
alternate energy source, case studies.

UNIT-III
Biodiversity And Biotic Resources: Introduction, Definition, genetic, species and ecosystem
diversity. Value of biodiversity; consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic
and optional values. India as a mega diversity nation, Hot spots of biodiversity. Field visit.
Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts;
conservation of biodiversity: In-Situ and Ex-situ conservation. National Biodiversity act.

UNIT-IV
Environmental Pollution and Control Technologies: Environmental Pollution:
Classification of pollution, Air Pollution: Primary and secondary pollutants, Automobile and
Industrial pollution, Ambient air quality standards. Water pollution: Sources and types of
pollution, drinking water quality standards. Soil Pollution: Sources and types, Impacts of
modern agriculture, degradation of soil. Noise Pollution: Sources and Health hazards,
standards, Solid waste: Municipal Solid Waste management, composition and characteristics
of e-Waste and its management. Pollution control technologies: Wastewater Treatment
methods: Primary, secondary and Tertiary.

92
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Overview of air pollution control technologies, Concepts of bioremediation. Global

Environmental Problems and Global Efforts: Climate change and impacts on human
environment. Ozone depletion and Ozone depleting substances (ODS). Deforestation and
desertification. International conventions / Protocols: Earth summit, Kyoto protocol and
Montréal Protocol.

UNIT-V
Environmental Policy, Legislation & EIA: Environmental Protection act, Legal aspects
Air Act- 1981, Water Act, Forest Act, Wild life Act, Municipal solid waste management and
handling rules, biomedical waste management and handling rules, hazardous waste
management and handling rules. EIA: EIA structure, methods of baseline data acquisition.
Overview on Impacts of air, water, biological and Socio-economical aspects. Strategies for
risk assessment, Concepts of Environmental Management Plan (EMP). Towards
Sustainable Future: Concept of Sustainable Development, Population and its explosion,
Crazy Consumerism, Environmental Education, Urban Sprawl, Human health,
Environmental Ethics, Concept of Green Building, Ecological Foot Print, Life Cycle
assessment (LCA), Low carbon life style.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses by Erach Bharucha
for University Grants Commission.
2. Environmental Studies by R. Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Environmental Science: towards a sustainable future by Richard T. Wright. 2008 PHL
Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Environmental Engineering and science by Gilbert M. Masters and Wendell P. Ela.
2008 PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
3. Environmental Science by Daniel B. Botkin & Edward A. Keller, Wiley INDIA
edition.
4. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition, New age international
publishers.
5. Text book of Environmental Science and Technology - Dr. M. Anji Reddy 2007, BS
Publications.

93
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE501PC 4 0/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Building Materials

Course Objectives: Concrete is the basic construction material in the advancemans present
construction industry Lot of advances are taking place in the concrete technology on par with
development taking place in the engineering. The present day industry needs the knowledge
of concrete technology thoroughly. The subject is designed to give the basic knowledge as
well as latest developments in concrete technology

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Identify Quality Control tests on concrete making materials
 Understand the behavior of fresh and hardened concrete
 Design concrete mixes as per IS and ACI codes
 Understand the durability requirements of concrete
 Understand the need for special concretes

UNIT - I
Cement: Portland cement – chemical composition – Hydration, Setting of cement – Structure
of hydrate cement – Test on physical properties – Different grades of cement. Admixtures:
Types of admixtures – mineral and chemical admixtures.

UNIT - II
Aggregates: Classification of aggregate – Particle shape & texture –, strength & other
mechanical properties of aggregate – Specific gravity, Bulk density, porosity, adsorption &
moisture content of aggregate – Bulking of sand – Deleterious substance in aggregate –
Soundness of aggregate – Alkali aggregate reaction – Thermal properties – Sieve analysis –
Fineness modulus – Grading curves – Grading of fine & coarse Aggregates – Gap graded
aggregate – Maximum aggregate size.

UNIT – III
Fresh Concrete: Workability – Factors affecting workability – Measurement of workability
by different tests – Setting times of concrete – Effect of time and temperature on workability
– Segregation & bleeding – Mixing and vibration of concrete – Steps in manufacture of
concrete – Quality of mixing water.

UNIT - IV
Hardened Concrete : Water / Cement ratio – Abram’s Law – Gelspaoe ratio – Nature of
strength of concrete – Maturity concept – Strength in tension & compression – Factors
affecting strength – Relation between compressive & tensile strength - Curing.
Testing Of Hardened Concrete: Compression tests – Tension tests– Flexure tests – Splitting
tests – Pull-out test, Non-destructive testing methods – codal provisions for NDT.
Elasticity, Creep & Shrinkage – Modulus of elasticity – Dynamic modulus of elasticity –
Poisson’s ratio – Creep of concrete – Factors influencing creep – Relation between creep &
time – Nature of creep – Effects of creep – Shrinkage – types of shrinkage.

94
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Mix Design: Factors in the choice of mix proportions – Durability of concrete – Quality
Control of concrete – Statistical methods – Acceptance criteria – Proportioning of concrete
mixes by– BIS method and ACI mix design.
Special Concretes: Introduction to light weight concrete – Cellular concrete – No-fines
concrete – High density concrete – Fibre reinforced concrete – Polymer concrete – High
performance concrete – Self compacting concrete.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Properties of Concrete by A. M. Neville Pearson 5th edition Education ltd 2016.
2. Concrete Technology by M. S. Shetty. – S. Chand & Co. 2004
3. Concrete Technology by Job Thomas -Cengage learning India Pvt Ltd 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Concrete Technology by M.L. Gambhir. – Tata Mc. Graw Hill Publishers, New Delhi
2. Concrete: Micro structure, Properties and Materials – P. K. Mehta and J. M.
Monteiro, McGraw Hill Publishers

95
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE502PC 4 1/0/0 4

Pre-Requisites: Structural Analysis I & II

Course Objectives: Structural elements are subjected to different loading to with stand the
structures, for external loading we need to design the structures for its safety and
serviceability.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Design RC Structural elements
 Design the Reinforced Concrete beams using limit state Design
 Design Reinforced Concrete slabs
 Design the Reinforced Concrete Columns and footings
 Design structures for serviceability
 Design staircases, canopy

UNIT – I
Concepts of RC. Design – Working Stress Method - Limit State method – Material Stress-
Strain Curves – Safety factors – Characteristic values. Stress Block parameters – IS – 456 –
2000. Beams: Limit state analysis and design of singly reinforced, doubly reinforced, T and
L beam sections

UNIT – II
Limit state analysis and design of section for shear and torsion – concept of bond, anchorage
and development length, I.S. code provisions. Design examples in simply supported and
continuous beams, detailing; Design of canopy.

UNIT – III
Short and Long columns – under axial loads, uniaxial bending and biaxial bending – I S Code
provisions.

UNIT – IV
Footings: Different types of footings – Design of isolated, square, rectangular, circular
footings and combined footings.

UNIT - V
Design of one way slab, Two-way slabs and continuous slab Using I S Coefficients Limit
state design for serviceability for deflection, cracking and codal provision. Design of dog-
legged staircase.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Reinforced concrete design by S. Unnikrishna Pillai & Devdas Menon, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.
2. Reinforced concrete design by N. Subrahmanian Oxford University Press.
3. Limit state designed of reinforced concrete – P. C. Varghese, Prentice Hall of India,
New Delhi.

96
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures by I. C. Syal and A. K. Goel, S. Chand &
company.
2. Fundamentals of reinforced concrete by N.C. Sinha and S.K Roy, S. Chand publishers
3. Design of concrete structures – Arthus H. Nilson, David Darwin, and Chorles W.
Dolar, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2005.

97
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE503PC 4 1/0/0 4

Pre-Requisites: Fluid Mechanics & HHM

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course is to study the concepts of

 Engineering Hydrology and its applications like Runoff estimation, estimation of
design discharge and flood routing.
 Irrigation Engineering – Water utilization for crop growth and their designs.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyze hydro-meteorological data
 Estimate abstractions from precipitation
 Compute yield from surface and subsurface basin
 Develop rainfall-runoff models
 Formulate and solve hydrologic flood routing models
 Estimate runoff, design discharge from catchment

UNIT - I
Introduction to engineering hydrology and its applications, Hydrologic cycle, types and forms
of precipitation, rainfall measurement, types of rain gauges, computation of average rainfall
over a basin, processing of rainfall data - Adjustment of record -Rainfall Double Mass Curve.
Runoff- Factors affecting Runoff – Runoff over a Catchment- Empirical and Rational
Formulae.
Abstraction from rainfall-evaporation, factors affecting evaporation, measurement of
evaporation- Evapotranspiration- Penman and Blaney & Criddle Methods -Infiltration,
factors affecting infiltration, measurement of infiltration, infiltration indices..

UNIT - II
Distribution of Runoff – Hydrograph Analysis Flood Hydrograph – Effective Rainfall – Base
Flow- Base Flow Separation - Direct Runoff Hydrograph Unit pulse and Unit step function -
Unit Hydrograph, definition, limitations and applications of Unit hydrograph, derivation of
Unit Hydrograph from Direct Runoff Hydrograph and vice versa - S-hydrograph, Synthetic
Unit Hydrograph.

UNIT - III
Ground water Occurrence, types of aquifers, aquifer parameters, porosity, specific yield,
permeability, transmissivity and storage coefficient, Darcy’s law, radial flow to wells in
confined and unconfined aquifers. Types of wells,- Well Construction – Well Development.

UNIT - IV
Necessity and Importance of Irrigation, advantages and ill effects of Irrigation, types of
Irrigation, methods of application of Irrigation water, Indian agricultural soils, methods of
improving soil fertility –Crop Rotation, preparation of land for Irrigation, standards of quality
for Irrigation water.
Soil-water-plant relationship, vertical distribution of soil moisture, soil moisture constants,
soil moisture tension, consumptive use, Duty and delta, factors affecting duty- Design

98
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

discharge for a water course. Depth and frequency of Irrigation, irrigation efficiencies-Water
Logging.

UNIT - V
Classification of canals, Design of Irrigation canals by Kennedy’s and Lacey’s theories,
balancing depth of cutting, IS standards for a canal design canal lining.
Design Discharge over a catchment, Computation of design discharge-rational formulae etc.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Hydrology by K. Subramanya McGraw Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2014.
2. Engineering Hydrology by Jayarami Reddy, Laxmi publications pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
3. Irrigation and Water Resources & Water Power by P. N. Modi, Standard Book House

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Hydrology by CSP Ojha, R. Brendtsson and P. Bhunya Oxford
University Press,2010
2. Irrigation and water power engineering by Punmia & Lal, Laxmi publications Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi
3. Applied hydrology by V.T. Chow, D.R. Maidment and L. W Mays McGraw
Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2014.
4. Hydrology in Practice by E. M. Shaw, K. J. Beven, CRC Press, 2015.

99
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: SM504MS 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: To understand the Management Concepts, applications of Concepts in

Practical aspects of business and development of Managerial Skills.

Course Outcome: The students understand the significance of Management in their

Profession. The various Management Functions like Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Leading,
Motivation and Control aspects are learnt in this course. The students can explore the
Management Practices in their domain area.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Management: Definition, Nature and Scope, Functions, Managerial Roles,
Levels of Management, Managerial Skills, Challenges of Management; Evolution of
Management- Classical Approach- Scientific and Administrative Management; The
Behavioral approach; The Quantitative approach; The Systems Approach; Contingency
Approach, IT Approach.

UNIT – II
Planning and Decision Making: General Framework for Planning - Planning Process, Types
of Plans, Management by Objectives; Development of Business Strategy. Decision making
and Problem Solving - Programmed and Non Programmed Decisions, Steps in Problem
Solving and Decision Making; Bounded Rationality and Influences on Decision Making;
Group Problem Solving and Decision Making, Creativity and Innovation in Managerial
Work.

UNIT - III
Organization and HRM: Principles of Organization: Organizational Design &
Organizational Structures; Departmentalization, Delegation; Empowerment, Centralization,
Decentralization, Recentralization; Organizational Culture; Organizational Climate and
Organizational Change.
Human Resource Management & Business Strategy: Talent Management, Talent
Management Models and Strategic Human Resource Planning; Recruitment and Selection;
Training and Development; Performance Appraisal.

UNIT - IV
Leading and Motivation: Leadership, Power and Authority, Leadership Styles; Behavioral
Leadership, Situational Leadership, Leadership Skills, Leader as Mentor and Coach,
Leadership during adversity and Crisis; Handling Employee and Customer Complaints, Team
Leadership.
Motivation - Types of Motivation; Relationship between Motivation, Performance and
Engagement, Content Motivational Theories - Needs Hierarchy Theory, Two Factor Theory,
Theory X and Theory Y.

UNIT - V
Controlling: Control, Types and Strategies for Control, Steps in Control Process, Budgetary
and Non- Budgetary Controls. Characteristics of Effective Controls, Establishing control
systems, Control frequency and Methods.

100
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Management Fundamentals, Robert N Lussier, 5e, Cengage Learning, 2013.
2. Fundamentals of Management, Stephen P. Robbins, Pearson Education, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Essentials of Management, Koontz Kleihrich, Tata Mc - Graw Hill.
2. Management Essentials, Andrew DuBrin, 9e, Cengage Learning, 2012.

101
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C
Course Code: CE505PC 0 0/3/0 2

Pre-Requisites: Concrete Technology Theory

Course Objectives: The objectives of the course is to gain the practical knowledge of
properties of concrete materials, behavior of concrete properties of fresh and hardened
concrete

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Understand properties of concrete material, behavior of concrete & properties of fresh &
hardened concrete

I. Test on Cement
1. Normal Consistency and fineness of cement.
2. Initial setting time and final setting time of cement.
3. Specific gravity of cement
4. Soundness of cement.
5. Compressive strength of cement.
6. Workability test on concrete by compaction factor, slump and Vee-bee.

II. Test on Aggregate

1. Sieve Analysis and gradation chairs
2. Bulking of sand.
3. Bulk and compact densities of fine and coarse aggregates

III. Test on Fresh Concrete

1. Slump test
2. CF (compact factor stress)
3. Vee-bee Test
4. Flow Table Test
Self Compacting Concrete
1. Slump cone
2. V funnel
3. L Box

IV. Test on hardened concrete

1. compression test on cubes & Cylinders
2. flexure test
3. Splitting Tensile Test
4. Modulus of Elasticity

V. Non Destructive test of concrete

1. Rebound hammer
2. Ultrasound pulse Velocity (UPV)

TEXT BOOK:
1. Concrete Technology by M.S. Shetty – S. Chand & Co.
2. Concrete Manual by M.L. Gambhir, Dhanpat Rai & Sons

102
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE506PC 0 0/3/0 2

Prerequisites: Surveying

Course Objectives: To Develop GIS interface to field problems through geofencing.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student is exposed to spatial technologies,
mapping the field problems and solution convergence through GIS.

UNIT - I
Development of georeferencing of maps either from cadastral or AutoCAD based map.

UNIT - II
Identification of best locations of ground control points and mosaicing the different sources
of maps of information like topo sheets & satellite data and other drawings.

UNIT - III
Digitization and GIS coordination.

UNIT - IV
GIS interface and features using open Source Software QGIS.

UNIT - V
Case example on mapping like water distinguish, Road alignment road network etc.,

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Lo, C.P. & Yeung A.K.W., Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information
Systems, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Burrough, P.A., Principles of Geographical Information Systems, Oxford Publication,
1998.
3. Clarke, K., Getting Started with Geographic Information Systems, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey, 2001.
4. DeMers, M.N., Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems, John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 2000.
5. Geo Information Systems – Applications of GIS and Related Spatial Information
Technologies, ASTER Publication Co., Chestern (England), 1992.

103
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE507PC 0 0/3/0 2

Pre Requisites: HHM Theory

Course Objectives: To give the student an exposure to various hydraulic machines.

Course Outcomes: Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machinery

 Compute drag coefficients
 Test the performance of pumps and turbines
 Determine Manning’s and Chezy’s coefficients for smooth and rough channels
 Determine Energy loss in Hydraulic jump and Calibrate standing wave flume

1. Impact of jet on vanes

2. Study of Hydraulic jump in Open Channel.
3. Performance test on Pelton wheel turbine.
4. Performance test on Francis turbine.
5. Performance test on Kaplan turbine.
6. Performance characteristics of a single stage centrifugal pump.
7. Performance characteristics of a multi-stage centrifugal pump.
8. Performance characteristics of a reciprocating pump.
9. Study of Flow in Open Channel (Applying Chezy’s and Manning’s equations).
10. Determination of Coefficient of discharge for the given Weir (Sharp crested /Broad
crested / Cippoletti weir).

104
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: MC500HS 3 0/0/0 0

Course Objective: To enable the students to imbibe and internalize the Values and Ethical
Behaviour in the personal and Professional lives.

Course Outcome: The students will understand the importance of Values and Ethics in their
personal lives and professional careers. The students will learn the rights and responsibilities
as an employee, team member and a global citizen.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Professional Ethics: Basic Concepts, Governing Ethics, Personal &
Professional Ethics, Ethical Dilemmas, Life Skills, Emotional Intelligence, Thoughts of
Ethics, Value Education, Dimensions of Ethics, Profession and professionalism, Professional
Associations, Professional Risks, Professional Accountabilities, Professional Success, Ethics
and Profession.

UNIT - II
Basic Theories: Basic Ethical Principles, Moral Developments, Deontology, Utilitarianism,
Virtue Theory, Rights Theory, Casuist Theory, Moral Absolution, Moral Rationalism, Moral
Pluralism, Ethical Egoism, Feminist Consequentialism, Moral Issues, Moral Dilemmas,
Moral Autonomy.

UNIT - III
Professional Practices in Engineering: Professions and Norms of Professional Conduct,
Norms of Professional Conduct vs. Profession; Responsibilities, Obligations and Moral
Values in Professional Ethics, Professional codes of ethics, the limits of predictability and
responsibilities of the engineering profession.
Central Responsibilities of Engineers - The Centrality of Responsibilities of Professional
Ethics; lessons from 1979 American Airlines DC-10 Crash and Kansas City Hyatt Regency
Walk away Collapse.

UNIT - IV
Work Place Rights & Responsibilities, Ethics in changing domains of Research, Engineers
and Managers; Organizational Complaint Procedure, difference of Professional Judgment
within the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), the Hanford Nuclear Reservation.
Ethics in changing domains of research - The US government wide definition of research
misconduct, research misconduct distinguished from mistakes and errors, recent history of
attention to research misconduct, the emerging emphasis on understanding and fostering
responsible conduct, responsible authorship, reviewing & editing.

UNIT - V
Global issues in Professional Ethics: Introduction – Current Scenario, Technology
Globalization of MNCs, International Trade, World Summits, Issues, Business Ethics and
Corporate Governance, Sustainable Development Ecosystem, Energy Concerns, Ozone
Deflection, Pollution, Ethics in Manufacturing and Marketing, Media Ethics; War Ethics; Bio
Ethics, Intellectual Property Rights.

105
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Professional Ethics: R. Subramanian, Oxford University Press, 2015.
2. Ethics in Engineering Practice & Research, Caroline Whitbeck, 2e, Cambridge
University Press 2015.

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Ethics, Concepts Cases : Charles E Harris Jr., Michael S Pritchard ,
Michael J Rabins, 4e , Cengage learning, 2015.
2. Business Ethics concepts & Cases: Manuel G Velasquez, 6e, PHI, 2008.

106
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE601PC 4 1/0/0 4

Pre-Requisites: Structural Analysis I & II

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is to make the student conversant with the
design principles of steel structural elements as per IS Codal provisions

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 Design tension and compression members
 Design beams and beam columns
 Design bolt and weld connections
 Design built up members and Column base
 Design of plate girders and Roof Trusses

UNIT – I
Materials – types of structural steel – mechanical properties of steel – Concepts of plasticity –
yield strength. Loads – and combinations local buckling behavior of steel. Concept of limit
State Design – Limit States – Design Strengths- deflection limits – serviceability – stability
check. Bolted connections – Riveted connections – IS – 800 – 2007 - specifications – Design
strength – efficiency of joint – prying action. Welded connections – Types of welded joints –
specifications - design requirements.

UNIT – II
Design of tension members – Design strength – Design procedure splice - lug angle.
Design of compress in members – Buckling class – slenderness ratio / strength design – laced
– battened columns – splice – column base – slab base.

UNIT – III
Plastic Theory, Plastic hinge, Theorems of plastic Analysis Classifications of beams as per
I.S 800-2007.
Design of Beams – Plastic moment – Bending and shear strength / buckling – Built up
sections – laterally / supported beams - Design of eccentric connections – Framed – stiffened
/ seat connection.

UNIT – IV
Design of plate girders – elements – economical depth – design of main section – connections
between web and flange – design of stiffness bearing – intermediate stiffeners – Design of
Websplica & Flange splica.

UNIT – V
Design of roof trusses – Types of roof trusses, loads on trusses – purlin design – truss design,
Design of joints and end bearings.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Design of steel structures – N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press – 2009.
2. Limit State Design of steel structures, S.K. Duggal, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010
107
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamental of Structural Steel Design by M L Gambhir MC Graw Hill Education
Pvt Ltd 2013
2. Design of Steel Structures Edwin H. Gaylord, Jr. Charles N. Gaylord and James
Stallmeyer Tata McGraw-Hill Education pvt. Ltd.
3. Design of steel structures, S.S. Bhavikatti, IK International Publication House, New
Delhi, 2010.
4. Structural Design and Drawing by N. Krishna Raju, Universities Press.
5. Design of Steel structures by K.S. Sai Ram, Person Education.

108
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE602PC 4 0/0/0 4

Course Objectives: This subject provides the knowledge of water sources, water treatment,
design of distribution system waste water treatment, and safe disposal methods. The topics of
characteristics of waste water, sludge digestion are also included.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyze characteristics of water and wastewater
 Estimate the quantity of drinking water and domestic wastewater generated
 Design components of water supply systems Design sewerage system

UNIT – I
Introduction: Waterborne diseases – protected water supply – Population forecasts, design
period – types of water demand – factors affecting – fluctuations – fire demand – water
quality and testing – drinking water standards: sources of water - Comparison from quality
and quantity and other considerations – intakes – infiltration galleries.

UNIT – II
Layout and general outline of water treatment units – sedimentation – principles – design
factors – coagulation-flocculation clarifier design – coagulants - feeding arrangements.
Filtration – theory – working of slow and rapid gravity filters – multimedia filters – design of
filters – troubles in operation - comparison of filters – disinfection – theory of chlorination,
chlorine demand - other disinfection practices- Miscellaneous treatment methods.

UNIT – III
Distribution systems requirement –method and layouts -Design procedures- Hardy Cross and
equivalent pipe methods pipe – joints, valves such as sluice valves, air valves, scour valves
and check valves water meters – laying and testing of pipe lines – pump house - Conservancy
and water carriage systems – sewage and storm water estimation – time of concentration –
storm water overflows combined flow

UNIT - IV
characteristics of sewage – cycles of decay – decomposition of sewage, examination of
sewage – B.O.D. Equation – C.O.D. Design of sewers – shapes and materials – sewer
appurtenances manholes – inverted siphon – catch basins – flushing tanks – ejectors, pumps
and pump houses – house drainage – components requirements – sanitary fittings-traps – one
pipe and two pipe systems of plumbing – ultimate disposal of sewage – sewage farming –
dilution.

109
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Waste water treatment plant – Flow diagram - primary treatment Design of screens – grit
chambers – skimming tanks – sedimentation tanks – principles of design – Biological
treatment – trickling filters – standard and high rate – Construction and design of oxidation
ponds. Sludge digestion – factors effecting – design of Digestion tank – Sludge disposal by
drying – septic tanks working principles and design – soak pits.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Engineering by H.S Peavy, D. R. Rowe, G. Tchobanog lous, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2014
2. Environmental Engineering by D. P. Sincero and G.A Sincero, Pearson 2015.
3. Water Supply & Environmental Engineering by A.K. Chatterjee.
4. Water Supply and sanitary Engineering by G.S. Bindi, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
Publishers.

REFERENCES:
1. Water and Waste Water Technology by Steel, Wiley
2. Waste water engineering by Metcalf and Eddy, McGraw Hill, 2015.
3. Water and Waste Water Engineering by Fair Geyer and Okun, Wiley, 2011
4. Water and Waste Water Technology by Mark J Hammar and Mark J. Hammar
[Link], 2007.

110
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

SOIL MECHANICS

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE603PC 4 0/0/0 4

Pre-Requisites: Engineering Geology, Applied Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics

Course Objectives: To enable the student to study the properties of soil and to determine the
behaviour soil under various conditions and loads.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand the mechanism Behaviour of Soil for different loads
 and from Soil Condition will be able to determine properties of soil

UNIT – I
Introduction: Soil formation and structure – moisture content – Mass- volume relationship –
Relative density.
Index Properties Of Soils: Grain size analysis – Sieve–

UNIT – II
Permeability: Soil water – capillary rise – flow of water through soils – Darcy’s law-
permeability – Factors affecting permeability – laboratory determination of coefficient of
permeability –Permeability of layered soils – In-situ permeability tests (Pumping in &
Pumping out test).
Effective Stress & Seepage Through Soils: Total, neutral and effective stress – principle of
effective stress - quick sand condition – Seepage through soils – Flownets: Characteristics
and Uses.

UNIT – III
Stress Distribution In Soils: Boussinesq’s and Westergaard’s theories for point load,
uniformly loaded circular and rectangular areas, pressure bulb, variation of vertical stress
under point load along the vertical and horizontal plane, and Newmark’s influence chart for
irregular areas.
Compaction: Mechanism of compaction – factors affecting compaction effects of compaction
on soil properties – Field compaction Equipment – compaction quality control.

UNIT – IV
Consolidation: Types of compressibility – Immediate Settlement, primary consolidation and
secondary consolidation - stress history of clay; e-p and e-log(p) curves – normally
consolidated soil, over consolidated soil and under consolidated soil - preconsolidation
pressure and its determination - Terzaghi’s 1-D consolidation theory – coefficient of
consolidation: square root time and logarithm of time fitting methods - computation of total
settlement and time rate of settlement.

UNIT - V
Shear Strength Of Soils: Importance of shear strength – Mohr’s– Coulomb Failure theories –
Types of laboratory tests for strength parameters – strength tests based on drainage conditions
– strength envelops – Shear strength of sands - dilatancy – critical void ratio.

111
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Principals of Geotechnical Engineering by Braja M. Das, Cengage Learning
Publishers, 8th Edition, (2014).
2. Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practices by Cuduto, PHI International
3. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New age
International Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCES:
1. Geotechnical Engineering by Manoj Dutta & Gulati S.K – Tata McGraw Hill
Publishers New Delhi.
2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by VNS Murthy, CBS Publishers and
Distributors.
3. Geotechnical Engineering by C. Venkataramiah, New age International Pvt. Ltd,
(2002).

112
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL

(Professional Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE611PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: The subject provides the knowledge of various effects of Air pollution
on human beings and Vegetation and Materials. The topics of control methods, details of
control equipment, and the methods of controlling gaseous are also included. The objective of
the course is to study the moment, occurrence of ground water and its development and
management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Identify sampling and analysis techniques for air quality assessment
 Describe the plume behavior for atmospheric stability conditions
 Able to control air pollution by properties various techniques to control

UNIT – I
Air Pollution – Definitions, Scope, Significance and Episodes, Air Pollutants –
Classifications – Natural and Artificial – Primary and Secondary, point and Non-Point, Line
and Areal Sources of air pollution- stationary and mobile sources.

UNIT – II
Effects of Air pollutants on man, material and vegetation; Global effects of air pollution –
Green House effect, Heat Islands, Acid Rains, Ozone Holes etc.

UNIT - III
Thermodynamics and Kinetics of Air-pollution – Applications in the removal of gases like
SOx; NOx; CO; HC etc., air-fuel ratio. Computation and Control of products of combustion.
Meteorology and plume Dispersion; properties of atmosphere; Heat, Pressure, Wind forces,
Moisture and relative Humidity; Influence of Meteorological phenomena on Air Quality-
wind rose diagrams.

UNIT - IV
Lapse Rates, Pressure Systems, Winds and moisture plume behavior and plume Rise Models;
Gaussian Model for Plume Dispersion.
Control of particulates – Control at Sources, Process Changes, Equipment modifications,
Design and operation of control.
Equipment’s – Settling Chambers, Centrifugal separators, filters Dry and Wet scrubbers,
Electrostatic precipitators.

UNIT – V
General Methods of Control of NOx and SOx emissions – In-plant Control Measures, process
changes, dry and wet methods of removal and recycling.
Air Quality Management – Monitoring of SPM, SOx; NOx and CO Emission Standards.

113
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Air pollution By M. N. Rao and H. V. N. Rao – Tata McGraw Hill Company.
2. Air pollution by Wark and Warner. - Harper & Row, New York.

REFERENCE:
1. Air pollution and control By K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, Kaushal Publishers. Kakinada.

114
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

(Professional Elective-I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE612PE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the influence line concepts for indeterminate structures
 To understand the methods of analysis of intermediate trusses for external loads, lack
of fit and thermal effect
 To study behavior of arches and their methods of analysis
 To know the concept and analysis of cable stayed bridge
 To study the multi storey frames subjected to gravity loads and lateral loads

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate the concepts of qualitative influence line diagram for continuous beams
and frames.
 Apply the methods of indeterminate truss analysis
 Demonstrate the behavior of arches and their methods of analysis analyze cable
suspension bridges
 Analyze multistory frames subjected to gravity loads and lateral loads

UNIT – I
Analysis of Frames: Castigliano’s second theorem
Indeterminate Trusses: Determination of static and kinematic indeterminacies – Analysis
of trusses having single and two degrees of internal and external indeterminacies.
Two Hinged Arches: Introduction – Classification of Two hinged Arches – Analysis of two
hinged parabolic arches – Secondary stresses in two hinged arches due to temperature and
elastic shortening of rib.

UNIT - II
Slope Deflection Method: Analysis of Single Bay – single storey Portal Frames by Slope
Deflection Method Including Side Sway. Shear force and bending moment diagrams. Elastic
curve, Analysis of inclined frames
Moment Distribution Method - Analysis of Single Bay Single Storey Portal Frames
including side Sway. Analysis of inclined frames.

UNIT – III
Kani’s Method: Analysis of continuous beams including settlement of supports. Analysis of
single bay single storey and single bay two Storey Frames by Kani’s Method Including Side
Sway. Shear force and bending moment diagrams. Elastic curve.

115
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Matrix Methods of Analysis: Introduction – Static and Kinematic Indeterminacy - Analysis
of continuous beams including settlement of supports, using stiffness method. Analysis of
pin-jointed plane frames using stiffness method- Analysis of single bay single storey frames
including side sway, using stiffness method. Analysis of continuous beams upto three degree
of indeterminacy using flexibility method. Shear force and bending moment diagrams.
.
UNIT – V
Approximate Methods of Analysis: Introduction – Analysis of multi-storey frames for
lateral loads: Portal Method, Cantilever method and Factor method. Analysis of multi-storey
frames for gravity (vertical) loads. Substitute Frame method.
Influence Lines for Indeterminate Beams: Introduction – ILD for two span continuous
beams with constant and variable moments of inertia. ILD for propped cantilever beams.
Muller Breslau’s principle.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Structural Analysis Vol – I &II by Vazarani and Ratwani, Khanna Publishers.
2. Structural Analysis Vol I & II by Pundit and Gupta. Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
3 Structural Analysis SI edition by Aslam Kassimali, Cengage Learning

REFERENCES:
1. Matrix Analysis of Structures by Singh, Cengage Learning Pvt. Ltd.
2. Structural Analysis by R. C. Hibbeler Pearson Education.
3. Basic Structural Analysis by C. S. Reddy., Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
4. Matrix Analysis of Structures by Pundit and Gupta. Tata McGraw Hill Publishers.
5. Advanced Structural Analysis by A. K. Jain, Nem Chand Bros

116
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT

(Professional Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE613PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Water Resources Engineering

Course Objectives: The objective of the course is to study the moment, occurrence of
ground water and its development and management

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to Understand Ground
Water occurrence, Ground Water Movement Well constructional etc..

UNIT – I
Ground Water Occurrence: Ground water hydrologic cycle, origin of ground water, rock
properties effecting ground water, vertical distribution of ground water, zone of aeration and
zone of saturation, geologic formation as Aquifers, types of aquifers, porosity, Specific yield
and Specific retention.

UNIT – II
Ground Water Movement: Permeability, Darcy’s law, storage coefficient. Transmissivity,
differential equation governing ground water flow in three dimensions derivation, ground
water flow equation in polar coordinate system. Ground water flow contours their
applications.

UNIT – III
Steady groundwater flow towards a well in confined and unconfined aquifers – Dupuit’s and
Theim’s equations, Assumptions, Formation constants, yield of an open well Well interface
and well tests – Recuperation Test.

Unsteady flow towards a well – Non equilibrium equations – Theis’ solution – Jocob and
Chow’s simplifications, Leaky aquifers – Well Interference.

UNIT – IV
Surface and Subsurface Investigation: Surface methods of exploration – Electrical resistivity
and Seismic refraction methods. Subsurface methods – Geophysical logging and resistivity
logging. Aerial Photogrammetry applications along with Case Studies in Subsurface
Investigation.

Artificial Recharge of Ground Water: Concept of artificial recharge – recharge methods,

relative merits, Applications of GIS and Remote Sensing in Artificial Recharge of Ground
water along with Case studies.

UNIT – V
Well Construction – Drilling Equipment used for Well Construction – Bore log –
Interpretation of Log Data.

117
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Saline Water Intrusion in aquifer: Occurrence of saline water intrusions, Ghyben- Herzberg
relation, Shape of interface, control of seawater intrusion. Groundwater Basin Management:
Concepts of conjunction use, Case studies.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ground water Hydrology by David Keith Todd, John Wiley & Son, New York.
2. Groundwater by H. M. Raghunath, Wiley Eastern Ltd.
3. Ground Water Hydrology by D.K. Todd and L.R Mays John Willey.

REFERENCES:
1. Groundwater Hydrology by Bower, John Wiley & sons.
2. Groundwater System Planning & Management – R. Willes & W. W. G. Yeh, Prentice
Hall.
3. Applied Hydrogeology by C. W. Fetta, CBS Publishers & Distributers.

118
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

EARTH AND ROCKFILL DAMS AND SLOPE STABILITY

(Professional Elective-I)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE614PE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 Have an understanding of seismic design concepts and current practices for earth
dams and other similar structures to enable them to plan and direct the
construction activity appropriately.
 Understand the soil dynamic testing procedure and methodology of seismic
design to be able to execute a proper design.
 Have a clear understanding of design methodology and the interpretation in the
seismic codes.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Describe the behaviour of natural and engineered soil / rock slopes under various
weather and engineering conditions.
 Explain the factors that may affect the stability of slopes.
 Select an appropriate slope stability analysis method subject to geometry of slope,
material properties, and uncertainty of observations.
 Assess the potential landslide risk of slopes.

UNIT - I
Earth and Rockfill Dams: General features, Selection of site; Merits and demerits of the
earth and rock fill dams, Classification of earth dams, Causes of failure, Safe design
criteria. Instrumentation in earth dams: Pore pressure measurements, Settlement gauges,
Inclinometers, Stress measurements, Seismic measurements.

UNIT - II
Failures, Damages and Protection of Earth Dams: Nature and importance of failure,
Piping through embankment and foundations, Methods of seepage control through
embankments and foundations, Design Criteria for filters, Treatment of upstream and
downstream of slopes, Drainage control, Filter design.

UNIT - III
Slope Stability Analysis: Types of Failure: Failure surfaces - Planar surfaces, Circular
surfaces, Non-circular surfaces, Limit equilibrium methods, Total stress analysis versus
effective Stress analysis, Use of Bishop's pore pressure parameters, Short term and Long
term stability in slopes. Taylor Charts.

UNIT - IV
Methods of Slope Stability: Method of Slices, Effect of Tension Cracks, Vertical Cuts.
Bishop's Analysis, Bishop and Morgenstern Analysis, Non-circular Failure Surfaces:
Janbu Analysis, Sliding Block Analysis, Seismic stability, Stabilization of slopes: Soil
reinforcement (geosynthetics/soil nailing/micro piles etc), soil treatment (cement/lime
treatment), surface protection (vegetation/erosion control mats/shotcrete).

119
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Rockfill Dams: Requirements of compacted rockfill, Shear strength of rockfill, Rockfill
mixtures, Rockfill embankments, Earth-core Rockfill dams, Stability, Upstream &
Downstream slopes.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Sherard, Woodward, Gizienski and Clevenger. Earth and Earth-Rock Dams. John
Wiley &. Sons. 1963

REFERENCES:
1. Bharat Singh and Sharma, H. D. – Earth and Rockfill Dams, 1999
2. Sowers, G. F. and Salley, H. I. – Earth and Rockfill Dams, Willams, R.C., and
Willace, T.S. 1965.
3. Abramson, L. W., Lee, T. S. and Sharma, S. - Slope Stability and Stabilization
methods – John Wiley & sons. (2002)
4. Bromhead, E. N. (1992). The Stability of Slopes, Blackie academic and professional,
London.
5. Christian, Earth & Rockfill Dams – Principles of Design and Construction, Kutzner
Published Oxford and IBH.
6. Ortiago, J. A. R. and Sayao, A. S. F. J. - Handbook of Slope Stabilization, 2004.

120
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

SOIL MECHANICS LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE604PC 0 0/3/0 2

Pre-Requisites: Soil Mechanics (Co-requisite)

Course Objectives: To obtain index and engineering properties of locally available soils, and
to understand the behavior of these soil under various loads.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to Classify and evaluate
the behavior of the soils subjected to various loads.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Atterberg Limits (Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and shrinkage limit)
2. a) Field density by core cutter method and
b) Field density by sand replacement method
3. Determination of Specific gravity of soil Grain size distribution by sieve analysis
4. Permeability of soil by constant and variable head test methods
5. Standard Proctor’s Compaction Test
6. Determination of Coefficient of consolidation (square root time fitting method)
7. Unconfined compression test
8. Direct shear test
9. Vane shear test
10. Differential free swell index (DFSI) test

REFERENCE:
1. Measurement of Engineering Properties of Soils by. E. Saibaba Reddy & K. Rama
Sastri, New Age International

121
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING – II LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE605PC 0 0/3/0 2

Pre-Requisites: CAD Lab – I & Excel, C - Programming

Course Objectives: To make students understand detailing of all kinds of structures such as
reinforced concrete, plain concrete, steel structures.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to Student can draft
various structures

1. Detailing of reinforcement in Cantilever, Simply supported and Continuous Beams (Both

Singly & Doubly Reinforced Beams)
2. Detailing of reinforcement in canopy & columns (both uniaxial & biaxial)
3. Detailing of reinforcement in RC isolated footings square, rectangular, circular and
combined footings.
4. Detailing of reinforcement in RC one-way, two-way slabs and dog-legged staircases.
5. Drawing of Steel bolted and welded connections.
6. Drawing of steel compression and tension members.
7. Drafting of steel beams-built-up sections.
8. Drafting of steel plate girder
9. Drafting of steel roof truss.

Note: Drafting of all the exercises is to be carried out using commercially available drafting
softwares.

122
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ADVANCED ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS (AECS) LAB

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: EN606HS 0 0/3/0 2

Introduction
A course on Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Lab is considered essential at
the third year level of [Link] and [Link] courses. At this stage, the students need to
prepare themselves for their career which requires them to listen to, read, speak and write in
English both for their professional and interpersonal communication. The main purpose of
this course is to prepare the students of Engineering for their placements.

Course Objectives: This Lab focuses on using multi-media instruction for language
development to meet the following targets:
 To improve students’ fluency in spoken English
 To enable them to listen to English spoken at normal conversational speed
 To help students develop their vocabulary
 To read and comprehend texts in different contexts
 To communicate their ideas relevantly and coherently in writing
 To make students industry-ready
 To help students acquire behavioral skills for their personal and professional life
 To respond appropriately in different socio-cultural and professional contexts

Course Outcomes: Students will be able to:

 Acquire vocabulary and use it contextually
 Listen and speak effectively
 Develop proficiency in academic reading and writing
 Increase possibilities of job prospects
 Communicate confidently in formal and informal contexts

Syllabus
The following course activities will be conducted as part of the Advanced English
Communication Skills (AECS) Lab:

1. Inter-personal Communication and Building Vocabulary - Starting a Conversation

– Responding Appropriately and Relevantly – Using Appropriate Body Language –
Role Play in Different Situations - Synonyms and Antonyms, One-word Substitutes,
Prefixes and Suffixes, Idioms and Phrases and Collocations.
2. Reading Comprehension –General Vs Local Comprehension, Reading for Facts,
Guessing Meanings from Context, , Skimming, Scanning, Inferring Meaning.
3. Writing Skills – Structure and Presentation of Different Types of Writing – Letter
Writing/Resume Writing/ e-correspondence/ Technical Report Writing.

123
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

4. Presentation Skills – Oral Presentations (individual or group) through JAM

Sessions/Seminars/PPTs and Written Presentations through Posters/Projects/Reports/
e-mails/Assignments… etc.,
5. Group Discussion and Interview Skills – Dynamics of Group Discussion,
Intervention, Summarizing, Modulation of Voice, Body Language, Relevance,
Fluency and Organization of Ideas and Rubrics of Evaluation- Concept and Process,
Pre-interview Planning, Opening Strategies, Answering Strategies, Interview through
Tele-conference & Video-conference and Mock Interviews.

Minimum Hardware Requirement

Advanced English Communication Skills (AECS) Laboratory shall have the following
infrastructural facilities to accommodate at least 35 students in the lab:
 Spacious room with appropriate acoustics
 Eight round tables with five movable chairs for each table.
 Audio-visual aids
 LCD Projector
 Public Address system
 Computer with suitable configuration

Suggested Software:
The software consisting of the prescribed topics elaborated above should be procured and
used.
 Oxford Advanced Learner’s Compass, 8th Edition
 DELTA’s key to the Next Generation TOEFL Test: Advanced Skill Practice.

REFERENCES:
1. Kumar, Sanjay and Pushp Lata. English for Effective Communication, Oxford
University Press, 2015.
2. Konar, Nira. English Language Laboratories – A Comprehensive Manual, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2011.

124
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE701PC 4 0/0/0 4

Pre-Requisites: Surveying

Course Objectives: It deals with different components of Transportation Engineering like

highway; Railway & Airport Engineering Emphasis is a Geometric Design of different
elements in Transportation Engineering.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand Plan highway networks
 Design highway geometrics.
 Design Intersections and prepare traffic management plans.
 Design flexible and rigid pavements.

UNIT - I
Highway Development and Planning: Highway Development in India – Necessity for
Highway Planning- Different Road Development Plans; Classification of Roads - Road
Network Patterns – Highway Alignment- Factors affecting Alignment- Engineering Surveys
– Drawings and Reports – Highway Project.

UNIT – II
Highway Geometric Design: Importance of Geometric Design - Design controls and
Criteria - Highway Cross Section Elements - Sight Distance Elements- Stopping Sight
Distance, Overtaking Sight Distance and Intermediate Sight Distance - Design of Horizontal
Alignment - Design of Super elevation and Extra widening- Design of Transition Curves-
Design of Vertical alignment-Gradients- Vertical curves.

UNIT – III
Traffic Engineering & Regulations: Basic Parameters of Traffic-Volume, Speed and
Density - Traffic Volume Studies - Data Collection and Presentation - Speed studies - Data
Collection and Presentation - Origin & Destination studies, Parking Studies – Onstreet & Off
street Parking - Road Accidents - Causes and Preventive Measures - Accident Data
Recording – Condition Diagram and Collision Diagrams - Traffic Signs – Types and
Specifications – Road Markings - Need for Road Markings-Types of Road Markings -
Design of Traffic Signals – Webster Method.

UNIT – IV
Intersection Design: Types of Intersections – Conflicts at Intersections – Requirements of
At-Grade Intersections - Types of At-Grade Intersections: Channelized and Unchannelized
Intersections – Traffic Islands - Types of Grade Separated Intersections - Rotary Intersection
– Concept of Rotary – Design Factors of Rotary – Advantages and Limitations of Rotary
Intersections.

UNIT - V
Pavement Design: Design of Pavements: Design of Flexible pavement by CBR method as
per IRC 37-2012 and theory of empirical mechanistic method. Stresses in rigid pavement by
westergards and IRC methods. Design of overlay by Benkelman beam method.

125
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Highway Engineering – S. K. Khanna & C. E. G. Justo, Nemchand & Bros., 7th
edition (2000).
2. Traffic Engineering & Transportation Planning – Dr. L. . Kadyali, Khanna
Publications – 6th Edition – 1997.

REFERENCES:
1. Principles of Traffic and Highway Engineering – Garber & Hoel, Cengage Learning.
2. Principles and Practices of Highway Engineering – Dr. L. R. Kadiyali and Dr. N. B
Lal - Khanna Publications.
3. Highway Engineering – S. P. Bindra , Dhanpat Rai & Sons. – 4th Edition (1981)
4. IRC 37-2012 : Tentative guidelines for design of flexible pavement
5. IRC 58-2011: Guidelines for design of plain jointed rigid pavements.
6. IRC 81-1997 : Guidelines for design of overlay using Benkalman Beam Deflection
Technique

126
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ESTIMATION, QUANTITY SURVEYING AND VALUATION

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE702PC 4 1/0/0 4

Pre Requisites: Concrete Technology, RC Design, Desgin of Steel Structure

Course Objectives: The subject provide process of estimations required for various work in
construction. To have knowledge of using SOR & SSR for analysis of rates on various works.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Do estimation of Buildings, Roads and Canals.
 Understand contracts and specification.

UNIT – I
General items of work in Building – Standard Units Principles of working out quantities for
detailed and abstract estimates – Approximate method of Estimating.

UNIT – II
Detailed Estimates of Buildings - Reinforcement bar bending and bar requirement schedules

UNIT – III
Earthwork for roads and canals.

UNIT – IV
Rate Analysis – Working out data for various items of work over head and contigent charges.

UNIT- V
Contracts – Types of contracts – Contract Documents – Conditions of contract, Valuation -
Standard specifications for different items of building construction.

NOTE: Number of Exercises Proposed:

1. Three in flat Roof & one in Sloped Roof
2. Exercises on Data – three Nos.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Estimating and Costing by B.N. Dutta, UBS publishers, 2000.
2. Estimating and Costing by G.S. Birdie Dhanpat Rai Publisher

REFERENCES:
1. Standard Schedule of rates and standard data book by public works department.
2. S. 1200 (Parts I to XXV – 1974/ method of measurement of building and Civil
Engineering works – B.I.S.)
3. Estimation, Costing and Specifications by M. Chakraborthi; Laxmi publications.

127
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

STOCHASTIC HYDROLOGY
(Professional Elective - II)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE721PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Water Resources Engineering

Course Objectives: Understanding probabilities interventions of dynamics characteristic

of water

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand methods
of Hydrology, flood frequency modeling of hydrologic etc

UNIT - I
Deterministic and Stochastic Hydrology, Need for statistical methods in hydrology,
Continuous, and Discrete distributions.

UNIT - II
Moments and expectations, Parameter estimation, Probability plotting, Regional flood
frequency analysis.

UNIT - III
Hypothesis Testing, linear regression, Hydrologic Time Series Analysis - Modeling of
Hydrology.

UNIT - IV
Time Series - Data generation techniques, Autoregressive processes.

UNIT - V
Models for operational hydrology.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Charles T. Haan, Statistical Methods in Hydrology, East West Publishers, 1998.
2. Jaya Rami Reddy, Stochastic Hydrology, Laxmi Publications, 1997.
3. Stochastic Process in Hydrology Kottegoda Prentice Hall International

128
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

(Professional Elective - II)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE722PE/CN741PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Building Materials & Building Construction

Course Objectives:
 This subject deals with overall planning, coordination and control of projects.
 This course gives the students scientific principles involved in construction, an
understanding of the behavior of construction materials and fundamentals of structural
mechanics.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
 Understand the roles and responsibilities of a project manager
 Prepare schedule of activities in a construction project
 Identify the equipment used in construction
 Understand safety practices in construction industry
 Prepare tender and contract document for a construction project

UNIT - I
Management -Fundamentals of construction project management: Introduction, Project
Initiation and Planning.

UNIT - II
Planning of construction facilities - Earthwork construction - Equipment for construction,
Construction Finances – decision making, Cement concrete construction- Construction of
Piles - Construction of Cofferdams - Construction of Tunnels.

UNIT - III
Development of project activity networks, Precedence Diagram Method, Critical Path
Method (CPM), Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), Line Balance Methods
in scheduling, Time Value of Money, Investment Analysis, Cost-Benefit Analysis.

UNIT - IV
Introduction to Building Information Modelling (BIM), Lean construction, and Integrated
Project Delivery in construction, Crashing of project, Cost Optimization, Invoicing,
Preparation of RA bill, Safety in construction, Estimation.

UNIT - V
Contracts: Contracts in construction, fundamentals of delay analysis and claims; Advances in
construction management, tender and tender document - Deposits by the contractor -
Arbitration. Negotiation - M. Book - Muster roll –stores.

REFERENCES:
1. Bennett, F. Lawrence., The management of construction: a project life cycle
approach. Rutledge, 2003.

129
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

2. Oberlender, Garold D., Project management for engineering and construction. Vol. 2.
New York: McGraw-Hill, 1993.
3. Peurifoy, Robert Leroy, Cliff J. Schexnayder and Shapira A. Construction planning,
equipment, and methods. No. 696 pp. McGraw-Hill, 2010.
4. Chitkara, K. K. Construction Project Management. Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2014.

130
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
(Professional Elective-II)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE723PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-Requisites: Soil Mechanics

Course Objectives: To impart the knowledge on various soil exploration techniques, and
analyse and design of various substructures, such as slopes, retaining walls, shallow
foundations, and pile foundations.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Check the stability of slopes, analyze, and design the shallow and pile foundations, and earth
retaining structures.

UNIT – I
Soil Exploration: Need – methods of soil exploration – boring and sampling methods –
penetration tests – plate load test – pressure meter – planning of soil exploration programme
and preparation of soil investigation report.

UNIT – II
Slope Stability: Infinite and finite earth slopes – types of failures – factor of safety of infinite
slopes – stability analysis by Swedish slip circle method, method of slices, Bishop’s
Simplified method of slices – Taylor’s Stability Number- stability of slopes of earth dams
under different conditions.

UNIT – III
Earth Pressure Theories: At-rest earth pressures, Rankine’s theory of earth pressure – earth
pressures in layered soils – Coulomb’s earth pressure theory – Culmann’s graphical method,
effect of pore water, earth pressure due to surcharge loads.
Retaining Walls: Types of retaining walls – stability of gravity and cantilever retaining walls
against overturning, sliding and, bearing capacity modes of failure, Drainage from backfill,
introduction to reinforced earth walls.

UNIT – IV
Shallow Foundations - Types - choice of foundation – location and depth - safe bearing
capacity – shear criteria – Terzaghi’s, and IS code methods - settlement criteria – allowable
bearing pressure based on SPT N value and plate load test – allowable settlements of
structures.

UNIT - V
Pile Foundation: Types of piles – load carrying capacity of piles based on static pile
formulae – dynamic pile formulae – Pile Capacity through SPT and CPT results - pile load
tests - load carrying capacity of pile groups in sands and clays – Settlement of pile groups –
negative skin friction
Well Foundations: Types – different shapes of wells – forces on wells - components of wells
– Grip length – sinking of wells – tilts and shifts.

131
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Das, B.M., - (2011) Principles of Foundation Engineering –7th edition, Cengage
Publishing.
2. Foundation Design Principles and Practices, Donald P. Coduto, 2nd Edition, Pearson
Publishers.
3. Bowles, J.E., (2012) Foundation Analysis, and Design – 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill
Publishing company, Newyork.

REFERENCES:
1. Geotechnical Engineering by S. K. Gulhati & Manoj Datta – Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishers New Delhi. 2005.
2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by VNS Murthy, CBS Publishers, and
Distributors.
3. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan & ASR Rao, New age
International Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi
4. Analysis and Design of Substructures – Swami Saran, Oxford, and IBH Publishing
company Pvt Ltd (1998).
5. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by B. N. D. Narasinga Rao, Wiley
(2015).
6. Geotechnical Engineering by Debsashis Mitra Universities Press (2016).

132
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REHABILITATION AND RETROFITTING OF STRUCTURES

(Professional Elective-II)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE724PE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: To understand the various concepts of rehabilitation and retrofitting of

structures

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Develop various maintenance and repair strategies.
 Evaluate the existing buildings through field investigations.
 Understand and use the different techniques for structural retrofitting

UNIT – I
Introduction – Deterioration of Structures – Distress in Structures – Causes and
Prevention. Mechanism of Damage – Types of Damage

UNIT – II
Corrosion of Steel Reinforcement – Causes – Mechanism and Prevention. Damage of
Structures due to Fire – Fire Rating of Structures – Phenomena of Desiccation.

UNIT – III
Inspection and Testing – Symptoms and Diagnosis of Distress – Damage assessment –
NDT.

UNIT – IV
Repair of Structure – Common Types of Repairs – Repair in Concrete Structures –
Repairs in Under Water Structures – Guniting – Shot Create – Underpinning.
Strengthening of Structures – Strengthening Methods – Retrofitting – Jacketing.

UNIT – V
Health Monitoring of Structures – Use of Sensors – Building Instrumentation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Maintenance and Repair of Civil Structures, B.L. Gupta and Amit Gupta,
Standard Publications.
2. Concrete Technology by A.R. Santa kumar, Oxford University press

REFERENCES:
1. Defects and Deterioration in Buildings, EF & N Spon, London
2. Non-Destructive Evaluation of Concrete Structures by Bungey – Surrey
University Press
3. Concrete Repair and Maintenance Illustrated, RS Means Company Inc W.H.
Ranso, (1981)
4. Building Failures: Diagnosis and Avoidance, EF & N Spon, London, B.A.
Richardson, (1991).

133
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
(Professional Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE731PE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisites: Water Resources Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To understand different watershed behaviour
 To be able to interpret runoff data and quantify erosion by using various modelling
methods.
 To understand land use classification and impact of land use changes on hydrological
cycle parameters.
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to
 Identify causes of soil erosion
 Plan and design soil conservation measures in a watershed
 Plan and design water harvesting and groundwater recharge structures
 Plan measures for reclamation of saline soils

UNIT - I
Introduction,- concept of watershed, need for watershed management, concept of sustainable
development. Hydrology of small watersheds

UNIT - II
Principles of soil erosion- causes of soil erosion, types of soil erosion, estimation of soil
erosion from small watersheds, Control of soil erosion, methods of soil conservation –
structural and non-structural measures.

UNIT - III
Principles of water harvesting, methods of rainwater harvesting, design of rainwater
harvesting structures.

UNIT - IV
Artificial recharge of groundwater in small watersheds-, methods of artificial recharge.

UNIT - V
Reclamation of saline soils -. Micro farming -, biomass management on the farm.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Murthy, V.V.N. and M.K. Jha Land and Water Management, Kalyani Publishers,
2015
2. Watershed Management by Madan Mohan Das and M.D. Saikia, Prentice Hall of
India, 2013
3. Watershed Management Muthy, J. V. S., , New Age International Publishers, 1998

REFERENCES:
1. Watershed Hydrology by P E Black, Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs, 1991
2. Watershed Hydrology by R Suresh, Standard Publishers and Distributors, Delhi, 2007

134
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
(Professional Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CN721PE/CE732PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-Requisites: Reinforced Concrete Design

Course Objectives: Prestressing is the techniques often used in bridges and other structural
elements for longer span and hearer loads. This subject covers various aspects of prestressing
and design techniques to give the student an overall exposure in the analysis and design of
Prestressed concrete structures.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Able to design prestressed concrete structures
 Understand the concepts of pre-stressing in concrete structures and identify the
Materials for pre-stressing
 Analysis of sections for flexure and shear
 Understand the concepts of transfer of prestress in pretensioned members
 Analysis of composite beams and importance of deflections

UNIT - I
Introduction: Historic development- General principles of prestressing pretensioning and
post tensioning- Advantages and limitations of Prestressed concrete- General principles of
PSC- Classification and types of prestressing- Materials- high strength concrete and high
tensile steel their characteristics.

UNIT - II
Methods and Systems of prestressing: Pretensioning and Post tensioning methods and
systems of prestressing like Hoyer system, Magnel Blaton system, Freyssinet system and
Gifford- Udall System- Lee McCall system. Losses of Prestress: Loss of prestress in pre-
tensioned and post-tesnioned members due to various causes like elastic shortage of concrete,
shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, relaxation of stress in steel, slip in anchorage,
frictional losses IS 1343-2012 code provisions

UNIT - III
Flexure: Analysis of sections for flexure- beams prestressed with straight, concentric,
eccentric, bent and parabolic tendons- stress diagrams- Elastic design of PSC slabs and beams
of rectangular and I sections- Kern line – Cable profile and cable layout.
Shear: General Considerations- Principal tension and compression- Improving shear
resistance of concrete by horizontal and vertical prestressing and by using inclined or
parabolic cables- Analysis of rectangular and I beams for shear – Design of shear
reinforcements- IS Code provisions.

UNIT - IV
Transfer of Prestress in Pretensioned Members : Transmission of prestressing force by
bond – Transmission length – Flexural bond stresses – IS code provisions – Anchorage zone
stresses in post tensioned members – stress distribution in End block – Analysis by

135
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Guyon, Magnel, Zienlinski and Rowe’s methods – Anchorage zone reinforcement- IS 1343-
2012 code Provisions

UNIT - V
Composite Beams: Different Types- Propped and Unpropped- stress distribution-
Differential shrinkage- Analysis of composite beams- General design considerations.
Deflections: Importance of control of deflections- Factors influencing deflections – Short
term deflections of uncracked beams- prediction of long time deflections- IS code
requirements.

REFERENCES:
1. Prestressed concrete by Krishna Raju, Tata Mc Graw Hill Book – Co. New Delhi.
2. Design of prestress concrete structures by T.Y. Lin and Burn, John Wiley, New York.
3. Prestressed concrete by S. Ramamrutham Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.
4. Prestressed Concrete by N. Rajagopalan Narosa Publishing House

136
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

(Professional Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE733PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Soil Mechanics

Course Objectives: To understand the importance of ground improvement and know various
ground improvement techniques available to date, and selecting and designing suitable
ground improvement technique for given soil conditions.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Identify suitable ground improvement technques for specific project and its implications.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Engineering Ground Modification: Need and objectives, Identification of
soil types, In situ and laboratory tests to characterize problematic soils; Mechanical,
Hydraulic, Physico-chemical, Electrical, Thermal methods, etc. and their applications.

UNIT - II
Mechanical Modification – Principles of soil densification – Properties of Compacted soil,
Compaction control tests, Specification of compaction requirements, Blasting
Vibrocompaction, Dynamic Tamping and Compaction piles.

UNIT - III
Hydraulic Modification – Objectives and techniques, traditional dewatering methods and
their choice, Design of dewatering system, Electro-osmosis, Filtration, Drainage and seepage
control with Geosynthetics, Preloading and vertical drains, Electro-kinetic dewatering.

UNIT - IV
Physical and Chemical Modification – Modification by admixtures, Shotcreting and
Guniting Technology, Modification at depth by grouting, Crack Grouting and compaction
grouting, Jet grouting, Thermal Modification, Ground freezing.

UNIT - V
Modification by Inclusions and Confinement - Soil reinforcement, reinforcement with
strip, bar, mesh, sheet and grid reinforced soil. In-situ ground reinforcement, ground anchors,
rock bolting and soil nailing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hausmann, M. R. (1990) – Engineering Principles of Ground Modifications,
McGraw Hill publications
2. Patra, N.R. (2012)– Ground Improvement Techniques, Vikas Publications
3. Purushothama Raj (1995) – Ground Improvement Techniques, Laxmi Publications,
India

REFERENCES:
1. M. P. Moseley and K. Krisch (2006) – Ground Improvement, 2nd Edition, Taylor and
Francis.

137
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

2. K. Krisch & F. Krisch (2010) – Ground Control and Improvement, John Wiley &
Sons 1994.
3. Nicholson, P.G. (2015). Soil Improvement and Ground Modification methods,
Elsevier Publishers.

138
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

RAILWAY AND AIRPORT ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE734PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Transportation Engineering

Course Objectives: To expose the students to Railway planning, design, construction and
maintenance and planning and design principles of Airports

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand the importance of railway and airport infrastructure planning and design.
 Identify the factors governing design of railway and airport infrastructures.
 Designing of Runway and Taxiway

UNIT - I
Railway Planning, Alignment and surveys:--Railway network planning –Factors controlling
railway track alignment -Engineering Surveys for Railway track alignment –EIA for Railway
Projects.

UNIT - II
Railway track and its components –Specifications for tracks on Indian Railways, Geometric
design of Railway tracks- Introduction, Gradient, Horizontal curves super elevation,
widening of gauges on curves, Transition Curves summit, and Valley Curves.

UNIT - III
Railway tracks construction –Points and crossing, signaling, Interlocking and Track
circuiting. High speed tracks.
Railway track maintenance:-Conventional and mechanized methods Track standards and
Rehabilitation, Track Renewals.

UNIT - IV
Airport Planning and Design:- Airport site selection, Airport layout. Runway design –Wind
rose Diagrams, Runway geometric design elements , Runway design, runway drainage.

UNIT - V
Taxiway design:-Components of Airport –Apron, Terminal Building –Passenger facilities,
Hangars, Air traffic control –Primary functions of ATC and Air traffic control network.
Runway safety –accidents due to wet runways- Modernization of Airport terminal.

REFERENCES:
1. Transportation Engineering Vol-II by C Venkataramaiah University Press.
2. Highway Railway Airport and Harbour Engineering by K.P. Subramanian Scitech
Publications.
3. Railway Engineering by M.M. Agarwal, Prabha & Co.
4. Air Transportation Planning and Design Virendhra kumar and Satish Chandra Gal
Gotia publishers
5. Airport planning and Desing Sk khanna and MG Arora Chand & bros

139
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TRAFFIC ENGINEERING
(Professional Elective - IV)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE741PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Transportation Engineering

Course Objectives: To provide engineering techniques to achieve the safe and efficient
movement of people and goods on roadways.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understand basics principles of Traffic Engineering
 Analyze parking data and model accidents
 Determine capacity and LOS.
 To provide engineering techniques to achieve Safe and efficient movement of people
and goods on roadways

UNIT - I
Traffic Studies (Part- I) : Basic principles of Traffic, Volume, Speed and Density; Definitions
and their interrelationships; Traffic Volume studies - Objectives, Methods of Volume counts,
Presentation of Volume Data; Speed studies- Types of Speeds, Objectives, Methods of speed
studies, Statistical Methods for speed data Analysis, Presentation of speed data. Delay
Studies; Head ways and Gap Studies - Headway and Gap acceptance, Origin and Destination
Studies.

UNIT - II
Traffic Studies (Part-II) : Parking Studies: parameters of parking, definitions, Parking
inventory study, Parking survey by Patrolling method; Analysis of Parking Survey data;
Accident studies- Causative factors of Road accidents, Accident data collection: Accident
analysis and modeling;, Road Safety Auditing, Measures to increase Road safety.

UNIT - III
Capacity and LOS Analysis: Introduction to Traffic capacity, Analysis concepts, Level of
Service, Basic definitions, Factors affecting Capacity and LOS, Capacity of Urban/Rural
Highway, With or without access control, Basic freeway segments - Service flow rate of
LOS, Lane width or Lateral clearance adjustment; Heavy vehicle adjustment; Driver
population adjustment.

UNIT - IV
Signal Designing – Fixed Time signals, Determination of Optimum Cycle length and Signal
setting for Fixed Time signals, Warrants for Signals, Time Plan Design for Pre-Timed
Control- Lane group analysis, Saturation flow rate, and Adjustment factors, Uniform and
Incremental Delay, Vehicle Actuated Signals, Signal Coordination.

UNIT - V
Transportation System Management - Measures for Improving vehicular flow – one way
Streets, Signal Improvement, Transit Stop Relocation, Parking Management, Reversible
lanes- Reducing Peak Period Traffic - Strategies for working hours, Congestion Pricing,
Differential Toll Policies.
140
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning – L.R. Kadiyali, Khanna Publishers
2. Principles of Highways Engineering and Traffic Analysis - Fred Mannering & Walter
Kilareski, John Wiley & Sons Publication
3. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering - C. S. Papacostas, Prentice Hall India.
4. IRC Codes
5. Traffic Engineering - Theory & Practice - Louis J. Pignataro, Prentice Hall
Publication.
6. Traffic Engineering by Roger P. Roess, William R. Mc. Shane, Elena S. Prassas ,
Prentice Hall, 1977.
7. Transportation Engineering - An Introduction - C. Jotin Khisty, Prentice Hall
Publication
8. Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering – McShane & Rogers.
9. Highway Capacity Manual -2000.

141
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

BRIDGE ENGINEERING
(Professional Elective - IV)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE742PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: Structural Engineering, Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, and

Water Resources Engineering

Course Objectives: To study different types of bridges, forces that act on bridges, Design of
bridge

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Design the T beam bridge and substructures
 Design the Bridge bearings
 Design the steel bridge

UNIT- I
Introduction: Definition, components of bridge, classification of bridges, selection of site,
economical span, aesthetics consideration, necessary investigations and essential design data.
Standard Specifications for Roads and Railways Bridges: General, Indian Road Congress
Bridge Code, width of carriage way, clearance, various loads to be considered for the design
of roads and railway bridges, detailed explanation of IRC standard live loads.

UNIT- II
Design Consideration for R. C. C. Bridges: Various types of R.C.C. bridges (brief
description of each type) , design of R.C.C. culvert and T-beam bridges.

UNIT- III
Design Consideration for Steel Bridges: Various types of steel bridges (brief description of
each), design of truss and plate girder bridges.

UNIT- IV
Hydraulic & Structural Design: Piers, abutments, wing-wall and approaches.
Brief Description: Bearings, joints, articulation and other details.

UNIT - V
Bridge Foundation: Various types, necessary investigations and design criteria of well
foundation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Essentials of Bridge Engineering, [Link], Oxford & IBH Pub, N. Delhi.
2. Design of Bridges, N. Krishna Raju, Oxford & IBH, N. Delhi.
3. Bridge Deck Analysis, R. P. Pama & A. R. Cusens, John Wiley & Sons.
4. Design of Bridge Structures, T. R. Jagadish & [Link], Prentice Hall of India, N.
Delhi.

142
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

SOIL DYNAMICS AND MACHINE FOUNDATIONS

(Professional Elective - IV)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE743PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Soil Dynamics

Course Objectives: To understand the wave propagation in soils, determine dynamic

properties of soil for analyzing and designing foundations subjected to vibratory loading.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding the fundamentals of vibration wave progression and dynamic soil
properties
 Design machine foundations resting on soils

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Vibration: Definitions, Simple harmonic motion, Response of SDOF
systems of Free and Forced vibrations with and without viscous damping, Frequency
dependent excitation, Systems under transient loads, Rayleigh’s method of fundamental
frequency, Logarithmic decrement, Determination of viscous damping, Transmissibility,
Systems with Two and Multiple degrees of freedom, Vibration measuring instruments.

UNIT - II
Wave Propagation and Dynamic Soil Properties: Propagation of seismic waves in soil
deposits - Attenuation of stress waves, Stress-strain behaviour of cyclically loaded soils,
Strength of cyclically loaded soils, Dynamic soil properties - Laboratory and field testing
techniques, Elastic constants of soils, Correlations for shear modulus and damping ratio in
sand, gravels, clays and lightly cemented sand. Liquefaction of soils: An introduction and
evaluation using simple methods.

UNIT - III
Vibration Analyses: Types, General Requirements, Permissible amplitude, Allowable soil
pressure, Modes of vibration of a rigid foundation block, Methods of analysis, Lumped Mass
models, elastic half space method, elasto-dynamics, effect of footing shape on vibratory
response, dynamic response of embedded block foundation, Vibration isolation.

UNIT - IV
Design of Machine Foundations: Analysis and design of block foundations for reciprocating
engines, Dynamic analysis and design procedure for a hammer foundation, IS code of
practice design procedure for foundations of reciprocating and impact type machines.
Vibration isolation and absorption techniques.

UNIT - V
Machine Foundations on Piles: Introduction, Analysis of piles under vertical vibrations,
Analysis of piles under translation and rocking, Analysis of piles under torsion, Design
procedure for a pile supported machine foundation.

143
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Swami Saran – Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations, Galgotia Publications Pvt.
Ltd.
2. Principles of Soil Dynamics, Das, Braja M., and Ramana G.V. 2nd Edition, Cengage
Learning Engineering Publishers, 2010
3. Kameswara Rao, N.S.V. – Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics, Wheeler
Publication Ltd. 1998.

REFERENCES:
1. Prakash, S. and Puri, V. K. - Foundation for Machines: Analysis and Design, John
Wiley & Sons, 1998.
2. Prakash, S. - Soil Dynamics, McGraw Hill, 1981.

144
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

IRRIGATION AND HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

(Professional Elective - IV)

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE744PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Water Resources Engineering

Course Objectives: To study various types of reservoirs and diversion headwork. The
subject also covers the topics such as gravity dams and earth dams.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Plan an Irrigation System
 Design irrigation canals and canal network
 Plan and design diversion head works
 Design irrigation canal structures
 Analyze gravity and earth dams
 Design spillways and energy dissipations works
 Analyze and design gravity dams

UNIT - I
Storage Works-Reservoirs - Types of reservoirs, selection of site for reservoir, zones of
storage of a reservoir, reservoir yield, estimation of capacity of reservoir using mass curve-
Reservoir Sedimentation – Life of Reservoir.. Types of dams, factors affecting selection of
type of dam, factors governing selection of site for a dam.

UNIT - II
Gravity dams: Forces acting on a gravity dam, causes of failure of a gravity dam, elementary
profile, and practical profile of a gravity dam, limiting height of a low gravity dam, Factors of
Safety - Stability Analysis, Foundation for a Gravity Dam, drainage and inspection galleries.

UNIT- III
Earth dams: types of Earth dams, causes of failure of earth dam, criteria for safe design of
earth dam, seepage through earth dam-graphical method, measures for control of seepage.
Spillways: types of spillways, Design principles of Ogee spillways - Spillway gates. Energy
Dissipaters and Stilling Basins Significance of Jump Height Curve and Tail Water Rating
Curve - USBR and Indian types of Stilling Basins.

UNIT- IV
Diversion Head works: Types of Diversion head works- weirs and barrages, layout of
diversion head work - components. Causes and failure of Weirs and Barrages on permeable
foundations,-Silt Ejectors and Silt Excluders
Weirs on Permeable Foundations – Creep Theories - Bligh’s, Lane’s and Khosla’s theories,
Determination of uplift pressure- Various Correction Factors – Design principles of weirs on
permeable foundations using Creep theories - exit gradient, U/s and D/s Sheet Piles -
Launching Apron.

145
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT- V
Canal Falls - types of falls and their location, Design principles of Notch Fall and Sarada type
Fall.
Canal regulation works, principles of design of distributor and head regulators, Canal Cross
Regulators -canal outlets, types of canal modules, proportionality, sensitivity and flexibility.
Cross Drainage works: types, selection of site, Hydropower- classification, and principal
components of hydroelectric power plants.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Irrigation and water resources engineering by G.L. Asawa, New Age International
Publishers.
2. Irrigation engineering by K. R. Arora Standard Publishers.
3. Irrigation and water power engineering by Punmia & Lal, Laxmi publications Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi

REFERENCES:
1. Theory and Design of Hydraulic structures by Varshney, Gupta & Gupta
2. Irrigation Engineering by R.K. Sharma and T.K. Sharma, S. Chand Publishers 2015.
3. Irrigation Theory and Practice by A. M. Micheal Vikas Publishing House 2015.

146
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE703PC 0 0/3/0 2

Pre-Requisites: Transportation Engineering Theory

Course Objectives: To gain the practical knowledge of properties of Highway materials and
surveys

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to Asses for Highway
construction properties of highway materials

I. ROAD AGGREGATES:
1. Aggregate Crushing value
2. Aggregate Impact Test.
3. Specific Gravity and Water Absorption.
4. Abrasion Test
5. Flakiness and elongation Indices of coarse Aggregates.

II. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS:

1. Penetration Test.
2. Ductility Test.
3. Softening Point Test.
4. Marshal stability Test

III. TRAFFIC STUDIES

1. Traffic volume counts-Mid Blocks
2. Traffic volume counts-Junctions
3. Spot speed studies.
4. Parking Studies

TEXT BOOK:
1. Laboratory Manual in Highway Engineering by Ajay K. Duggal and Vijay P. Puri -
New age Publishers.
2. Highway Material Testing by Khanna S.K., Justo C.E.G, Nem Chand & Bros.
3. Principles and practice of Highway Engineering, L.R Kadiyali & [Link], Khanna,
2007.
4. Traffic Engineering and Transportation planning, L.R Kadiyali, Khanna publications,
2007.

147
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB

[Link]. IV Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE704PC 0 0/3/0 2

Pre Requisites: Chemistry Laboratory

Course Objectives: The laboratory provides knowledge of estimating various parameters

like PH, Chlorides, Sulphates, and Nitrates in water. For effective water treatment, the
determination of optimum dosage of coagulant and chloride demand is also included. The
estimation status of industrial effluents will also be taught in the laboratory by estimating
BOD and COD of effluent.

Course Outcomes: Students will able to find various properties of water

List of Experiments:
1. Determination of pH and Turbidity
2. Determination of Conductivity and Total dissolved solids (Organic and Inorganic)
3. Determination of Alkalinity/Acidity.
4. Determination of Chlorides.
5. Determination of iron.
6. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen.
7. Determination of Nitrates.
8. Determination of Optimum dose of coagulant
9. Determination of Chlorine demand
10. Determination of total Phosphorous.
11. Determination of B.O.D
12. Determination of C.O.D
13. Presumptive coliform test.

NOTE: All above experiments are to be conducted.

148
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

WASTE MANAGEMENT
(Professional Elective - V)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE851PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: To study about waste water treatment

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Identify the physical and chemical composition of wastes
 Analyze the functional elements for solid waste management.
 Analyze the functional elements for liquid waste management.
 To Understand the effluent treatment Plants and its disposal

UNIT – I
Quality requirements of boiler and cooling waters – Quality requirements of process water
for Textiles – Food processing and Brewery Industries – Boiler and Cooling water treatment
methods.

UNIT – II
Basic Theories of Industrial Waste water Management – Volume reduction – Strength
reduction – Neutralization – Equalization and proportioning. Joint treatment of industrial
wastes and domestic sewage – consequent problems, Industrial waste water discharges into
streams. Lakes and oceans and problems.

UNIT – III
Recirculation of Industrial Wastes – Use of Municipal Waste Water in Industries,
Manufacturing Process and design origin of liquid waste from Textiles, Paper and Pulp
industries, Thermal Power Plants and Tanneries, Special Characteristics, Effects and
treatment methods. Manufacturing Process and design origin of liquid waste from Fertilizers,
Distillers, and Dairy, Special Characteristics, Effects and treatment methods.

UNIT - IV
Manufacturing Process and design origin of liquid waste from Sugar Mills, Steel Plants, Oil
Refineries, and Pharmaceutical Plants, Special Characteristics, Effects, and treatment
methods.

UNIT – V
Common Effluent Treatment Plants – Advantages and Suitability, Limitations, Effluent
Disposal Methods.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Waste Water Treatment by M.N. Rao and Dutta, Oxford & IBH, New Delhi.
2. Water and Waste Water technology by Mark J. Hammer and Mark J. Hammer (Jr).

149
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Solid Waste Engineering by WA. Worrell, P.A Vesilind Cengage Learning 2012.
2. Solid and Hazardous waste Management M.N Rao and R. Sulthana. B.S Publications
2012.
3. Liquid waste of Industry by Nemerow Addison- Wesely Educational Publisher.

150
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

PAVEMENT DESIGN
(Professional Elective - V)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE852PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Transportation Engineering

Course Objectives: The study factors affecting pavement design, material characteristics,
design of flexible, rigid pavements and low volume roads.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Characterize the response characteristics of soil, aggregate, asphalt, and asphalt mixes
 Analyze flexible pavements
 Analyze rigid pavements
 Design a flexible pavement using IRC, Asphalt Institute, and AASHTO methods
 Design a rigid pavement using IRC, and AASHTO methods

UNIT – I
Factors Affecting Pavement Design: Variables Considered in Pavement Design, Types of
Pavements, Functions of Individual Layers, Classification of Axle Types of Rigid Chassis
and Articulated Commercial Vehicles, Legal Axle and Gross Weights on Single and Multiple
Units, Tire Pressure, Contact Pressure, EAL and ESWL Concepts, Traffic Analysis: ADT,
AADT, Truck Factor, Growth Factor, Lane, Directional Distributions & Vehicle Damage
Factors, Effect of Transient & Moving Loads.

UNIT – II
Stresses In Pavements: Vehicle-Pavement Interaction: Transient, Random & Damping
Vibrations, Steady State of Vibration, Experiments on Vibration, Stress Inducing Factors in
Flexible and Rigid pavements. Stresses In Flexible Pavements: Visco-Elastic Theory and
Assumptions, Layered Systems Concepts, Stress Solutions for One, Two and Three Layered
Systems, Fundamental Design Concepts. Stresses In Rigid Pavements: Westergaard’s
Theory and Assumptions, Stresses due to Curling, Stresses and Deflections due to Loading,
Frictional Stresses, Stresses in Dowel Bars & Tie Bars

UNIT – III
Material Characteristics: CBR and Modulus of Subgrade Reaction of Soil, Mineral
aggregates – Blending of aggregates, binders, polymer and rubber modified bitumen,
Resilient, Diametral Resilient and Complex (Dynamic) Moduli of Bituminous Mixes,
Permanent Deformation Parameters and other Properties, Effects and Methods of
Stabilization and Use of Geo Synthetics.

UNIT - IV
Design Of Flexible Pavements: Flexible Pavement Design Concepts, Asphalt Institute’s
Methods with HMA and other Base Combinations, AASHTO, IRC Methods
Design Of Rigid Pavements: Calibrated Mechanistic Design Process, PCA, AASHTO &
IRC Specifications, and Introduction to Prestressed and Continuously Reinforced Cement
Concrete Pavement Design.

151
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Design of Pavement for Low Volume Roads: Pavement design for low volume roads, rural
road designs – code of practice. Design of Overlays: Types of Overlays, Suitability, Design
of overlays.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Concrete Pavements, AF Stock, Elsevier, Applied Science Publishers
2. Pavement Analysis & Design, Yang H. Huang, Prentice Hall Inc

REFERENCES:
1. Design of Functional Pavements, Nai C. Yang, McGraw Hill Publications
2. Principles of Pavement Design, Yoder.J. & Witzorac Mathew, W. John Wiley & Sons
Inc
3. Pavement and Surfacings for Highway & Airports, Micheal Sargious, Applied
Science Publishers Limited.
4. IRC Codes for Flexible and Rigid Pavements design

152
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

ELEMENTS OF EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective - V)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE853PE/CN864PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Structual Engineering –II & RC Design

Course Objectives: To understand the analysis of the behaviour of structures under dynamic
loads and understand the principles of design for seismic and wind loads and relevant codal
provisions

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyse the behaviour of structures under dynamic loads & design for seismic codal
provisions.
 Apply seismic coefficient and response spectrum methods for analysis of multi storied
buildings
 Apply concepts of ductility in the design of multi-storeyed structures
 Understand the concepts of base isolation

UNIT - I
Engineering Seismology: Earthquake phenomenon cause of earthquakes-Faults- Plate
tectonics- Seismic waves- Terms associated with earthquakes-Magnitude/Intensity of an
earthquake-scales-Energy released-Earthquake measuring instruments-Seismoscope,
Seismograph, accelerograph-strong ground motions- Seismic zones of India.
Theory of Vibrations: Elements of a vibratory system- Degrees of Freedom-Continuous
system-Lumped mass idealization-Oscillatory motion-Simple Harmonic Motion-Free
vibration of single degree of freedom (SDOF) system- undamped and damped-critical
damping-Logarithmic decrement-Forced vibrations-Harmonic excitation-Dynamic
magnification factor-Excitation by rigid based translation for SDOF system-Earthquake
ground motion.

UNIT - II
Conceptual design: Introduction-Functional planning-Continuous load path-Overall form-
simplicity and symmetry-elongated shapes-stiffness and strength-Horizontal and Vertical
members-Twisting of buildings-Ductility-definition-ductility relationships-flexible buildings-
framing systems-choice of construction materials-unconfined concrete-confined concrete-
masonry-reinforcing steel.
Introduction to earthquake resistant design: Seismic design requirements-regular and
irregular configurations-basic assumptions-design earthquake loads-basic load combinations-
permissible stresses-seismic methods of analysis-factors in seismic analysis-equivalent lateral
force method.

UNIT - III
Reinforced Concrete Buildings: Principles of earthquake resistant deign of RC members-
Structural models for frame buildings- Seismic methods of analysis- Seismic deign methods-
IS code based methods for seismic design- Seismic evaluation and retrofitting- Vertical
irregularities- Plan configuration problems- Lateral load resisting systems- Determination of
design lateral forces- Equivalent lateral force procedure- Lateral distribution of base shear.

153
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Masonry Buildings: Introduction- Elastic properties of masonry assemblage- Categories of
masonry buildings- Behaviour of unreinforced and reinforced masonry walls- Behaviour of
walls- Box action and bands- Behaviour of infill walls- Improving seismic behaviour of
masonry buildings- Load combinations and permissible stresses- Seismic design
requirements- Lateral load analysis of masonry buildings.

UNIT - V
Structural Walls and Non-Structural Elements: Strategies in the location of structural
walls- sectional shapes- variations in elevation- cantilever walls without openings – Failure
mechanism of non-structures- Effects of non-structural elements on structural system-
Analysis of non-structural elements- Prevention of non-structural damage- Isolation of non-
structures. Ductility Considerations in Earthquake Resistant Design of RC Buildings:
Introduction- Impact of Ductility- Requirements for Ductility- Assessment of Ductility-
Factors affecting Ductility- Ductile detailing considerations as per IS 13920. Behaviour of
beams, columns, and joints in RC buildings during earthquakes-Vulnerability of open ground
storey and short columns during earthquakes.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Earthquake Resistant Design of structures – S. K. Duggal, Oxford University Press 2nd
Edition s
2. Earthquake Resistant Design of structures – Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCES:
1. Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry Building – T. Paulay and
M.J.N. Priestly, John Wiley & Sons.
2. Earthquake Resistant Design of Building structures by Vinod Hosur, Wiley India Pvt.
Ltd.
3. Elements of Mechanical Vibration by R. N. Iyengar, I. K. International Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd.
4. Masory and Timber structures including earthquake Resistant Design –Anand S.
Arya, Nem chand & Bros
5. Earthquake Tips – Learning Earthquake Design and Construction, C.V.R. Murthy

REFERENCE CODES:
1. IS: 1893 (Part-1) -2002. “Criteria for Earthquake Resistant – Design of structures.”
B.I.S., New Delhi.
2. IS:4326-1993, “ Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Building”, Code of
Practice B.I.S., New Delhi.
3. IS:13920-1993, “ Ductile detailing of concrete structures subjected to seismic force”
– Guidelines, B.I.S., New Delhi.

154
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

WATER RESOURCES SYSTEMS ANALYSIS

(Professional Elective - V)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE854PE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 Introduction to modelling, identifying problems, conceptualization and using
mathematical tools to solve surface water quality and ground water quality problems
 To understand simulation, optimization techniques and multi objective programming
including dynamic programming
 To understand field applications by going through case studies which use algorithms
as problem solving techniques

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Apply concepts of systems analysis for planning of water resources systems
 Perform basic economic analysis to evaluate the economic feasibility of water
resources and environmental engineering projects
 Formulate and solve deterministic optimization models for design and operation of
water resources systems
 Formulate and solve stochastic and fuzzy optimization problems for decision making
under uncertainty

UNIT - I
Introduction: Definition of system, Types of systems, System approach, System analysis
and types of systems, Techniques of water resources system analysis.
Systems Techniques in Water Resources: Objective function and constraints,
optimization using calculus, Optimization of a function of single variable, Optimization
of a function of multiple variables, Constrained optimization, Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT - II
Linear programming –I: Formulation of linear programming models, graphical method,
simplex method, application of Linear programming in water resources.

UNIT - III
Linear programming –II: Revised simplex method, duality in linear programming,
sensitivity and post optimality analysis.

UNIT - IV
Dynamics programming: Belman’s principles of optimality forward and backward
recursive dynamic programming, curse of dimensionality, application of dynamic
programming for resource allocation.

UNIT - V
Water Resources Economics: Basics of Engineering economics, Discount factors,
Uniform annual series, Amortization, Comparison of alternate plans.
Principles of Economics analysis, Conditions of project optimality, benefit cost analysis
socio economic intuitional and pricing of water resources.

155
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Water Resources System Analysis – Vedula & Majumdar – Tata Mc. Graw Hill
Company Ltd, 2010
2. Civil and Environmental Systems Engineering by Charles S. Revelle, E. Earl
Whitlatch and Jeff R. Wright 2004” Pearson Education Inc., New Jersey
3. Operational Research by Taha, Prentice Hall of India publishers

REFERENCES:
1. Loucks, D.P. and Eelco van Beek (2005), “Water Resources Systems Planning and
Management – An introduction to methods, models and applications”, Studies and
Reports in Hydrology, UNESCO Publishing
2. Operations Research by D T Philips, A Ravindran and J A Solberg, John Wiley &
Sons, 2007
3. Engineering optimization: Theory and Practice, Rao, Singiresu S. New Age
International

156
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

FINITE ELEMENT METHODS FOR CIVIL ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective - VI)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CN852PE/CE861PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: SA – I & SA – II

Course Objectives:
 To equip the students with the finite element analysis fundamentals.
 To enable the students to formulate the design problems into FEA.
 To introduce basic aspects of finite elements technology, including domain
discretization, polynomial interpolation, application of boundary conditions, assembly
of global arrays, ad solution of the resulting algebraic systems.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Develop shape functions and stiffness matrices for bar and beam elements
 To understand isoparametric formulation, static condensation etc.
 Understand the background of mathematical equations used for development of
modeling software modules to develop the various structural related applications
 Identify mathematical model for solution of common engineering problems.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Finite Element Method – Basic Equations in Elasticity Stress – Strain
equation – concept of plane stress – plane strain advantages and disadvantages of FEM.
Element shapes – nodes – nodal degree of freedom Displacement function – Natural
Coordinates – strain displacement relations.

UNIT – II
Lagrangian – Serendipity elements – Hermite polynomials – regular, Irregular 2 D & 3D –
Element –shape functions upto quadratic formulation.
Finite Element Analysis (FEA) of – one dimensional problems – Bar element – Shape
functions stiffness matrix – stress – strain relation

UNIT – III
FEA Beam elements – stiffness matrix - shape function– Analysis of continuous beams.

UNIT – IV
FEA Two dimessional problem – CST – LST element – shape function – stress – strain.
Isoparametric formulation – Concepts of, isoparametric elements for 2D analysis -
formulation of CST element.

157
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Solution Techniques: Numerical Integration, Static condensation, assembly of elements and
solution techniques for static loads.

TEXT BOOK:
1. A first course in Finite Element Method by Daryl L. Logan, 5th Edition, Cengage
Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Introduction to finite Elements in Engineering by Tirupathi R. Chandrupatla, and
Ashok D. Belegundu, Prentice Hall of India

REFERENCES:
1. Finite Element Analysis by P. Seshu, PHI Learning Private Limited
2. Concepts and applications of Finite Element Analysis by Robert D. Cook et al., Wiley
India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Applied Finite Element Analysis by G. Ramamurty, I. K. International Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd.

158
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

GEOENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(Professional Elective - VI)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE862PE/CN853PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Soil Mechanics & Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: To understand various sources of contamination of ground and to

characterize contaminated ground and to find extent of contamination and to get familiarize
with various remediation methods.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Identify sources of contamination, characterize the contaminated ground, and identify the
most appropriate remediation technique.

UNIT - I
Sources and Site Characterization: Scope of Geoenvironmental Engineering, Various
Sources of Contaminations, Need for contaminated site characterization; and Characterisation
methods.

UNIT - II
Solid and Hazardous Waste Management: Classification of waste, Characterisation solid
wastes, Environmental Concerns with waste, waste management strategies.

UNIT - III
Contaminant Transport: Transport process, Mass-transfer process, Modeling,
Bioremediation, Phytoremediation.

UNIT - IV
Remediation Techniques: Objectives of site remediation, various active and passive
methods, remediation NAPL sites, Emerging Remediation Technologies.

UNIT - V
Landfills: Types of landfills, Site Selection, Waste Containment Liners, Leachate collection
system, Cover system, Gas collection system.

TEXT BOOKS:
1 Sharma, H. D. and Reddy, K. R. - Geoenvironmental Engineering, John Wiley &
Sons (2004)
2 Bedient, P.B.H.S. Refai, & C.J. Newell, - Ground Water Contamination, Prentice Hall
Publications, 4th Edition, 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Rowe, R. K. - Geotechnical & Geoenvironmental Engineering Handbook, Kluwer
Academic, 2001.
2. Reddi, L. N. and Inyang, H. I. - Geoenvironmental Engineering: Principles and
Applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (2000)
3. LaGrega, M. D., Buckingham, P. L. and Evans, J. C. - Hazardous Waste
Management, New York: McGraw-Hill Publishers, 2001.

159
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

DESIGN AND DRAWING OF IRRIGATION STRUCTURES

(Professional Elective - VI)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE863PE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Water Resources Engineering

Course Objectives: Learn designing and drawing of hydraulic structure like surplus weir,
siphon well drop, trapezoidal notch fall, tank sluice with tower head.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to provide design &
drawing of irrigation structures

Design and drawing of the following hydraulic structures.

Group A
1. Surplus weir.
2. Syphon Well Drop
3. Trapezoidal notch fall.
4. Tank sluice with tower head

Group B
1. Sloping glacis weir.
2. Canal regulator
3. Under Tunnel.
4. Type III Syphon aqueduct

Final Examination pattern:

The Question paper is divided into two parts with two questions in each part. The student has
to answer ONE question from each part. Part I should cover the designs and drawings from
Group A for 45 marks and Part II should cover only designs from group B carrying 30 marks.

The duration of examination will be FOUR hours.

However, the students are supposed to practise the drawings for Group B structures also for
internal evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Water Resources Engineering – Principles and Practice by Challa Satyanarayana
Murthy, New Age International Publishers.
2. Irrigation engineering and Hydraulic structures by S. K. Garg, Standard Book House.
by G. L. Asla
3. Irrigation and Water Resource Engineering by G.L. Asawa New Age International
Publishers -2013

160
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

INDUSTRIAL WASTE WATER TREATMENT

(Professional Elective - VI)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE864PE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To present the information of wastewater generation from various industries
 To inform about the conventional treatment processes for specific industrial
wastewaters
 To explain about the new developments in industrial wastewater treatment
technologies

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
 Identify the characteristics of industrial wastewaters
 Describe pollution effects of disposal of industrial effluent
 Identify and design treatment options for industrial wastewater
 Formulate environmental management plan

UNIT - I
Introduction: Wastewater Characteristics, Standards of Disposal, Treatment Objective and
Strategies, Layouts of Primary, Secondary and Advanced Treatment Units.

UNIT - II
Design of Preliminary and Primary Treatment Operations: Screens, Grit Chambers,
Skimming Tank, Primary and Secondary Sedimentation Tanks.

UNIT - III
Biological Treatment Processes: Types, Kinetics of Plug Flow and Completely Mixed
Systems. Attached Growth Processes: Trickling Filters (Standard Rate, High Rate), Biofilters,
Practices, Features and Design, Operational Difficulties and Remedial Measures, Rotating
Biological Contactors. Suspended Growth Processes:

UNIT - IV
Activated Sludge Process, Modifications and Design Equations, Process Design Criteria,
Oxygen and Nutrient Requirements - Classification and Design of Oxidation Ponds, Lagoons.

UNIT - V
Sludge Treatment and Disposal: Sludge Thickening, Aerobic and Anaerobic Sludge
Digestion Processes, Design of Digester Tank, Sludge Dewatering, Ultimate Disposal, Sludge
Drying Beds, Other Methods of Sludge Treatment.

161
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Wastewater Treatment – Concepts and Design Approach, by G L Karia and R A
Christian, Prentice Hall of India, 2006
2. Environmental Engineering by Gerard Kiely, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd,
2013
3. Environmental Engineering – A Design Approach by A. P. Sincero and G A Sincero,
Prentice Hall of India, 2014

REFERENCES:
1. Wastewater Engineering - Collection, Treatment, Disposal and Reuse by Metcalf and
Eddy, , McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2013
2. Industrial Waste Treatment by Nelson Leonard Nemerow, Butterworth-Heinemann,
2007.
3. Biological Process Designs for Wastewater Treatment by Benefield L.D. and Randall
C.D. Prentice Hall Pub. Co., 1980.

162
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO SPACE TECHNOLOGY
(OPEN ELECTIVE - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE511OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Rocket Propulsion and Trajectories: Space Mission- Types-Space
environment-launch vehicle selection.; Introduction to rocket propulsion-fundamentals of
solid propellant rockets- Fundamentals of liquid propellant rockets-Rocket equation, Two-
dimensional trajectories of rockets and missiles-Multi-stage rockets-Vehicle sizing-Two
multi-stage rockets-Trade-off ratios-Single stage to orbit- Sounding rocket-Aerospace plane-
Gravity turn trajectories-Impact point calculation-Injection conditions-Flight dispersions

UNIT- II
Atmospheric Re-entry: Introduction-Steep ballistic re-entry-Ballistic orbital re-entry-Skip
re-entry-“Double- Dip” re-entry - Aero-braking - Lifting body re-entry

UNIT-III
Fundamentals of Orbital Mechanics, Orbital Manoeuvres: Two-body motion-circular,
elliptic, hyperbolic, and parabolic orbits-Basic orbital elements-Ground trace. In-Plane orbit
changes-Hohmann transfer-Bi-elliptical transfer-Plane changes- Combined manoeuvres-
Propulsion for manoeuvres

UNIT - IV
Satellite Attitude Dynamics: Torque free axisymmetric rigid body-Attitude control for
spinning spacecraft - Attitude control for non-spinning spacecraft - The Yo-Yo mechanism –
Gravity – Gradient satellite-Dual spin spacecraft-Attitude determination

UNIT-V
Space mission Operations: Supporting ground system architecture and team interfaces -
Mission phases and core operations- Team responsibilities – Mission diversity – Standard
operations practices

TEXT BOOK:
1. ‘Spaceflight Dynamics’, W.E. Wiesel, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010

REFERENCES
1. ‘Rocket Propulsion and Space flight dynamics’, Cornelisse JW, Schoyer HFR, and
Wakker KF, Pitman, 1984
2. ‘Fundamentals of Space Systems’, Vincet L. Pisacane, Oxford University Press, 2005.
3. ‘Understanding Space: An Introduction to Astronautics’, J. Sellers, 2nd edition,
McGraw- Hill, 2004
163
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

4. ‘Introduction to Space Flight’, Francis J Hale, Prentice-Hall, 1994

5. ‘Spacecraft Mission Design’, Charles D. Brown, AIAA Education Series, 1998
6. ‘Elements of Space Technology for Aerospace Engineers’, Meyer Rudolph X,
Academic Press, 1999

164
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE621OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT – I
History of Flight and Space Environment: Balloons and dirigibles, heavier than air aircraft,
commercial air transport; Introduction of jet aircraft, helicopters, missiles; Conquest of space,
commercial use of space; Different types of flight vehicles, classifications exploring solar
system and beyond, a permanent presence of humans in space; Earth’s atmosphere, the
standard atmosphere; The temperature extremes of space, laws of gravitation, low earth orbit,
microgravity, benefits of microgravity; Environmental impact on spacecraft, space debris;
Planetary environments.

UNIT – II
Introduction to Aerodynamics: Anatomy of the airplane, helicopter; Understanding
engineering models; Aerodynamic forces on a wing, force coefficients; Generating lift,
moment coefficients; Aerodynamic forces on aircraft – classification of NACA airfoils,
aspect ratio, wing loading, Mach number, centre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil
characteristics-lift, drag curves; Different types of drag.

UNIT – III
Flight Vehicle Performance and Stability: Performance parameters, performance in steady
flight, cruise, climb, range, endurance, accelerated flight symmetric manoeuvres, turns,
sideslips, takeoff and landing; Flight vehicle Stability, static stability, dynamic stability;
Longitudinal and lateral stability; Handling qualities of the airplanes.

UNIT – IV
Introduction to Airplane Structures and Materials, Power Plants: General types of
construction, monocoque, semi-monocoque; Typical wing and fuselage structure; Metallic &
non-metallic materials, use of aluminium alloy, titanium, stainless steel and composite
materials. Basic ideas about engines, use of propeller and jets for thrust production;
Principles of operation of rocket, types of rockets.

UNIT – V
Satellite Systems Engineering Human Space Exploration: Satellite missions, an
operational satellite system, elements of satellite, satellite bus subsystems; Satellite
structures, mechanisms and materials; Power systems; Communication and telemetry;
Propulsion and station keeping; Space missions, mission objectives. Goals of human space
flight missions, historical background, The Soviet and US missions; The Mercury, Gemini,
Apollo (manned flight to the moon), Skylab, Apollo-Soyuz, Space Shuttle; International

165
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Space Station, extravehicular activity; The space suit; The US and Russian designs; Life
support systems, Flight safety; Indian effort in aviation, missile and space technology.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anderson J. D, “Introduction to Flight”, McGraw-Hill, 5th Edition, 1989.
2. Newman D, “Interactive Aerospace Engineering and Design”, McGraw-Hill, 1st
Edition, 2002.
3. Barnard R.H and Philpot. D.R, “Aircraft Flight”, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2004.

REFERENCES
1. Kermode, A. C, “Flight without Formulae”, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1997.
2. Swatton P. J, “Flight Planning”, Blackwell Publisher, 6th Edition, 2002.

166
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

AIR TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE831OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT- I
Aviation Industry & Its Regulatory Authorities: Introduction, history of aviation-
evolution, development, growth, challenges. Aerospace industry, air transportation industry-
economic impact- types and causes. Airline Industry- structure and economic characteristics.
The breadth of regulation- ICAO, IATA, national authorities (DGCA, FAA). Safety
regulations- risk assessment- human factors and safety, security regulations, environmental
regulations.

UNIT-II
Airspace: Categories of airspace- separation minima, airspace sectors- capacity, demand and
delay. Evolution of air traffic control system- procedural ATC system, procedural ATC with
radar assistance, first generation ‘automated’ ATC system, current generation radar and
computer-based ATC systems. Aerodrome air traffic control equipment and operation -
ICAO future air-navigation systems (FANS). Air-navigation service providers as businesses.
Communication, navigation and surveillance systems (CNSS). Radio communications- VHF,
HF, ACARS, SSR, ADS. Navigation- NDB, VOR, DME, area-navigation systems( R-Nav),
ILS, MLS, GPS, INS.

UNIT- III
Aircraft: Costs- project cash-flow, aircraft price. Compatibility with the operational
infrastructure. Direct and indirect operating costs. Balancing efficiency and effectiveness-
payload-range, fuel efficiency, technical contribution to performance, operating speed and
altitude, aircraft field length performance. typical operating costs. Effectiveness- wake-
vortices, cabin dimensions, flight deck.

UNIT- IV
Airports: Setting up an airport- airport demand, airport siting, runway characteristics- length,
declared distances, aerodrome areas, obstacle safeguarding. Runway capacity- evaluating
runway capacity- sustainable runway capacity. Runway pavement length, Manoeuvring area-
airfield lighting, aprons, Passenger terminals-terminal sizing and configuration. Airport
demand, capacity and delay.

UNIT - V
Airlines: Setting up an airline- modern airline objectives. Route selection and development,
airline fleet planning, annual utilization and aircraft size, seating arrangements. Indirect
operating costs. Aircraft- buy or lease. Revenue generation, computerized reservation
systems, yield management. Integrating service quality into the revenue-generation process.
167
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Marketing the seats. Airline scheduling. Evaluating success- financial viability, regulatory
compliance, efficient use of resources, effective service.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Hirst, M., The Air Transport System, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, Cambridge, England,
2008.
REFERENCES:
1. Wensven, J.G., Air Transportation: A Management Perspective, Eighth Edition,
shgate, 2015.
2. Belobaba, P., Odoni, A. and Barnhart, C., Global Airline Industry, Second Edition,
Wiley, 2015.
3. M. Bazargan, M., Airline Operations and Scheduling, Second Edition, Ashgate, 2010.
4. Nolan, M.S., Fundamentals of Air Traffic Control, 5th edn., Thomson Learning, 2011.
5. Wells, A. and Young, S., Airport Planning and Management, 6th edn., McGraw-Hill,
2011.

168
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

ROCKETS AND MISSILES
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AE832OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT- I
Introduction: Space launch vehicles and military missiles- function, types, role, mission,
mission profile, thrust profile, propulsion system, payload, staging, control and guidance
requirements, performance measures, design, construction, operation- similarities and
differences.

UNIT – II
Solid and Liquid Propulsion Systems: Solid propellant rocket motors, principal features,
applications. Solid propellants- types, composition, properties, performance. Propellant grain-
desirable properties, grain configurations, Liners, insulators and inhibitors-function,
requirements, materials. Rocket motor casing-materials. Combustion system of solid rockets,
igniters, types, construction. Nozzles-types, Liquid propellants- types, composition,
properties, performance. Propellant tanks feed systems- pressurisation, turbo-pumps- valves
and feed lines, injectors, starting and ignition. Engine cooling, support structure, control of
engine starting and thrust build-up, liquid rocket combustion chamber

UNIT – III
Aerodynamics of Rockets and Missiles: Classification of missiles. Airframe components of
rockets and missiles, Forces acting on a missile while passing through atmosphere, method of
describing aerodynamic forces and moments, lateral aerodynamic moment, lateral damping
moment, longitudinal moment of a rocket, lift and drag forces, drag estimation, body upwash
and downwash in missiles. Rocket dispersion, re-entry body design considerations

UNIT - IV
Dynamics and Control of Rockets and Missiles: Tsiolskovsky's rocket equation- range in
the absence of gravity, vertical motion in the earth's gravitational field, inclined motion, flight
path at constant pitch angle, motion in the atmosphere, the gravity turn- the culmination
altitude. Multi-staging. Earth launch trajectories- vertical segment, the gravity turn, constant
pitch trajectory, orbital injection; Rocket thrust vector control-methods of thrust vector
control for solid and liquid propulsion systems, thrust magnitude control, thrust termination

UNIT - V
Rocket Testing: Ground testing and flight testing- types of tests, test facilities and
safeguards, monitoring and control of toxic materials, instrumentation and data management.
Ground testing, flight testing, trajectory monitoring, post accident procedures, Description of
a typical space vehicle launch procedure.

169
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sutton, G.P., and Biblarz, O., Rocket Propulsion Elements, 8th edition, Wiley-
Interscience, 2010.
2. Cornelisse, J.W., Schoyer H.F.R. and Wakker, K.F., Rocket Propulsion and Space-
flight Dynamics, Pitman, 1979.
3. Turner, M.J.L., Rocket and Spacecraft Propulsion, 3rd edition, Springer, 2009.

REFERENCES
1. Chin, S.S., Missile Configuration Design, McGraw Hill, 1961
2. Ball, K.J., Osborne, G.F., Space Vehicle Dynamics, Oxford University Press, 1967.

170
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CE511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provides different disasters, tools and methods for disaster
management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

171
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
([Link]

172
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT512OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.

173
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

DATA STRUCTURES
(Open Elective – II)
[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: EM614PE/MT621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts such as Abstract Data Types, Linear, and Non
Linear Data structures.
 To understand the notations used to analyze the Performance of algorithms.
 To understand the behavior of data structures such as stacks, queues, trees, hash
tables, search trees, Graphs and their representations.
 To choose the appropriate data structure for a specified application.
 To understand and analyze various searching and sorting algorithms.
 To write programs in C to solve problems using data structures such as arrays, linked
lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs, hash tables, search trees.

Course Outcomes:
 Learn how to use data structure concepts for realistic problems.
 Ability to identify appropriate data structure for solving computing problems in
respective language.
 Ability to solve problems independently and think critically.

UNIT- I
Basic concepts- Algorithm Specification-Introduction, Recursive algorithms, Data
Abstraction Performance analysis- time complexity and space complexity, Asymptotic
Notation-Big O, Omega and Theta notations, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data
structures.
Singly Linked Lists-Operations-Insertion, Deletion, Concatenating singly linked lists,
Circularly linked lists-Operations for Circularly linked lists, Doubly Linked Lists-
Operations- Insertion, Deletion.
Representation of single, two dimensional arrays, sparse matrices-array and linked
representations.

UNIT- II
Stack ADT, definition, operations, array and linked implementations in C, applications-infix
to postfix conversion, Postfix expression evaluation, recursion implementation, Queue ADT,
definition and operations ,array and linked Implementations in C, Circular queues-Insertion
and deletion operations, Deque (Double ended queue)ADT, array and linked implementations
in C.

174
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT- III
Trees – Terminology, Representation of Trees, Binary tree ADT, Properties of Binary Trees,
Binary Tree Representations-array and linked representations, Binary Tree traversals,
Threaded binary trees, Max Priority Queue ADT-implementation-Max Heap-Definition,
Insertion into a Max Heap, Deletion from a Max Heap.
Graphs – Introduction, Definition, Terminology, Graph ADT, Graph Representations-
Adjacency matrix, Adjacency lists, Graph traversals- DFS and BFS.

UNIT- IV
Searching- Linear Search, Binary Search, Static Hashing-Introduction, hash tables, hash
functions, Overflow Handling.
Sorting-Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Radix Sort, Quick sort, Heap Sort, Comparison of
Sorting methods.

UNIT- V
Search Trees-Binary Search Trees, Definition, Operations- Searching, Insertion and Deletion,
AVL Trees-Definition and Examples, Insertion into an AVL Tree ,B-Trees, Definition, B-
Tree of order m, operations-Insertion and Searching, Introduction to Red-Black and Splay
Trees(Elementary treatment-only Definitions and Examples), Comparison of Search Trees.
Pattern matching algorithm- The Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm, Tries (examples only).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Data structures in C, 2nd Edition, [Link], [Link] and Susan
Anderson-Freed, Universities Press.
2. Data structures A Programming Approach with C, [Link] and [Link],
PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C, 2nd edition, R. F. Gilberg And B.A.
Forouzan, Cengage Learning.
2. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2nd edition, [Link], Pearson.
3. Data Structures using C, A. M. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, M.J. Augenstein, Pearson.
4. Data structures and Program Design in C, 2nd edition, R. Kruse, C. L. Tondo and B.
Leung, Pearson.
5. Data Structures and Algorithms made easy in JAVA, 2nd Edition, Narsimha
Karumanchi, and Career Monk Publications.
6. Data Structures using C, R. Thareja, Oxford University Press.
7. Data Structures, S. Lipscutz, Schaum’s Outlines, TMH.
8. Data structures using C, A. K. Sharma, 2nd edition, Pearson..
9. Data Structures using C &C++, R. Shukla, Wiley India.
10. Classic Data Structures, D. Samanta, 2nd edition, PHI.
11. Advanced Data structures, Peter Brass, Cambridge.

175
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the biological neural network and to model equivalent neuron models.
 To understand the architecture, learning algorithm and issues of various feed forward
and feedback neural networks.

Course Outcomes: By completing this course the student will be able to:
 Create different neural networks of various architectures both feed forward and feed
backward.
 Perform the training of neural networks using various learning rules.
 Perform the testing of neural networks and do the perform analysis of these networks
for various pattern recognition applications.

UNIT - I
Introduction: A Neural Network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron, Neural Networks
viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures, Knowledge Representation, Artificial
Intelligence and Neural Networks
Learning Process: Error Correction Learning, Memory Based Learning, Hebbian Learning,
Competitive, Boltzmann Learning, Credit Assignment Problem, Memory, Adaption,
Statistical Nature of the Learning Process

UNIT - II
Single Layer Perceptron: Adaptive Filtering Problem, Unconstrained Organization
Techniques, Linear Least Square Filters, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Learning Curves,
Learning Rate Annealing Techniques, Perceptron –Convergence Theorem, Relation Between
Perceptron and Bayes Classifier for a Gaussian Environment
Multilayer Perceptron: Back Propagation Algorithm XOR Problem, Heuristics, Output
Representation and Decision Rule, Computer Experiment, Feature Detection

UNIT - III
Back Propagation: Back Propagation and Differentiation, Hessian Matrix, Generalization,
Cross Validation, Network Pruning Techniques, Virtues, and Limitations of Back
Propagation Learning, Accelerated Convergence, Supervised Learning

176
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Self-Organization Maps (SOM): Two Basic Feature Mapping Models, Self-Organization
Map, SOM Algorithm, Properties of Feature Map, Computer Simulations, Learning Vector
Quantization, Adaptive Patter Classification
UNIT - V
Neuro Dynamics: Dynamical Systems, Stability of Equilibrium States, Attractors, Neuro
Dynamical Models, Manipulation of Attractors as a Recurrent Network Paradigm
Hopfield Models – Hopfield Models, Computer Experiment

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Neural Networks a Comprehensive Foundations, Simon Haykin, PHI edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Artificial Neural Networks - B. Yegnanarayana Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005
2. Neural Networks in Computer Inteligance, Li Min Fu TMH 2003
3. Neural Networks -James A Freeman David M S Kapura Pearson Education 2004.
4. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems Jacek M. Zurada, JAICO Publishing House
Ed. 2006.

177
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AM831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
 To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints.
 To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Model, analyze and
control engineering systems. Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and
control the behavior of a process or product. Develop PLC programs for a given task.
Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Trends - Control Methods: Standalone , PC Based ( Real Time
Operating Systems, Graphical User Interface , Simulation ) - Applications: identification of
sensors and actuators in Washing machine, Automatic Camera, Engine Management, SPM,
Robot, CNC, FMS, CIM.
Signal Conditioning : Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O , Analog input – ADC ,
resolution, Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors, capacitors - Amplifying
signals using OP amps –Software - Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch
filtering

UNIT – II
Precision Mechanical Systems : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine
structures, guideways, feed drives, spindle and spindle bearings, measuring systems, control
software and operator interface, gauging and tool monitoring.
Electronic Interface Subsystems : TTL, CMOS interfacing - Sensor interfacing – Actuator
interfacing – solenoids , motors Isolation schemes- opto coupling, buffer IC’s - Protection
schemes – circuit breakers , over current sensing , resetable fuses , thermal dissipation -
Power Supply - Bipolar transistors / mosfets

178
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Electromechanical Drives : Relays and Solenoids - Stepper Motors - DC brushed motors –
DC brushless motors - DC servo motors - 4-quadrant servo drives , PWM’s - Pulse Width
Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives, Vector Drives - Drive System load calculation.
Microcontrollers Overview : 8051 Microcontroller , micro processor structure – Digital
Interfacing - Analog Interfacing - Digital to Analog Convertors - Analog to Digital
Convertors - Applications. Programming –Assembly, C ( LED Blinking , Voltage
measurement using ADC).

UNIT – IV
Programmable Logic Controllers : Basic Structure - Programming : Ladder diagram -Timers,
Internal Relays and Counters - Shift Registers - Master and Jump Controls - Data Handling -
Analog input / output - PLC Selection - Application.

UNIT – V
Programmable Motion Controllers : Introduction - System Transfer Function – Laplace
transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system - Feedback
Devices : Position , Velocity Sensors - Optical Incremental encoders - Proximity Sensors :
Inductive , Capacitive , Infrared - Continuous and discrete processes - Control System
Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers - P , PI , PID Control - Control modes – Position ,
Velocity and Torque - Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal- S. Curve - Electronic Gearing -
Controlled Velocity Profile - Multi axis Interpolation , PTP , Linear , Circular - Core
functionalities – Home , Record position , GOTO Position - Applications : SPM, Robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering/
W Bolton/ Pearson.
2. Introduction to Mechatronics / Appukuttan /Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Principles concepts & Applications / [Link]/ Mc Graw Hill
2. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. open University, London.

179
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: AM832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To develop an understanding of the operations of microprocessors and micro
controllers; machine language programming and interfacing techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Understands the internal architecture and organization of 8086, 8051 and ARM
processors/controllers.
 Understands the interfacing techniques to 8086 and 8051 and can develop assembly
language programming to design microprocessor/ micro controller based systems.

UNIT - I
8086 Architecture: 8086 Architecture-Functional diagram, Register Organization, Memory
Segmentation, Programming Model, Memory addresses, Physical Memory Organization,
Architecture of 8086, Signal descriptions of 8086, interrupts of 8086.
Instruction Set and Assembly Language Programming of 8086: Instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Instruction Set, Assembler Directives, Macros, and Simple Programs
involving Logical, Branch and Call Instructions, Sorting, String Manipulations.

UNIT - II
Introduction to Microcontrollers: Overview of 8051 Microcontroller, Architecture, I/O
Ports, Memory Organization, Addressing Modes and Instruction set of 8051.
8051 Real Time Control: Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming External Hardware
Interrupts, Programming the Serial Communication Interrupts, Programming 8051 Timers
and Counters

UNIT – III
I/O And Memory Interface: LCD, Keyboard, External Memory RAM, ROM Interface,
ADC, DAC Interface to 8051.
Serial Communication and Bus Interface: Serial Communication Standards, Serial Data
Transfer Scheme, On board Communication Interfaces-I2C Bus, SPI Bus, UART; External
Communication Interfaces-RS232,USB.

UNIT – IV
ARM Architecture: ARM Processor fundamentals, ARM Architecture – Register, CPSR,
Pipeline, exceptions and interrupts interrupt vector table, ARM instruction set – Data
processing, Branch instructions, load store instructions, Software interrupt instructions,

180
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Program status register instructions, loading constants, Conditional execution, Introduction to

Thumb instructions.

UNIT – V
Advanced ARM Processors: Introduction to CORTEX Processor and its architecture,
OMAP Processor and its Architecture.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals – A. K. Ray and K.M. Bhurchandani,
MHE, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. The 8051 Microcontroller, Kenneth. J. Ayala, Cengage Learning, 3rd Ed.
3. ARM System Developers guide, Andrew N SLOSS, Dominic SYMES, Chris
WRIGHT, Elsevier, 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D. V. Hall, MGH, 2nd Edition 2006.
2. Introduction to Embedded Systems, Shibu K.V, MHE, 2009
3. The 8051Microcontrollers, Architecture and Programming and Applications -[Link]
Rao, Andhe Pallavi, Pearson, 2009.

181
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
(Open Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM511OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics III

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic concepts of reliability, various models of reliability
 To analyze reliability of various systems
 To introduce techniques of frequency and duration for reliability evaluation of
repairable systems.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 model various systems applying reliability networks
 evaluate the reliability of simple and complex systems
 estimate the limiting state probabilities of repairable systems
 apply various mathematical models for evaluating reliability of irrepairable systems

UNIT – I
Basic Probability Theory: Elements of probability, probability distributions, Random
variables, Density and Distribution functions- Binomial distribution- Expected value and
standard deviation - Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, normal distribution,
exponential distribution, Weibull distribution.
Definition of Reliability: Definition of terms used in reliability, Component reliability,
Hazard rate, derivation of the reliability function in terms of the hazard rate. Hazard models -
Bath tub curve, Effect of preventive maintenance. Measures of reliability: Mean Time to
Failure and Mean Time Between Failures.

UNIT – II
Network Modeling and Evaluation Of Simple Systems: Basic concepts- Evaluation of
network Reliability / Unreliability - Series systems, Parallel systems- Series-Parallel systems-
Partially redundant systems- Examples.
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Complex systems: Conditional probability method-
tie set, Cutset approach- Event tree and reduced event tree methods- Relationships between
tie and cutsets- Examples.

UNIT – III
Time Dependent Probability: Basic concepts- Reliability function f(t). F(t), R(t) and h(t) -
Relationship between these functions.

182
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Network Reliability Evaluation Using Probability Distributions: Reliability Evaluation of

Series systems, Parallel systems – Partially redundant systems- determination of reliability
measure- MTTF for series and parallel systems – Examples.

UNIT – IV
Discrete Markov Chains: Basic concepts- Stochastic transitional probability matrix- time
dependent probability evaluation- Limiting State Probability evaluation- Absorbing states –
Examples
Continuous Markov Processes: Modeling concepts- State space diagrams- Unreliability
evaluation of single and two component repairable systems

UNIT – V
Frequency and Duration Techniques: Frequency and duration concepts, application to
multi state problems, Frequency balance approach.
Approximate System Reliability Evaluation: Series systems – Parallel systems- Network
reduction techniques- Cut set approach- Common mode failures modeling and evaluation
techniques- Examples.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems,
Plenum Press, 1983.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering by Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. K. K. Agarwal, Reliability Engineering-Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993.

183
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM621OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Nil.

UNIT - I
Action Potential and Transducers: Electrical activity in cells, tissues, muscles and nervous
systems -transducers-types and characteristics
Physiological transducers – pressure transducers-transducers for body temperature
measurement – Pulse sensors-respiratory sensors.

UNIT - II
Biosignal Acquisition: Physiological signal amplifiers-isolation amplifiers-medical pre-
amplifier design-bridge amplifiers-line driving amplifier-current amplifier – chopper
amplifier-biosignal analysis - signal recovery and data acquisition-drift compensation in
operational amplifiers-pattern recognition-physiological assist devices.

UNIT - III
Biopotential Recorders: Characteristics of recoding system - electrocardiography (ECG) –
electro encephalography (EEG) - electromyography (EMG) - electroretinography (ERG) -
electrooculography (EOG) – recorders with high accuracy –recorders for OFF line analysis.

UNIT - IV
Specialized Medical Equipment: Digital thermometer-audio meter –X-ray machines-
radiography and fluoroscopy - angiography – elements of bio-telemetry system-design of bio-
telemetry system-radio telemetry system-pace makers-Heart lung machine-Dialysis machine.

UNIT - V
Advanced Biomedical Instrumentation: Computers in medicine - lasers in medicine – basic
principles of endoscopes- nuclear imaging techniques - computer tomography (CT) Scanning
–Ultrasonic imaging system-construction propagation and delay – magnetic resonance
imaging (MRI).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements-L. Cromwell, F.J. Weibel land E. A.
Pfeiffer.
2. Biomedical Instrumentation- M. Arumugam - Anuradha Publications.
3. Handbook of Biomedical Instruments- R.S. Khandpur.

184
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

TELEMETRY AND TELECONTROL
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Nil.

Course Objective: To make students understand the application of telemetry techniques to

Instrumentation.

Course Outcome: Upon completion of this course students will appreciate t he application of
different telemetry systems and control to any process.

UNIT – I
Telemetry Principles: Introduction, Functional blocks of Telemetry system, Methods of
Telemetry – Non Electrical, Electrical, Pneumatic, Frequency.
Symbols and Codes: Bits and Symbols, Time function pulses, Line and Channel Coding,
Modulation Codes. Inter symbol Interference.

UNIT – II
Frequency& Time Division Multiplexed Systems: FDM, IRIG Standard, FM and PM
Circuits, Receiving end, PLL.
TDM - PAM, PAM /PM and TDM – PCM Systems. PCM reception. Differential PCM
Introduction, QAM, Protocols.

UNIT – III
Satellite Telemetry: General considerations, TT & C Service, Digital Transmission systems,
TT & C Subsystems, Telemetry, and Communications.
Modern Telemetry: Zigbee, Ethernet.

UNIT – IV
Optical Telemetry: Optical fibers Cable – Sources and detectors – Transmitter and
Receiving Circuits, Coherent Optical Fiber Communication System.

UNIT – V
Telecontrol Methods: Analog and Digital techniques in Telecontrol, Telecontrol apparatus –
Remote adjustment, Guidance, and regulation – Telecontrol using information theory –
Example of a Telecontrol System.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Telemetry Principles – D. Patranabis, TMH

185
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

2. Telecontrol Methods and Applications of Telemetry and Remote Control – by

Swoboda G., Reinhold Publishing Corp., London, 1991

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Handbook of Telemetry and Remote Control – by Gruenberg L., McGraw Hill, New
York, 1987.
2. Telemetry Engineering – by Young R.E., Little Books Ltd., London, 1988.
3. Data Communication and Teleprocessing System – by Housley T., PH Intl.,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1987.

186
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND COMPATIBILITY
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: BM832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce important system concepts such as Electromagnetic interference and
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMI & EMC).
 To familiarize with unavoidable and naturally happening sources of EMI and
problems to ensure EMC.
 To study various techniques to reduce EMI from systems and to improve EMC of
electronic systems.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
 Gain basic knowledge of problems associated with EMI and EMC from electronic
circuits and systems.
 Analyze various sources of EMI and various possibilities to provide EMC.
 Understand and analyze possible EMI prevention techniques such as grounding,
shielding, filtering, and use of proper coupling mechanisms to improve compatibility
of electronic circuits and systems in a given electromagnetic environment.

UNIT – I
Sources of EMI: Definition of EMI and EMC, Classification, Natural and Man-Made EMI
Sources, Switching Transients, Electrostatic Discharge, Nuclear Electromagnetic Pulse and
High Power Electromagnetics.
EMI/EMC Standards: Introduction, Standards for EMI/EMC – MIL –STD 461/462 –
IEEE/ANSI Standards – CISPR/IEC, Standards – FCC Regulations.

UNIT - II
EMI Coupling Modes: Penetration: Introduction, Shielding Theory - Shielding
Effectiveness, The Circuit Approach, The Wave Approach, Aperture Theory, Calculation of
Effectiveness of a Conducting Box with an Aperture, Introduction to Propagation and Cross
Talk – Introduction, Basic Principles, Determination of EM Field from Transmission Lines.

UNIT - III
EMI Controlling Techniques - I: Grounding, Principles and Practice of Earthing,
Precautions in Earthing, Measurements of Ground Resistance, System Grounding for EMC,
Cable Shielding Grounding.
Shielding, Theory and Effectiveness, Materials, Integrity at Discontinuities, Conductive
Coatings, Cable Shielding, Effectiveness Measurements, Electrical Bonding.

187
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
EMI Controlling Techniques - II: Characteristics and Types of Filters – Impedance
Mismatch, Lumped Element Low-Pass, High- Pass, Band-Pass and Band-Reject Filters,
Power Line Filter Design - Common Mode, Differential Mode, Combined CM and DM
Filters, Design Example.
EMC Gaskets – Knitted Wire-Mesh Gaskets, Wire-Screen Gaskets, Oriented Wire Mesh,
Conductive Elastomer, Transparent Conductive Windows, Conductive Adhesive, Conductive
Grease, Conductive Coatings, Isolation Transformers, Opto-Isolators.

UNIT - V
EMI Measurements: Introduction to Open Area Test Site Measurements – Measurement
Precautions – Open Area Test Site – Terrain Roughness – NSA – Measurement of Test Site
Imperfections – Antenna Factor Measurement – Measurement Errors.
Radiated Interference Measurements – Anechoic Chamber – TEM Cell – Reverberating
Chamber – Ghz TEM Cell – Comparison of Test Facilities – Measurement Uncertainties
Conducted Interference Measurements – Characterization – Conducted EM Noise on Power
Supply Lines – Conducted EMI from Equipment – Immunity – Detectors and Measurement –
Pulsed EMI Immunity – Electrostatic Discharge.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility – V. Prasad Kodali – 2/e – IEEE Press –
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd – 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. Introduction to Electromagnetic Compatibility – Clayton R. Paul – John Wiley &
Sons, 1992.
2. Electromagnetic Compatibility of Integrated Circuits – Techniques for Low Emission
and Susceptibility – Edited by Sonia Ben Dhia, Mohamed Ramdani and Etienne
Sicard – Springer, 2006.
3. EMI reduction in Electronic Systems – Mills – J.P – Prentice Hall Inc.
4. Noise Reduction in Electronic Systems – Henry W. Ott, 2nd Edition, Wiley
Interscience, 1988.

188
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provide different disasters, tools and methods for disaster
management

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

189
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
([Link]

190
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL ENGINEERING

REMOTE SENSING AND GIS
(Open Elective - II)

[Link] Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Surveying

Course Objectives: This course will make the student to understand about the principles of
GIS, Remote Sensing, Spatial Systems, and its applications to Engineering Problems.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Retrieve the information content of remotely sensed data
 Analyze the energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth surface features
 Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps
 Apply problem specific remote sensing data for engineering applications
 Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems
 Create GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation

UNIT – I
Introduction to Photogrammetry: Principles& types of aerial photograph, geometry of
vertical aerial photograph, Scale & Height measurement on single vertical aerial photograph,
Height measurement based on relief displacement, Fundamentals of stereoscopy, fiducial
points, parallax measurement using fiducial line.

UNIT – II
Remote Sensing: Basic concept of remote sensing, Data and Information, Remote sensing
data Collection, Remote sensing advantages & Limitations, Remote Sensing process.
Electro-magnetic Spectrum, Energy interactions with atmosphere and with earth surface
features (soil, water, vegetation), Indian Satellites and Sensors characteristics, Resolution,
Map and Image and False color composite, introduction to digital data, elements of visual
interpretation techniques.

UNIT – III
Geographic Information Systems: Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS; Geospatial
Data: Spatial Data-Attribute data – Joining Spatial and Attribute data; GIS Operations:
Spatial Data Input- Attribute data Management –Data display- Data Exploration- Data
Analysis. COORDINATE SYSTEMS: Geographic Coordinate System: Approximation of the
Earth, Datum; Map Projections: Types of Map Projections-Map projection parameters-
Commonly used Map Projections - Projected coordinate Systems

191
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Vector Data Model: Representation of simple features- Topology and its importance;
coverage and its data structure, Shape file; Data models for composite features Object Based
Vector Data Model; Classes and their Relationship; The geobase data model; Geometric
representation of Spatial Feature and data structure, Topology rules

UNIT – V
Raster Data Model: Elements of the Raster data model, Types of Raster Data, Raster Data
Structure, Data Conversion, Integration of Raster and Vector data.
Data Input: Metadata, Conversion of Existing data, creating new data; Remote Sensing data,
Field data, Text data, Digitizing, Scanning, on screen digitizing, importance of source map,
Data Editing

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Remote Sensing and GIS Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008.
2. Remote Sensing and GIS B. Bhatta by Oxford Publishers 2015.
3. Introduction to Geographic Information System – Kang-Tsung Chang, McGraw-Hill
2015

REFERENCES:
1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C. P. Lo Albert, K.W. Yonng, Prentice Hall (India)
Publications.
2. Principals of Geo physical Information Systems – Peter A Burragh and Rachael A.
Mc Donnell, Oxford Publishers 2004.
3. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.

192
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] CIVIL ENGINEERING

GEOINFORMATICS
(Open Elective - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE622OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the concepts of remote sensing, satellite image characteristics and its
components.
 To expose the various remote sensing platforms and sensors and to introduce the
concepts of GIS, GPS and GNSS.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the student will be able to understand
 The characteristics of Aerial photographic images ,Remote sensing satellites and
Applications of remote sensing.
 The GIS and its Data models.
 The Global Navigation Satellite System.

UNIT – I
Aerial Photographs- Basic terms & Definitions, scales, relief displacements, Flight Planning,
Stereoscopy, Characteristics of photographic images, Fundamentals of aerial photo-
interpretation, Introduction to Digital Photogrammetry.

UNIT - II
Remote Sensing: Physics of remote sensing, Remote sensing satellites, and their data
products, Sensors and orbital characteristics, Spectral reflectance curves, resolution and
multi-concept, FCC

UNIT – III
Satellite Image - Characteristics and formats, Image histogram, Introduction to Image
rectification, Image Enhancement, Land use and land cover classification system,
Unsupervised and Supervised Classification, Applications of remote sensing

UNIT - IV
Basic concepts of geographic data, GIS and its components, Data models, Topology, Process
in GIS: Data capture, data sources, data encoding, geospatial analysis, GIS Applications

UNIT - V
Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, GPS: Space
segment, Control segment, User segment, GPS satellite signals, Datum, coordinate system
and map projection, Static, Kinematic and Differential GPS, GPS Applications

193
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Remote Sensing & GIS , BS Publications
2. Higher Surveying by A M Chandra New Age International Publisher
3. Remote Sensing & GIS by B. Bhatta Oxford University Press
4. Introduction to GPS by A. E Rabbany Library of congress cataloging in Publication
data

REFERENCES:
1. T M Lillesand et al: Remote Sensing & Image Interpretation
2. Higher Surveying by B C Punmia Ashok kr. Jain Laxmi Publications
3. N K Agarwal : Essentials of GPS , Spatial Networks: Hyderabad

194
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL ENGINEERING

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE623OE 3 0/0/0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tate McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.,

195
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] CIVIL ENGINEERING

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE831OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: This subject will cover various aspects of Environment Impact
Assessment methodologies, impact of development activities. Impact on surface water, Air
and Biological Environment, Environment legislation Environment.

Course Outcomes:
 Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study.
 Formulate objectives of the EIA studies.
 Identify the suitable methodology and prepare Rapid EIA.
 Indentify and incorporate mitigation measures.

UNIT – I
Basic concept of EIA : Initial environmental Examination, Elements of EIA, - factors
affecting E-I-A Impact evaluation and analysis, preparation of Environmental Base map,
Classification of environmental parameters.
E I A Methodologies: introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA Methodology, E I A
methods, Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, Network method Environmental Media Quality
Index method, overlay methods, cost/benefit Analysis.

UNIT- II
Assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife, environmental
Impact of Deforestation – Causes and effects of deforestation.

UNIT- III
Procurement of relevant soil quality, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact significance,
Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures.

UNIT – IV
Environmental Audit & Environmental legislation objectives of Environmental Audit, Types
of environmental Audit, Audit protocel, stages of Environmental Audit, onsite activities,
evaluation of Audit data and preparation of Audit report, Post Audit activities.

196
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
The Environmental Protection Act, The water Act, The Air (Prevention & Control of
pollution Act.), Motor Act, Wild life Act. Case studies and preparation of Environmental
Impact assessment statement for various Industries.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Larry Canter – Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill Publications
2. Environmental Impact Assessment, Barthwal, R. R. New Age International
Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Environmental Pollution by R.K. Khitoliya S. Chand, 2014.
2. Glynn, J. and Gary, W. H. K. - Environmental Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall
Publishers
3. Suresh K. Dhaneja - Environmental Science and Engineering, S.K. Kataria & Sons
Publication. New Delhi.
4. Bhatia, H. S. - Environmental Pollution and Control, Galgotia Publication (P) Ltd,
Delhi.
5. Wathern, P. – Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory & Practice, Publishers-
Rutledge, London, 1992.

197
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL ENGINEERING

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES IN ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE832OE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisites: Operations Research

Course Objectives: After doing this subject student should know

 The various optimization techniques for single variable optimization problem
 Direct search methods and Gradient methods for multi variable un constraint
Optimization problems
 Formulate a Geometric Programming model and solve it by using Arithmetic
Geometric in equality theorem
 Simulate the system
 Thorough of state of art optimization techniques like Genetic Algorithms, simulated
Annealing

Course Outcomes: For a given system, as per customer requirement it is required to

 Formulate optimization problem.
 Solve the problem by using a appropriate optimization techniques.

UNIT - I
Single Variable Non-Linear Unconstrained Optimization: Elimination methods: Uni-
Model function-its importance, Fibonacci method & Golden section method. Interpolation
methods: Quadratic & Cubic interpolation methods.

UNIT - II
Multi variable non-linear unconstrained optimization: Direct search methods –
Univariant method, Pattern search methods – Powell’s, Hook - Jeeves, Rosen brock search
methods. Gradient methods: Gradient of function& its importance, Steepest descent method,
Conjugate direction methods: Fletcher-Reeves method & variable metric method.

UNIT - III
Linear Programming – Formulation, Simplex method, & artificial variable optimization
techniques: Big M & Two phase methods. Sensitivity analysis: Changes in the objective
coefficients, constants& coefficients of the constraints. Addition and deletion of variables,
constraints.
Simulation – Introduction – Types- steps – applications: inventory & queuing – Advantages
and disadvantages

198
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Integer Programming- Introduction – formulation – Gomory cutting plane algorithm – Zero
or one algorithm, branch and bound method
Stochastic Programming: Basic concepts of probability theory, random variables-
distributions-mean, variance, correlation, co variance, joint probability distribution.
Stochastic linear programming: Chance constrained algorithm.

UNIT - V
Geometric Programming: Polynomials – Arithmetic - Geometric inequality – unconstrained
G.P- constrained G.P (≤ type only)
Non Traditional Optimization Algorithms: Genetics Algorithm-Working Principles,
Similarities, and Differences between Genetic Algorithm & Traditional Methods. Simulated
Annealing- Working Principle-Simple Problems. Introduction to Particle Swarm
Optimization (PSO)(very brief)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Optimization theory & Applications / S. S. Rao / New Age International.
2. Optimization for Engineering Design, Kalyanmoy Deb, PHI

REFERENCES:
1. Operations Research by S. D. Sharma Kedarnath & Ramnath Publisher
2. Operation Research by Hamdy A Taha Pearson Educations
3. Optimization in operations research by Ronald L. Rardin Pearson Publisher
4. Optimization Techniques by Benugundu & Chandraputla, Pearson Asia.
5. Optimization Techniques theory and practice by M. C. Joshi, K. M. Moudgalya
Narosa Publications

199
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year III Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

Text Books:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M.
Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D. F. Kuratko and [Link], 3e, Cengage,
2012.
200
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai, Himalaya
Publishing House, 2015.

201
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provide different disasters, tools and methods for disaster
management

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

202
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
([Link]

203
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(Open Elective - II)

[Link] Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CN621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Environmental Engineering

Course Objectives: This subject will cover various aspects of Environment Impact
Assessment methodologies, impact of development activities. Impact on surface water, Air
and Biological Environment, Environment legislation Environment.

Course Outcomes:
 Identify the environmental attributes to be considered for the EIA study.
 Formulate objectives of the EIA studies.
 Identify the suitable methodology and prepare Rapid EIA.
 Indentify and incorporate mitigation measures.

UNIT – I
Basic concept of EIA : Initial environmental Examination, Elements of EIA, - factors
affecting E-I-A Impact evaluation and analysis, preparation of Environmental Base map,
Classification of environmental parameters.
E I A Methodologies: introduction, Criteria for the selection of EIA Methodology, E I A
methods, Ad-hoc methods, matrix methods, Network method Environmental Media Quality
Index method, overlay methods, cost/benefit Analysis.

UNIT- II
Assessment of Impact of development Activities on Vegetation and wildlife, environmental
Impact of Deforestation – Causes and effects of deforestation.

UNIT- III
Procurement of relevant soil quality, Impact prediction, Assessment of Impact significance,
Identification and Incorporation of mitigation measures.

UNIT – IV
Environmental Audit & Environmental legislation objectives of Environmental Audit, Types
of environmental Audit, Audit protocel, stages of Environmental Audit, onsite activities,
evaluation of Audit data and preparation of Audit report, Post Audit activities.

204
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
The Environmental Protection Act, The water Act, The Air (Prevention & Control of
pollution Act.), Motor Act, Wild life Act. Case studies and preparation of Environmental
Impact assessment statement for various Industries.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Larry Canter – Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill Publications
2. Environmental Impact Assessment, Barthwal, R. R. New Age International
Publications

REFERENCES:
1. Environmental Pollution by R.K. Khitoliya S. Chand, 2014.
2. Glynn, J. and Gary, W. H. K. - Environmental Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall
Publishers
3. Suresh K. Dhaneja - Environmental Science and Engineering, S.K. Kataria & Sons
Publication. New Delhi.
4. Bhatia, H. S. - Environmental Pollution and Control, Galgotia Publication (P) Ltd,
Delhi.
5. Wathern, P. – Environmental Impact Assessment: Theory & Practice, Publishers-
Rutledge, London, 1992.

205
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective - II)

[Link] Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE623OE 3 0/0/0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tate McGraw Hill Publishing company ltd.,

206
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

REMOTE SENSING & GIS
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem L T/P/D C

Course Code: CN831OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre Requisites: Surveying

Course Objectives: This course will make the student to understand about the principles of
GIS, Remote Sensing, Spatial Systems, and its applications to Engineering Problems.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Retrieve the information content of remotely sensed data
 Analyze the energy interactions in the atmosphere and earth surface features
 Interpret the images for preparation of thematic maps
 Apply problem specific remote sensing data for engineering applications
 Analyze spatial and attribute data for solving spatial problems
 Create GIS and cartographic outputs for presentation

UNIT – I
Introduction to Photogrammetry: Principles& types of aerial photograph, geometry of
vertical aerial photograph, Scale & Height measurement on single vertical aerial photograph,
Height measurement based on relief displacement, Fundamentals of stereoscopy, fiducial
points, parallax measurement using fiducial line.

UNIT – II
Remote Sensing: Basic concept of remote sensing, Data and Information, Remote sensing
data Collection, Remote sensing advantages & Limitations, Remote Sensing process.
Electro-magnetic Spectrum, Energy interactions with atmosphere and with earth surface
features (soil, water, vegetation), Indian Satellites and Sensors characteristics, Resolution,
Map and Image and False color composite, introduction to digital data, elements of visual
interpretation techniques.

UNIT – III
Geographic Information Systems: Introduction to GIS; Components of a GIS; Geospatial
Data: Spatial Data-Attribute data – Joining Spatial and Attribute data; GIS Operations:
Spatial Data Input- Attribute data Management –Data display- Data Exploration- Data
Analysis. COORDINATE SYSTEMS: Geographic Coordinate System: Approximation of the
Earth, Datum; Map Projections: Types of Map Projections-Map projection parameters-
Commonly used Map Projections - Projected coordinate Systems

207
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Vector Data Model: Representation of simple features- Topology and its importance;
coverage and its data structure, Shape file; Data models for composite features Object Based
Vector Data Model; Classes and their Relationship; The geobase data model; Geometric
representation of Spatial Feature and data structure, Topology rules

UNIT – V
Raster Data Model: Elements of the Raster data model, Types of Raster Data, Raster Data
Structure, Data Conversion, Integration of Raster and Vector data.
Data Input: Metadata, Conversion of Existing data, creating new data; Remote Sensing data,
Field data, Text data, Digitizing, Scanning, on screen digitizing, importance of source map,
Data Editing

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Remote Sensing and GIS Lillesand and Kiefer, John Willey 2008.
2. Remote Sensing and GIS B. Bhatta by Oxford Publishers 2015.
3. Introduction to Geographic Information System – Kang-Tsung Chang, McGraw-Hill
2015

REFERENCES:
1. Concepts & Techniques of GIS by C. P. Lo Albert, K.W. Yonng, Prentice Hall (India)
Publications.
2. Principals of Geo physical Information Systems – Peter A Burragh and Rachael A.
Mc Donnell, Oxford Publishers 2004.
3. Basics of Remote sensing & GIS by S. Kumar, Laxmi Publications.

208
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: CE833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M.
Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D. F. Kuratko and T.V. Rao, 3e,
Cengage, 2012.
209
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2015.

210
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the OS role in the overall computer system
 To study the operations performed by OS as a resource manager
 To understand the scheduling policies of OS
 To understand the different memory management techniques
 To understand process concurrency and synchronization
 To understand the concepts of input/output, storage and file management
 To understand the goals and principles of protection
 Introduce system call interface for file and process management
 To study different OS and compare their features.

Course Outcomes:
 Apply optimization techniques for the improvement of system performance.
 Ability to design and solve synchronization problems.
 Learn about minimization of turnaround time, waiting time and response time and
also maximization of throughput by keeping CPU as busy as possible.
 Ability to change access controls to protect files.
 Ability to compare the different operating systems.

UNIT - I
Overview-Introduction-Operating system objectives, User view, System view, Operating
system definition ,Computer System Organization, Computer System Architecture, OS
Structure, OS Operations, Process Management, Memory Management, Storage
Management, Protection and Security, Computing Environments.
Operating System services, User and OS Interface, System Calls, Types of System Calls,
System Programs, Operating System Design and Implementation, OS Structure.

UNIT - II
Process and CPU Scheduling - Process concepts-The Process, Process State, Process Control
Block, Threads, Process Scheduling-Scheduling Queues, Schedulers, Context Switch,
Operations on Processes, System calls-fork(),exec(),wait(),exit(), Interprocess
communication-ordinary pipes and named pipes in Unix.
Process Scheduling-Basic concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling algorithms, Multiple-
Processor Scheduling, Real-Time Scheduling, Thread scheduling, Linux scheduling and
Windows scheduling.

211
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Process Synchronization, Background, The Critical Section Problem, Peterson’s solution,

Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors,
Synchronization in Linux and Windows.
UNIT - III
Memory Management and Virtual Memory – Memory Management Strategies- Background,
Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Segmentation, Paging, Structure of Page Table,
IA-32 Segmentation, IA-32 Paging.
Virtual Memory Management-Background, Demand Paging, Copy-on-Write, Page
Replacement, Page Replacement Algorithms, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing, Virtual
memory in Windows..

UNIT - IV
Storage Management-File System- Concept of a File, System calls for file operations - open
(), read (), write (), close (), seek (), unlink (), Access methods, Directory and Disk Structure,
File System Mounting, File Sharing, Protection.
File System Implementation - File System Structure, File System Implementation, Directory
Implementation, Allocation methods, Free-space Management, Efficiency, and Performance.
Mass Storage Structure – Overview of Mass Storage Structure, Disk Structure, Disk
Attachment, Disk Scheduling, Disk Management, Swap space Management

UNIT - V
Deadlocks - System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks,
Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, and Recovery from
Deadlock.
Protection – System Protection, Goals of Protection, Principles of Protection, Domain of
Protection, Access Matrix, Implementation of Access Matrix, Access Control, Revocation of
Access Rights, Capability-Based Systems, Language-Based Protection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operating System Concepts , Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, 9th
Edition, Wiley, 2016 India Edition
2. Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles, W. Stallings, 7th Edition,
Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Modern Operating Systems, Andrew S Tanenbaum, 3rd Edition, PHI
2. Operating Systems A concept-based Approach, 2nd Edition, D.M. Dhamdhere, TMH.
3. Principles of Operating Systems, B. L. Stuart, Cengage learning, India Edition.
4. An Introduction to Operating Systems, P.C.P. Bhatt, PHI.
5. Principles of Operating systems, Naresh Chauhan, Oxford University Press.

212
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS512OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts and the applications of database systems.
 To master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL.
 To understand the relational database design principles.
 To become familiar with the basic issues of transaction processing and concurrency
control.
 To become familiar with database storage structures and access techniques.

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate the basic elements of a relational database management system.
 Ability to identify the data models for relevant problems.
 Ability to design entity relationship model and convert entity relationship
diagrams into RDBMS and formulate SQL queries on the data.
 Apply normalization for the development of application software.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Database System Applications, Purpose of Database Systems, View of Data,
Database Languages – DDL, DML, Relational Databases, Database Design, Data Storage
and Querying, Transaction Management, Database Architecture, Data Mining and
Information Retrieval, Specialty Databases, Database Users and Administrators, History of
Database Systems.
Introduction to Data base design: Database Design and ER diagrams, Entities, Attributes
and Entity sets, Relationships and Relationship sets, Additional features of ER Model,
Conceptual Design with the ER Model, Conceptual Design for Large enterprises.
Relational Model: Introduction to the Relational Model, Integrity Constraints over
Relations, Enforcing Integrity constraints, Querying relational data, Logical data base
Design: ER to Relational, Introduction to Views, Destroying /Altering Tables and Views.

UNIT - II
Relational Algebra and Calculus: Preliminaries, Relational Algebra, Relational calculus –
Tuple relational Calculus, Domain relational calculus, Expressive Power of Algebra and
calculus.
SQL: Queries, Constraints, Triggers: Form of Basic SQL Query, UNION,INTERSECT, and
EXCEPT, Nested Queries, Aggregate Operators, NULL values Complex Integrity
Constraints in SQL, Triggers and Active Data bases, Designing Active Databases..

213
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Schema Refinement and Normal Forms: Introduction to Schema Refinement, Functional
Dependencies - Reasoning about FDs, Normal Forms, Properties of Decompositions,
Normalization, Schema Refinement in Database Design, Other Kinds of Dependencies.

UNIT - IV
Transaction Management: Transactions, Transaction Concept, A Simple Transaction
Model, Storage Structure, Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Transaction Isolation,
Serializability, Transaction Isolation and Atomicity Transaction Isolation Levels,
Implementation of Isolation Levels.
Concurrency Control: Lock–Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity, Timestamp-Based
Protocols, Validation-Based Protocols, Multiversion Schemes.
Recovery System-Failure Classification, Storage, Recovery and Atomicity, Recovery
Algorithm, Buffer Management, Failure with loss of nonvolatile storage, Early Lock Release
and Logical Undo Operations, Remote Backup systems.

UNIT - V
Storage and Indexing: Overview of Storage and Indexing: Data on External Storage, File
Organization and Indexing, Index Data Structures, Comparison of File Organizations.
Tree-Structured Indexing: Intuition for tree Indexes, Indexed Sequential Access Method
(ISAM), B+ Trees: A Dynamic Index Structure, Search, Insert, Delete.
Hash- Based Indexing: Static Hashing, Extendible hashing, Linear Hashing, Extendible vs.
Linear Hashing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Data base Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 3rd Edition. (Part of UNIT-I, UNIT-II,
UNIT-III, UNIT-V)
2. Data base System Concepts, A. Silberschatz, Henry. F. Korth, S. Sudarshan,
McGraw Hill Education(India) Private Limited l, 6th edition.( Part of UNIT-I,
UNIT-IV)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Database Systems, 6th edition, R Elmasri, Shamkant [Link], Pearson
Education.
2. Database System Concepts, Peter Rob & Carlos Coronel, Cengage Learning.
3. Introduction to Database Management, M. L. Gillenson and others, Wiley Student
Edition.
4. Database Development and Management, Lee Chao, Auerbach publications, Taylor
& Francis Group.
5. Introduction to Database Systems, C. J. Date, Pearson Education.

214
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
JAVA PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand object oriented programming concepts, and apply them in problem
solving.
 To learn the basics of java Console and GUI based programming.

Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of OOP concepts and basics of java programming (Console and GUI
based).
 The skills to apply OOP and Java programming in problem solving.
 Should have the ability to extend his/her knowledge of Java programming further on
his/her own.

UNIT- I
OOP concepts – Data abstraction, encapsulation, inheritance, benefits of inheritance,
polymorphism, classes and objects, Procedural and object oriented programming paradigms
Java programming - History of Java, comments, data types, variables, constants, scope and
life time of variables, operators, operator hierarchy, expressions, type conversion and casting,
enumerated types, control flow - block scope, conditional statements, loops, break and
continue statements, simple java stand alone programs, arrays, console input and output,
formatting output, constructors, methods, parameter passing, static fields and methods, access
control, this reference, overloading methods and constructors, recursion, garbage collection,
building strings, exploring string class.

UNIT- II
Inheritance - Inheritance hierarchies, super and sub classes, Member access rules, super
keyword, preventing inheritance: final classes and methods, the Object class and its methods
Polymorphism- dynamic binding, method overriding, abstract classes and methods.
Interfaces – Interfaces vs. Abstract classes, defining an interface, implementing interfaces,
accessing implementations through interface references, extending interface.
Inner classes – Uses of inner classes, local inner classes, anonymous inner classes, static
inner classes, examples.
Packages-Defining, Creating and Accessing a Package, Understanding CLASSPATH,
importing packages.

215
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT- III
Exception handling – Dealing with errors, benefits of exception handling, the classification
of exceptions- exception hierarchy, checked exceptions and unchecked exceptions, usage of
try, catch, throw, throws and finally, re-throwing exceptions, exception specification, built in
exceptions, creating own exception sub classes.
Multithreading - Differences between multiple processes and multiple threads, thread states,
creating threads, interrupting threads, thread priorities, synchronizing threads, inter-thread
communication, producer consumer pattern.

UNIT- IV
Collection Framework in Java – Introduction to Java Collections, Overview of Java
Collection frame work, Generics, Commonly used Collection classes– Array List, Vector,
Hash table, Stack, Enumeration, Iterator, String Tokenizer, Random, Scanner, calendar and
Properties
Files – streams- byte streams, character streams, text Input/output, binary input/output,
random access file operations, File management using File class.
Connecting to Database - JDBC Type 1 to 4 drivers, connecting to a database, querying a
database and processing the results, updating data with JDBC.

UNIT- V
GUI Programming with Java - The AWT class hierarchy, Introduction to Swing, Swing vs.
AWT, Hierarchy for Swing components, Containers – JFrame, JApplet, JDialog, JPanel,
Overview of some swing components- Jbutton, JLabel, JTextField, JTextArea, simple swing
applications, Layout management - Layout manager types – border, grid and flow
Event handling - Events, Event sources, Event classes, Event Listeners, Relationship
between Event sources and Listeners, Delegation event model, Examples: handling a button
click, handling mouse events, Adapter classes.
Applets – Inheritance hierarchy for applets, differences between applets and applications, life
cycle of an applet, passing parameters to applets, applet security issues.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Java Fundamentals – A comprehensive Introduction, Herbert Schildt and Dale Skrien,
TMH.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Java for Programmers, [Link] and [Link], Pearson education (OR) Java: How
to Program [Link] and [Link], PHI.
2. Object Oriented Programming through Java, [Link] Krishna, Universities Press.
3. Thinking in Java, Bruce Eckel, Pearson Education
4. Programming in Java, [Link] and [Link], Oxford Univ. Press.

216
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
SOFTWARE TESTING METHODOLOGIES
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
To understand the software testing methodologies such as flow graphs and path testing,
transaction flows testing, data flow testing, domain testing and logic base testing.

Course Outcomes:
 Ability to apply the process of testing and various methodologies in testing for
developed software.
 Ability to write test cases for given software to test it before delivery to the customer.

UNIT - I
Introduction:- Purpose of testing, Dichotomies, model for testing, consequences of bugs,
taxonomy of bugs.
Flow graphs and Path testing:- Basics concepts of path testing, predicates, path predicates and
achievable paths, path sensitizing, path instrumentation, application of path testing.

UNIT - II
Transaction Flow Testing:-transaction flows, transaction flow testing techniques.
Dataflow testing:- Basics of dataflow testing, strategies in dataflow testing, application of
dataflow testing.

UNIT - III
Domain Testing:-domains and paths, Nice & ugly domains, domain testing, domains and
interfaces testing, domain and interface testing, domains and testability.

UNIT-IV
Paths, Path products and Regular expressions:- path products & path expression, reduction
procedure, applications, regular expressions & flow anomaly detection.
Logic Based Testing:- overview, decision tables, path expressions, kv charts, specifications.

UNIT - V
State, State Graphs and Transition testing:- state graphs, good & bad state graphs, state
testing, Testability tips.
Graph Matrices and Application:-Motivational overview, matrix of graph, relations, power of
a matrix, node reduction algorithm, building tools. (Student should be given an exposure to a
tool like JMeter or Win-runner).

217
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Software Testing techniques – Boris Beizer, Dreamtech, second edition.
2. Software Testing Tools – [Link], Dreamtech.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The craft of software testing - Brian Marick, Pearson Education.
2. Software Testing,3rd edition,P.C. Jorgensen, Aurbach Publications ([Link] SPD).
3. Software Testing, [Link], Oxford University Press.
4. Introduction to Software Testing, [Link]&[Link], Cambridge [Link].
5. Effective methods of Software Testing, Perry, John Wiley, 2nd Edition, 1999.
6. Software Testing Concepts and Tools, [Link] Rao, dreamtech Press.
7. Software Testing, [Link], TMH.
8. Software Testing, [Link], [Link], Pearson.
9. Foundations of Software Testing, [Link] & Others, Cengage Learning.
10. Foundations of Software Testing, [Link], Pearson.

218
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING / [Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
CYBER SECURITY
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS623OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT- I
Introduction to Cybercrime: Introduction, Cybercrime, and Information Security, Who are
Cybercriminals, Classifications of Cybercrimes, And Cybercrime: The legal Perspectives and
Indian Perspective, Cybercrime and the Indian ITA 2000, A Global Perspective on
Cybercrimes.

UNIT - II
Cyber Offenses: How Criminals Plan Them: Introduction, How Criminals plan the
Attacks, Social Engineering, Cyber stalking, Cyber cafe and Cybercrimes, Botnets: The Fuel
for Cybercrime, Attack Vector, Cloud Computing.

UNIT - III
Cybercrime: Mobile and Wireless Devices: Introduction, Proliferation of Mobile and
Wireless Devices, Trends in Mobility, Credit card Frauds in Mobile and Wireless Computing
Era, Security Challenges Posed by Mobile Devices, Registry Settings for Mobile Devices,
Authentication service Security, Attacks on Mobile/Cell Phones, Mobile Devices: Security
Implications for Organizations, Organizational Measures for Handling Mobile,
Organizational Security Policies an Measures in Mobile Computing Era, Laptops.

UNIT IV
Tools and Methods Used in Cybercrime: Introduction, Proxy Servers and Anonymizers,
Phishing, Password Cracking, Keyloggers and Spywares, Virus and Worms, Trojan Horse
and Backdoors, Steganography, DoS and DDoS attacks, SQL Injection, Buffer Overflow.

UNIT V
Cyber Security: Organizational Implications
Introduction, Cost of Cybercrimes and IPR issues, Web threats for Organizations, Security
and Privacy Implications, Social media marketing: Security Risks and Perils for
Organizations, Social Computing and the associated challenges for Organizations.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Cyber Security: Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives, Nina Godbole and Sunil Belapure, Wiley INDIA.

219
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Cyber Security Essentials, James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Otson, CRC
Press.
2. Introduction to Cyber Security , Chwan-Hwa(john) Wu,[Link] [Link] Press
T&F Group

220
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
LINUX PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS831OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand and make effective use of Linux utilities and Shell scripting language
(bash) to solve Problems.
 To implement in C some standard Linux utilities such as ls, mv, cp etc. using system
calls.
 To develop the skills necessary for systems programming including file system
programming, process and signal management, and interprocess communication.
 To develop the basic skills required to write network programs using Sockets.

Course Outcomes:
 Work confidently in Linux environment.
 Work with shell script to automate different tasks as Linux administration.

UNIT- I
Linux Utilities - File handling utilities, Security by file permissions, Process utilities, Disk
utilities, Networking commands, Filters, Text processing utilities and Backup utilities.
Sed-Scripts, Operation, Addresses, Commands, Applications, awk-Execution, Fields and
Records, Scripts, Operation, Patterns, Actions, Associative Arrays, String and Mathematical
functions, System commands in awk, Applications.
Shell programming with Bourne again shell (bash) - Introduction, shell responsibilities,
pipes and Redirection, here documents, running a shell script, the shell as a programming
language, shell meta characters, file name substitution, shell variables, command substitution,
shell commands, the environment, quoting, test command, control structures, arithmetic in
shell, shell script examples, interrupt processing, functions, debugging shell scripts.

UNIT- II
Files and Directories - File Concept, File types, File System Structure, file metadata-Inodes,
kernel support for files, system calls for file I/O operations- open, creat, read, write, close,
lseek, dup2, file status information-stat family, file and record locking- fcntl function, file
permissions - chmod, fchmod, file ownership-chown, lchown, fchown, links-soft links and
hard links – symlink, link, unlink. Directories - Creating, removing and changing
Directories-mkdir, rmdir, chdir, obtaining current working directory-getcwd, Directory
contents, Scanning Directories-opendir, readdir, closedir, rewinddir functions.

221
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT- III
Process – Process concept, Layout of a C program image in main memory, Process
environment-environment list, environment variables, getenv, setenv, Kernel support for
process, process identification, process control - process creation, replacing a process image,
waiting for a process, process termination, zombie process, orphan process, system call
interface for process management-fork, vfork, exit, wait, waitpid, exec family, Process
Groups, Sessions and Controlling Terminal, Differences between threads and processes.
Signals – Introduction to signals, Signal generation and handling, Kernel support for signals,
Signal function, unreliable signals, reliable signals, kill, raise, alarm, pause, abort, sleep
functions.

UNIT- IV
Interprocess Communication - Introduction to IPC, IPC between processes on a single
computer system, IPC between processes on different systems, pipes-creation, IPC between
related processes using unnamed pipes, FIFOs-creation, IPC between unrelated processes
using FIFOs (Named pipes), differences between unnamed and named pipes, popen and
pclose library functions. Message Queues - Kernel support for messages, APIs for message
queues, client/server example. Semaphores - Kernel support for semaphores, APIs for
semaphores, file locking with semaphores.

UNIT- V
Shared Memory - Kernel support for shared memory, APIs for shared memory, shared
memory example. Sockets - Introduction to Berkeley Sockets, IPC over a network, Client-
Server model, Socket address structures (Unix domain and Internet domain),Socket system
calls for connection oriented protocol and connectionless protocol, example-client/server
programs-Single Server-Client connection, Multiple simultaneous clients, Socket options-
setsockopt and fcntl system calls, Comparison of IPC mechanisms.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Unix System Programming using C++, T. Chan, PHI.
2. Unix Concepts and Applications, 4th Edition, Sumitabha Das, TMH.
3. Unix Network Programming, W. R. Stevens, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Beginning Linux Programming, 4th Edition, N. Matthew, R. Stones, Wrox, Wiley
India Edition.
2. Unix for programmers and users, 3rd Edition, Graham Glass, King Ables, Pearson.
3. System Programming with C and Unix, A. Hoover, Pearson.
4. Unix System Programming, Communication, Concurrency and Threads, K. A.
Robbins and S. Robbins, Pearson Education.
5. Unix shell Programming, S. G. Kochan and P. Wood, 3rd edition, Pearson Education.
6. Shell Scripting, S. Parker, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

222
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

7. Advanced Programming in the Unix Environment, 2nd edition, W. R. Stevens and S.

A. Rago, Pearson Education.
8. Unix and Shell programming, B. A. Forouzan and R. F. Gilberg, Cengage Learning.
9. Linux System Programming, Robert Love, O’Reilly, SPD.
10. C Programming Language, Kernighan and Ritchie, PHI

223
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
R PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Understanding and being able to use basic programming concepts
 Automate data analysis
 Working collaboratively and openly on code
 Knowing how to generate dynamic documents
 Being able to use a continuous test-driven development approach

Course Outcomes:
 be able to use and program in the programming language R
 be able to use R to solve statistical problems
 be able to implement and describe Monte Carlo the technology
 be able to minimize and maximize functions using R

UNIT – I
Introduction: Overview of R, R data types and objects, reading and writing data, sub setting
R Objects, Essentials of the R Language, Installing R, Running R, Packages in R,
Calculations, Complex numbers in R, Rounding, Arithmetic, Modulo and integer quotients,
Variable names and assignment, Operators, Integers, Factors, Logical operations

UNIT – II
Control structures, functions, scoping rules, dates and times, Introduction to Functions,
preview of Some Important R Data Structures, Vectors, Character Strings, Matrices, Lists,
Data Frames, Classes
Vectors: Generating sequences, Vectors and subscripts, Extracting elements of a vector using
subscripts, Working with logical subscripts, Scalars, Vectors, Arrays, and Matrices, Adding
and Deleting Vector Elements, Obtaining the Length of a Vector, Matrices and Arrays as
Vectors Vector Arithmetic and Logical Operations, Vector Indexing, Common Vector
Operations

UNIT – III
Lists: Creating Lists, General List Operations, List Indexing Adding and Deleting List
Elements, Getting the Size of a List, Extended Example: Text Concordance Accessing List
Components and Values Applying Functions to Lists, DATA FRAMES, Creating Data
Frames, Accessing Data Frames, Other Matrix-Like Operations

224
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
FACTORS AND TABLES, Factors and Levels, Common Functions Used with Factors,
Working with Tables, Matrix/Array-Like Operations on Tables , Extracting a Subtable,
Finding the Largest Cells in a Table, Math Functions, Calculating a Probability, Cumulative
Sums and Products, Minima and Maxima, Calculus, Functions for Statistical Distributions

UNIT - V
OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: S Classes, S Generic Functions, Writing S
Classes, Using Inheritance, S Classes, Writing S Classes, Implementing a Generic Function
on an S Class, visualization, Simulation, code profiling, Statistical Analysis with R, data
manipulation

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R Programming for Data Science by Roger D. Peng
2. The Art of R Programming by Prashanth singh, Vivek Mourya, Cengage Learning
India.

225
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING/[Link] INFORMATION

TECHNOLOGY
PHP PROGRAMMING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CS833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Gain the PHP programming skills needed to successfully build interactive, data-
driven sites
 Use the MVC pattern to organize code
 Test and debug a PHP application
 Work with form data
 Use cookies and sessions
 Work with regular expressions, handle exceptions, and validate data

Course Outcomes:
 Be able to develop a form containing several fields and be able to process the data
provided on the form by a user in a PHP-based script.
 Understand basic PHP syntax for variable use and standard language constructs, such
as conditionals and loops.
 Understand the syntax and use of PHP object-oriented classes.
 Understand the syntax and functions available to deal with file processing for files on
the server as well as processing web URLs.
 Understand the paradigm for dealing with form-based data, both from the syntax of
HTML forms, and how they are accessed inside a PHP-based script.

Unit - I:
INTRODUCTION TO PHP: History of PHP, Apache Web Server, MySQL and Open
Source, Relationship between Apache, MySQL and PHP (AMP Module), PHP configuration
in IIS, Apache Web server
BASICS OF PHP: PHP structure and syntax, Creating the PHP pages, Rules of PHP syntax,
Integrating HTML with PHP, Constants, Variables : static and global variable, Conditional
Structure & Looping, PHP Operators, Arrays, for each constructs, User defined function,
argument function, Variable function, Return Function, default argument, variable length
argument.

Unit - II:
WORKING WITH FUNCTIONS: Variable Function, String Function, Math Function,
Date Function, Array Function, and File Function. User defined function, Systems defined
function, Parameterized function, Non parameterized function, Dynamic parameter in
function, Variable scope, Passing Argument in function, Static function.

226
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Unit - III:
WORKING WITH DATA: FORM element, INPUT elements, Processing the form, User
Input, Adding items, Validating the user input, Passing variables between pages. Files,
Creating and deleting file, Reading and writing file, Working with file, Creating and deleting
folder, Working with regular Expression Basic regular expression, Matching patterns,
Finding match, Replace match,

Unit - IV:
ERROR HANDLING: Error types in PHP, Generating PHP errors, Exceptions, Parse errors,
State Management: - Cookies Session, Destroying cookies and session Http management,
Sent mail
Images with PHP: Working with GD Library, File types with GD and PHP, Compiling PHP
with GD, Creating the image table, uploading the image.

Unit - V:
INTRODUCTION TO MYSQL: MySQL structure and syntax, Types of MySQL tables
and storages engines, MySQL commands, Integration of PHP with MySQL, Connection to
the MySQL server, Working with PHP and arrays of data, Referencing two tables, Joining
two tables.
WORKING WITH DATABASE: Creating a table, manipulating the table, editing the
database, inserting a record, deleting a record, editing data
Understand process of executing a PHP-based script on a webserver.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Beginning PHP, Apache, MySQL Web Development - Elizabeth Naramore, Jason
Gerner, Yann Le, Scouarnec, Jeremy Stolz, Michael K. Glass, Gary Mailer - By Wrox
Publication.
2. PHP, MySQL and Apache - Julie C. Melone By Pearson Education

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Beginning PHP 5.3, by Matt Doyle - By Wrox Publication
2. PHP and MySQL Bible – Tim Converse and Joyce Park with Clark Morgam By
Wiley INDIA

227
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

/ [Link] ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EC511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The objective of this subject is to:

 Introduce the students to modulation and various analog and digital modulation
schemes.
 They can have a broad understanding of satellite, optical, cellular, mobile, wireless
and telecom concepts.

Course Outcomes: By completing this subject, the student can

 Work on various types of modulations.
 Should be able to use these communication modules in implementation.
 Will have a basic understanding of various wireless and cellular, mobile and
telephone communication systems.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Need for Modulation, Frequency translation, Electromagnetic spectrum, Gain,
Attenuation and decibels.

UNIT - II
Simple description on Modulation: Analog Modulation-AM, FM, Pulse Modulation-PAM,
PWM, PCM, Digital Modulation Techniques-ASK, FSK, PSK, QPSK modulation and
demodulation schemes.

UNIT - III
Telecommunication Systems: Telephones Telephone system, Paging systems, Internet
Telephony.
Networking and Local Area Networks: Network fundamentals, LAN hardware, Ethernet
LANs, Token Ring LAN.

UNIT - IV
Satellite Communication: Satellite Orbits, satellite communication systems, satellite
subsystems, Ground Stations Satellite Applications, Global Positioning systems.
Optical Communication: Optical Principles, Optical Communication Systems, Fiber –Optic
Cables, Optical Transmitters & Receivers, Wavelength Division Multiplexing.

228
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Cellular and Mobile Communications: Cellular telephone systems, AMPS, GSM, CDMA,
and WCDMA.
Wireless Technologies: Wireless LAN, PANs and Bluetooth, Zig Bee and Mesh Wireless
networks, Wimax and MANs, Infrared wireless, RFID communication, UWB.

Text Books:
1. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems, Louis E. Frenzel, 3e, McGraw Hill
publications, 2008.
2. Electronic Communications systems, Kennedy, Davis 4e, MC GRAW HILL
EDUCATION, 1999

Reference Books:
1. Theodore Rapp port, Wireless Communications - Principles and practice, Prentice
Hall, 2002.
2. Roger L. Freeman, Fundamentals of Telecommunications, 2e, Wiley publications.
3. Introduction to data communications and networking, Wayne Tomasi, Pearson
Education, 2005.

229
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

/ [Link] ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EC621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concept of computer communication.
2. To learn about the networking concept, layered protocols.
3. To understand various communications concepts.
4. To get the knowledge of various networking equipment.

Course Outcomes:
1. The student can get the knowledge of networking of computers, data transmission
between computers.
2. Will have the exposure about the various communication concepts.
3. Will get awareness about the structure and equipment of computer network structures.

UNIT - I
Overview of Computer Communications and Networking: Introduction to Computer
Communications and Networking, Introduction to Computer Network, Types of Computer
Networks, Network Addressing, Routing, Reliability, Interoperability and Security, Network
Standards, The Telephone System and Data Communications.

UNIT - II
Essential Terms and Concepts: Computer Applications and application protocols,
Computer Communications and Networking models, Communication Service Methods and
data transmission modes, analog and Digital Communications , Speed and capacity of a
Communication Channel, Multiplexing and switching, Network architecture and the OSI
reference model.

UNIT - III
Analog and Digital Communication Concepts: Representing data as analog signals,
representing data as digital signals, data rate and bandwidth reduction, Digital Carrier
Systems.

UNIT - IV
Physical and data link layer Concepts: The Physical and Electrical Characteristics of wire,
Copper media, fiber optic media, wireless Communications. Introduction to data link Layer ,
the logical link control and medium access control sub-layers.

230
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Network Hardware Components: Introduction to Connectors, Transreceivers and media
convertors, repeaters, network interference cards and PC cards, bridges, switches, switches
Vs Routers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer Communications and Networking Technologies, Michel A. Gallo and
William H. Hancock, Thomson Brooks / Cole.
2. Data Communications and Networking – Behrouz A. Forouzan, Fourth Edition MC
GRAW HILL EDUCATION, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Principles of Computer Networks and Communications, M. Barry Dumas, Morris
Schwartz, Pearson.
2. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, James F.
Kurose, K. W. Ross, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.

231
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

/ [Link] ELECTRONICS AND TELEMATICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRONIC MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EC831OE 3 0 0 3

Note: No detailed mathematical treatment is required.

Course Objectives:
 It provides an understanding of various measuring systems functioning and metrics
for performance analysis.
 Provides understanding of principle of operation, working of different electronic
instruments viz. signal generators, signal analyzers, recorders and measuring
equipment.
 Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of
different physical parameters using different classes of transducers.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student can be able to

 Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications for carrying
out a particular task of measurement.
 Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers.
 Use various types of signal generators, signal analyzers for generating and analyzing
various real-time signals.

UNIT - I
Block Schematics of Measuring Systems and Performance Metrics: Performance
Characteristics, Static Characteristics, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Types of Errors,
Gaussian Error, Root Sum Squares formula, Dynamic Characteristics, Repeatability,
Reproducibility, Fidelity, Lag.

UNIT - II
Signal Generators: AF, RF Signal Generators, Sweep Frequency Generators, Pulse and
Square wave Generators, Function Generators, Arbitrary Waveform Generator, and
Specifications.

UNIT - III
Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters, D’ Arsonval Movement, DC Current Meters, AC
Voltmeters and Current Meters, Ohmmeters, Multimeters, Meter Protection, Extension of
Range, True RMS Responding Voltmeters, Specifications of Instruments. CRT, Block
Schematic of CRO, Time Base Circuits, Lissajous Figures, CRO Probes.

232
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Recorders: X-Y Plotter, Curve tracer, Galvanometric Recorders, Servo transducers, pen
driving mechanisms, Magnetic Recording, Magnetic recording techniques.
UNIT - V
Transducers: Classification, Strain Gauges, Bounded, unbounded; Force and Displacement
Transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Hotwire Anemometers, LVDT, Thermocouples,
Synchros, Special Resistance Thermometers, Digital Temperature sensing system,
Piezoelectric Transducers, Variable Capacitance Transducers, Magneto Strictive Transducers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation: B.M. Oliver, J.M. Cage TMH Reprint
2009.
2. Electronic Instrumentation: [Link] – TMH, 2nd Edition 2004.

REFERENCES:
1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Bell, Oxford Univ. Press,
1997.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A.D. Helbincs,
W.D. Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003.
3. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K. Lal Kishore, Pearson Education
2010.
4. Industrial Instrumentation: T.R. Padmanabham Springer 2009.

233
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

SCRIPTING LANGUAGES
(Open Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to study:

 The principles of scripting languages.
 Motivation for and applications of scripting.
 Difference between scripting languages and non- scripting languages.
 Types of scripting languages.
 Scripting languages such as PERL, TCL/TK, python and BASH.
 Creation of programs in the Linux environment.
 Usage of scripting languages in IC design flow.

Course Outcomes:
Upon learning the course, the student will have the:
 Ability to create and run scripts using PERL/TCl/Python in IC design flow.
 Ability to use Linux environment and write programs for automation of scripts in
VLSI tool design flow.

UNIT –I:
Linux Basics:
Introduction to Linux , File System of the Linux, General usage of Linux kernel & basic
commands, Linux users and group, Permissions for file, directory and users, searching a file
& directory, zipping and unzipping concepts.

UNIT –II :
Linux Networking:
Introduction to Networking in Linux, Network basics & Tools, File Transfer Protocol in
Linux, Network file system, Domain Naming Services, Dynamic hosting configuration
Protocol & Network information Services.

UNIT –III :
Perl Scripting:
Introduction to Perl Scripting, working with simple values, Lists and Hashes, Loops and
Decisions, Regular Expressions, Files and Data in Perl Scripting, References & Subroutines,
Running and Debugging Perl, Modules, Object – Oriented Perl.

234
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT –IV:
Tcl / Tk Scripting:
Tcl Fundamentals, String and Pattern Matching, Tcl Data Structures, Control Flow
Commands, Procedures and Scope, Evel, Working with Unix, Reflection and Debugging,
Script Libraries, Tk Fundamentals, Tk by examples, The Pack Geometry Manager, Binding
Commands to X Events, Buttons and Menus, Simple Tk Widgets, Entry and List box
Widgets Focus, Grabs and Dialogs.

UNIT –V :
Python Scripting:
Introduction to Python, using the Python Interpreter, More Control Flow Tools, Data
Structures, Modules, Input and Output, Errors and Exceptions, Classes, Brief Tour of the
Standard Library.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Python Tutorial by Guido Van Rossum, Fred L. Drake Jr. editor , Release 2.6.4
2. Practical Programming in Tcl and Tk by Brent Welch, Updated for Tcl 7.4 and Tk
4.0.
3. Teach Yorself Perl in 21 days by David Till.
4. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 : System Administration Guide Copyright, 2005 Red Hat
Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Learning Python – 2nd Ed., Mark Lutz and David Ascher, 2003, O’Reilly.
2. Perl in 24 Hours – 3rd Ed., Clinton Pierce, 2005, Sams Publishing.
3. Learning Perl – 4th Ed. Randal Schwartz, Tom Phoenix and Brain d foy. 2005.
4. Jython Essentials – Samuele Pedroni and Noel Pappin.2002. O’Reilly.
5. Programming Perl – Larry Wall, Tom Christiansen and John Orwant, 3rd Edition,
O’Reilly, 2000. (ISBN 0596000278)

235
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM621OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil.

Course Objectives: This course makes the students to Understand

 Fundamentals of Neural Networks & Feed Forward Networks.
 Associative Memories & ART Neural Networks.
 Fuzzy Logic & Systems.
 Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course the students will be able to

 Identify and employ suitable soft computing techniques in classification and
optimization problems.
 Design hybrid systems to suit a given real – life problem.

UNIT –I:
Fundamentals of Neural Networks & Feed Forward Networks:
Basic Concept of Neural Networks, Human Brain, Models of an Artificial Neuron, Learning
Methods, Neural Networks Architectures, Single Layer Feed Forward Neural Network :The
Perceptron Model, Multilayer Feed Forward Neural Network :Architecture of a Back
Propagation Network (BPN), The Solution, Back propagation Learning, Selection of various
Parameters in BPN. Application of Back propagation Networks in Pattern Recognition &
Image Processing.

UNIT –II:
Associative Memories & ART Neural Networks:
Basic concepts of Linear Associator, Basic concepts of Dynamical systems, Mathematical
Foundation of Discrete-Time Hop field Networks(HPF), Mathematical Foundation of
Gradient-Type Hopfield Networks, Transient response of Continuous Time Networks,
Applications of HPF in Solution of Optimization Problem: Minimization of the Traveling
salesman tour length, Summing networks with digital outputs, Solving Simultaneous Linear
Equations, Bidirectional Associative Memory Networks; Cluster Structure, Vector
Quantization, Classical ART Networks, Simplified ART Architecture.

236
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT –III:
Fuzzy Logic & Systems:
Fuzzy sets, Crisp Relations, Fuzzy Relations, Crisp Logic, Predicate Logic, Fuzzy Logic,
Fuzzy Rule based system, Defuzzification Methods, Applications: Greg Viot’s Fuzzy Cruise
Controller, Air Conditioner Controller.

UNIT –IV:
Genetic Algorithms:
Basic Concepts of Genetic Algorithms (GA), Biological background, Creation of Offsprings,
Working Principle, Encoding, Fitness Function, Reproduction, Inheritance Operators, Cross
Over, Inversion and Deletion, Mutation Operator, Bit-wise Operators used in GA,
Generational Cycle, Convergence of Genetic Algorithm.

UNIT –V:
Hybrid Systems:
Types of Hybrid Systems, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic, and Genetic Algorithms Hybrid,
Genetic Algorithm based BPN: GA Based weight Determination, Fuzzy Back Propagation
Dept. of ECE, JNTUHCEH [Link]. (SSP) (FT) w.e.f. 2015-16 56 Networks: LR-type fuzzy
numbers, Fuzzy Neuron, Fuzzy BP Architecture, Learning in Fuzzy BPN, Inference by fuzzy
BPN.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems - [Link], Jaico Publishers
2. Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic & Genetic Algorithms: Synthesis & Applications -
[Link], G.A. Vijayalakshmi Pai, July 2011, PHI, New Delhi.
3. Genetic Algorithms by David E. Gold Berg, Pearson Education India, 2006.
4. Neural Networks & Fuzzy Sytems- Kosko.B., PHI, Delhi,1994.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Artificial Neural Networks - Dr. B. Yagananarayana, 1999, PHI, New Delhi.
2. An introduction to Genetic Algorithms - Mitchell Melanie, MIT Press, 1998
3. Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty and Information- Klir G.J. & Folger. T. A., PHI, Delhi, 1993

237
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

DATA ANALYTICS
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM831OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives: The student should be made to :

 Be exposed to conceptual frame work of big data.
 Understand different techniques of Data Analysis.
 Be familiar with concepts of data streams.
 Be exposed to item sets, Clustering, frame works and Visualization.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the students will be able to
 Understand Big data fundamentals.
 Learn various Data Analysis Techniques
 Implement various Data streams.
 Understand item sets, Clustering, frame works & Visualizations.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Big Data: Introduction to Big Data Platform – Challenges of Conventional
systems – Web data – Evolution of Analytic scalability , analytic process and tools , Analysis
vs Reporting – Modern data analytic tools, stastical concepts : Sampling distributions,
resampling , statistical inference, prediction error.

UNIT – II
Data Analysis: Regression modeling , Multivariate analysis, Bayesian modeling , inference
and Bayesian networks , Support vector and Kernel methods, Analysis of time series : Linear
systems analysis , nonlinear dynamics – Rule induction – Neural networks : Learning and and
Generalisation, competitive learning, Principal component analysis and neural networks ;
Fuzzy Logic : extracting fuzzy models from data , fuzzy decision trees, Stochastic search
methods.

UNIT – III
Mining Data Streams: Introduction to Streams Concepts – Stream data model and
architecture – Stream Computing , Sampling data in a stream – Filtering streams – Counting
distinct elements in a stream – Estimating moments – Counting oneness in a Window –
Decaying window – Real time Analytics Platform ( RTAP) applications – case studies – real
time sentiment analysis, stock market predictions.

238
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – IV
Frequent Itemsets and clustering: Mining Frequent itemsets – Market based Modeling –
Apriori Algorithm – Handling large data sets in Main Memory – Limited Pass Algorithm –
Counting frequent itemsets in a Stream – Clustering Techniques – Hierarchical – K-Means –
Clustering high dimensional data – CLIQUE and ProCLUS – Frequent pattern based
clustering methods – Clustering in non-euclidean space – Clustering for streams and
Parallelism.

UNIT – V
Frame Works and Visualization: MapReduce – Hadoop, Hive , MapR – Sharding –
NoSQL Databases – S3 – Hadoop Distributed file systems – Visualizations – Visual data
analysis techniques, interaction techniques : systems and Applications .

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, Intelligent Data Analysis, Springer, 2007.
2. Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, Mining of Massive Datasets, Cambridge
University Press, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bill Franks, Taming the Big Data Tidal wave: Finding Opportunities in Huge Data
Streams with advanced analytics, John Wiley & sons, 2012.
2. Glenn J. Myatt, Making Sense of Data, John Wiley & sons, 2007 Pete Warden, Big
Data Glossary, O’Reilly, 2011.
3. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, Second
Edition, Elsevier, Reprinted 2008.

239
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

NON-CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE511OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil.

Course Objectives:
 To introduce various types of renewable energy technologies
 To understand the technologies of energy conversion from the resources and their
quantitative analysis.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 Analyze solar thermal and photovoltaic systems and related technologies for energy
conversion.
 Understand Wind energy conversion and devices available for it.
 Understand Biomass conversion technologies, Geo thermal resources and energy
conversion principles and technologies.
 Realize Power from oceans (thermal, wave, tidal) and conversion devices.
 Understand fundamentals of fuel cells and commercial batteries.

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Solar Energy-Solar spectrum- Solar Radiation on Earth’s surface-Solar
radiation geometry-Solar radiation measurements- Solar radiation data- Solar radiation on
horizontal and tilted surfaces. Solar Thermal conversion- Flat plate collectors- concentrated
collectors- construction and thermal analysis- Solar applications- Solar ponds- Heliostat
systems-water heater-air heater-solar still.

UNIT - II
Solar-Electric Power generation- Photovoltaic cells- Equivalent circuit- V-I Characteristics-
Photovoltaic modules – constructional details- design considerations- Tracking- Maximum
power point tracking - Solar Thermo electric conversion.

UNIT - III
Wind Energy- Fundamentals of wind energy-power available in wind- Betz Limit-
Aerodynamics of wind turbine- Wind turbines- Horizontal and vertical axis turbines –their
configurations- Wind Energy conversion systems.

UNIT - IV
Energy from Bio Mass- Various fuels- Sources-Conversion technologies-Wet Processes –
Dry Processes- Bio Gas generation – Aerobic and anaerobic digestion - Factors affecting

240
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

generation of bio gas - Classification of bio gas plants-Different Indian digesters- Digester
design considerations - Gasification process - Gasifiers – Applications. Geothermal Energy -
sources- Hydrothermal convective - Geo-pressure resources - Petro-thermal systems (HDR) -
Magma Resources-Prime Movers.

UNIT - V
OTEC Systems- Principle of operation - Open and closed cycles, Energy from Tides -
Principle of Tidal Power - Components of tidal Power plants - Operation Methods -
Estimation of Energy in Single and double basin systems - Energy and Power from Waves-
Wave energy conversion devices - Fuel Cells - Design and Principle of operation - Types of
Fuel Cells - Advantages and disadvantages - Types of Electrodes – Applications - Basics of
Batteries - Constructional details of Lead acid batteries - Ni-Cd Batteries.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “John Twidell & Wier”, “Renewable Energy Resources”, CRC Press, 2009.
2. “G. D. Rai”, “Non Conventional Energy sources”, Khanna publishers, 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “D. P .Kothari, Singal, Rakesh and Ranjan”, “Renewable Energy sources and
Emerging Technologies”, PHI, 2009.
2. “F. C. Treble”, Generating Electricity from Sun, Pergamon Press, 1st Edition 1991
3. “C. S. Solanki”, “Solar Photovoltaics - Fundamentals- Principles and Applications”,
PHI, 2009
4. “S. P. Sukhatme”, “Solar Energy Principles and Application”, TMH, 2009.

241
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE512OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Engineering chemistry and Engineering Physics - II

Course Objective:
 To understand the importance of various materials used in electrical engineering and
obtain a qualitative analysis of their behavior and applications.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 Understand various types of dielectric materials, their properties in various conditions.
 Evaluate magnetic materials and their behavior.
 Evaluate semiconductor materials and technologies.
 Acquire Knowledge on Materials used in electrical engineering and applications.

UNIT- I
Dielectric Materials: Dielectric as Electric Field Medium, leakage currents, dielectric loss,
dielectric strength, breakdown voltage, breakdown in solid dielectrics, flashover, liquid
dielectrics, electric conductivity in solid, liquid and gaseous dielectrics, Ferromagnetic
materials, properties of ferromagnetic materials in static fields, spontaneous, polarization,
curie point, anti-ferromagnetic materials, piezoelectric materials, pyroelectric materials.

UNIT – II
Magnetic Materials: Classification of magnetic materials, spontaneous magnetization in
ferromagnetic materials, magnetic Anisotropy, Magnetostriction, diamagnetism, magnetically
soft and hard materials, special purpose materials, feebly magnetic materials, Ferrites, cast
and cermet permanent magnets, ageing of magnets. Factors effecting permeability and
hysteresis

UNIT – III
Semiconductor Materials: Properties of semiconductors, Silicon wafers, integration
techniques, Large and very large scale integration techniques (VLSI)

UNIT – IV
Materials for Electrical Applications: Materials used for Resistors, rheostats, heaters,
transmission line structures, stranded conductors, bimetals fuses, soft and hard solders,
electric contact materials, electric carbon materials, thermocouple materials. Solid, Liquid
and Gaseous insulating materials, Effect of moisture on insulation.

242
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Special Purpose Materials: Refractory Materials, Structural Materials, Radioactive
Materials, Galvanization and Impregnation of materials, Processing of electronic materials,
Insulating varnishes and coolants, Properties and applications of mineral oils, Testing of
Transformer oil as per ISI

Text Books:
1. “R K Rajput”, “ A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Laxmi Publications,
2009
2. “T K Basak”, “ A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, New Age Science
Publications 2009

Reference Books:
1. TTTI Madras, “Electrical Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Education, 2004.
2. “[Link]”, Electrical Engineering Materials, PHI Publication, 2006.
3. S. P. Seth, P. V. Gupta “A course in Electrical Engineering Materials”, Dhanpat Rai &
Sons, 2011.

243
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

NANOTECHNOLOGY
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE513OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: Nano Technology is one of the core subjects of multidisciplinary nature.
This has extensive applications in the field of energy, electronics, Biomedical Engg. Etc.
Built to specifications by manufacturing matter on the atomic scale, the Nano products would
exhibit an order of magnitude improvement in strength, toughness, and efficiency. The
objective here is imparting the basic knowledge in Nano Science and Technology.

Course Outcomes: The present syllabus of “Introduction to Nano Technology” will give
insight into many aspects of Nanoscience, technology and their applications in the
prospective of materials science.

UNIT - I
Introduction: History and Scope, Can Small Things Make a Big Difference? Classification
of Nanostructured Materials, Fascinating Nanostructures, Applications of Nanomaterials,
Nature: The Best of Nanotechnologist, Challenges, and Future Prospects.

UNIT - II
Unique Properties of Nanomaterials: Microstructure and Defects in Nanocrystalline
Materials: Dislocations, Twins, stacking faults and voids, Grain Boundaries, triple and
disclinations,
Effect of Nano-dimensions on Materials Behavior: Elastic properties, Melting Point,
Diffusivity, Grain growth characteristics, enhanced solid solubility.
Magnetic Properties: Soft magnetic nanocrystalline alloy, Permanent magnetic
nanocrystalline materials, Giant Magnetic Resonance, Electrical Properties, Optical
Properties, Thermal Properties, and Mechanical Properties.

UNIT- III
Synthesis Routes: Bottom up approaches: Physical Vapor Deposition, Inert Gas
Condensation, Laser Ablation, Chemical Vapor Deposition, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Sol-
gel method ,Self-assembly, Top down approaches: Mechanical alloying, Nano-lithography,
Consolidation of Nanopowders: Shock wave consolidation, Hot isostatic pressing and Cold
isostatic pressing Spark plasma sintering.

UNIT - IV
Tools to Characterize nanomaterials: X-Ray Diffraction (XRD), Small Angle X-ray
scattering (SAXS), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM), Transmission Electron
Microscopy (TEM), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), Scanning Tunneling Microscope

244
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

(STM), Field Ion Microscope (FEM), Three-dimensional Atom Probe (3DAP),

Nanoindentation.

UNIT - V
Applications of Nanomaterials: Nano-electronics, Micro- and Nano-electromechanical
systems (MEMS/NEMS), Nanosensors, Nanocatalysts, Food and Agricultural Industry,
Cosmetic and Consumer Goods, Structure and Engineering, Automotive Industry, Water-
Treatment and the environment, Nano-medical applications, Textiles, Paints, Energy,
Defense and Space Applications, Concerns and challenges of Nanotechnology.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text Book of Nano Science and Nano Technology – B.S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev
Raj, B.B. Rath and James Munday, University Press-IIM.
2. Introduction to Nanotechnology – Charles P. Poole, Jr., and Frank J. Owens, Wley
India Edition, 2012.

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Nano: The Essentials by T. Pradeep, Mc Graw- Hill Education.
2. Nanomaterials, Nanotechnologies and Design by Michael F. Ashby, Paulo J. Ferreira
and Daniel L. Schodek.
3. Transport in Nano structures- David Ferry, Cambridge University press 2000
4. Nanofabrication towards biomedical application: Techniques, tools, Application and
impact – Ed. Challa S., S. R. Kumar, J. H. Carola.
5. Carbon Nanotubes: Properties and Applications- Michael J. O'Connell.
6. Electron Transport in Mesoscopic systems - S. Dutta, Cambridge University press.

245
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

DESIGN ESTIMATION AND COSTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE621OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Power systems - I & Power Systems - II

Course Objectives:
 To emphasize the estimation and costing aspects of all electrical equipment,
installation and designs on the cost viability.
 To design and estimation of wiring
 To design overhead and underground distribution lines, substations and illumination

Course Outcomes: After Completion of this course, student will be able to

 Understand the design considerations of electrical installations.
 Design electrical installation for buildings and small industries.
 Identify and design the various types of light sources for different applications.

UNIT - I
Design Considerations of Electrical Installations: Electric Supply System, Three phase
four wire distribution system, Protection of Electric Installation against over load, short
circuit and Earth fault, Earthing, General requirements of electrical installations, testing of
installations, Indian Electricity rules, Neutral and Earth wire, Types of loads, Systems of
wiring, Service connections , Service Mains, Sub-Circuits, Location of Outlets, Location of
Control Switches, Location of Main Board and Distribution board, Guide lines for
Installation of Fittings, Load Assessment, Permissible voltage drops and sizes of wires,
estimating and costing of Electric installations.

UNIT - II
Electrical Installation for Different Types of Buildings and Small Industries: Electrical
installations for residential buildings – estimating and costing of material, Electrical
installations for commercial buildings, Electrical installations for small industries.

UNIT - III
Overhead and Underground Transmission and Distribution Lines: Introduction,
Supports for transmission lines, Distribution lines – Materials used, Underground cables,
Mechanical Design of overhead lines, Design of underground cables.

246
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Substations: Introduction, Types of substations, Outdoor substation – Pole mounted type,
Indoor substations – Floor mounted type.

UNIT - V
Design of Illumination Schemes: Introduction, Terminology in illumination, laws of
illumination, various types of light sources, Practical lighting schemes LED, CFL and OCFL
differences.

Text Books:
1. “K. B. Raina, S. K. Bhattacharya”, “Electrical Design Estimating and Costing”, New
Age International Publisher, 2010.
2. “Er. V. K. Jain, Er. Amitabh Bajaj”, “Design of Electrical Installations”, University
Science Press.
Reference Books:
1. Code of practice for Electrical wiring installations,(System voltage not exceeding 650
volts), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 732-1983.
2. Guide for Electrical layout in residential buildings, Indian Standard Institution, IS:
4648-1968.
3. Electrical Installation buildings Indian Standard Institution, IS: 2032.
4. Code of Practice for selection, Installation of Maintenance of fuse (voltage not
exceeding 650 V), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 3106-1966.
5. Code of Practice for earthling, Indian Standard Institution, IS: 3043-1966.
6. Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance of induction motors, Indian
Standard Institution, IS: 900-1965.
7. Code of Practice for electrical wiring, Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650
Volts), Indian Standard Institution, IS: 2274-1963.
8. “Gupta J. B., Katson, Ludhiana”, “Electrical Installation, estimating and costing”, S.
K. Kataria and sons, 2013.

247
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE622OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Electro chemistry

Course Objective:
 To enable the student to understand the need for energy storage, devices and
technologies available and their applications
Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 analyze the characteristics of energy from various sources and need for storage
 classify various types of energy storage and various devices used for the purpose
 Identify various real time applications.

UNIT - I
Electrical Energy Storage Technologies: Characteristics of electricity, Electricity and the
roles of EES, High generation cost during peak-demand periods, Need for continuous and
flexible supply, Long distance between generation and consumption, Congestion in power
grids, Transmission by cable.

UNIT - II
Needs for Electrical Energy Storage: Emerging needs for EES, More renewable energy,
less fossil fuel, Smart Grid uses, The roles of electrical energy storage technologies, The roles
from the viewpoint of a utility, The roles from the viewpoint of consumers, The roles from
the viewpoint of generators of renewable energy.

UNIT - III
Features of Energy Storage Systems: Classification of EES systems , Mechanical storage
systems, Pumped hydro storage (PHS), Compressed air energy storage (CAES), Flywheel
energy storage (FES),Electrochemical storage systems, Secondary batteries, Flow batteries,
Chemical energy storage, Hydrogen (H2),Synthetic natural gas (SNG).

UNIT - IV
Types of Electrical Energy Storage systems: Electrical storage systems, Double-layer
capacitors (DLC) ,Superconducting magnetic energy storage (SMES),Thermal storage
systems ,Standards for EES, Technical comparison of EES technologies.

248
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Applications: Present status of applications, Utility use (conventional power generation, grid
operation & service) , Consumer use (uninterruptable power supply for large consumers),
New trends in applications ,Renewable energy generation, Smart Grid, Smart Micro grid,
Smart House, Electric vehicles, Management and control hierarchy of storage systems,
Internal configuration of battery storage systems, External connection of EES systems ,
Aggregating EES systems and distributed generation (Virtual Power Plant), Battery SCADA–
aggregation of many dispersed batteries.

Text Books:
1. “James M. Eyer, Joseph J. Iannucci and Garth P. Corey “, “Energy Storage Benefits
and Market Analysis”, Sandia National Laboratories, 2004.
2. The Electrical Energy Storage by IEC Market Strategy Board.

Reference Book:
1. “Jim Eyer, Garth Corey”, Energy Storage for the Electricity Grid: Benefits and
Market Potential Assessment Guide, Report, Sandia National Laboratories, Feb 2010.

249
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE623OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
 To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints.
 To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Model, analyze and
control engineering systems. Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and
control the behavior of a process or product. Develop PLC programs for a given task.
Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Trends - Control Methods: Standalone , PC Based ( Real Time
Operating Systems, Graphical User Interface , Simulation ) - Applications: identification of
sensors and actuators in Washing machine, Automatic Camera, Engine Management, SPM,
Robot, CNC, FMS, CIM.
Signal Conditioning : Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O , Analog input – ADC ,
resolution, Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors, capacitors - Amplifying
signals using OP amps –Software - Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch
filtering

UNIT – II
Precision Mechanical Systems : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine
structures, guideways, feed drives, spindle and spindle bearings, measuring systems, control
software and operator interface, gauging and tool monitoring.
Electronic Interface Subsystems : TTL, CMOS interfacing - Sensor interfacing – Actuator
interfacing – solenoids , motors Isolation schemes- opto coupling, buffer IC’s - Protection
schemes – circuit breakers , over current sensing , resetable fuses , thermal dissipation -
Power Supply - Bipolar transistors / mosfets

250
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Electromechanical Drives : Relays and Solenoids - Stepper Motors - DC brushed motors –
DC brushless motors - DC servo motors - 4-quadrant servo drives , PWM’s - Pulse Width
Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives, Vector Drives - Drive System load calculation.
Microcontrollers Overview : 8051 Microcontroller , micro processor structure – Digital
Interfacing - Analog Interfacing - Digital to Analog Convertors - Analog to Digital
Convertors - Applications. Programming –Assembly, C (LED Blinking, Voltage
measurement using ADC).

UNIT – IV
Programmable Logic Controllers : Basic Structure - Programming : Ladder diagram -Timers,
Internal Relays and Counters - Shift Registers - Master and Jump Controls - Data Handling -
Analog input / output - PLC Selection - Application.

UNIT – V
Programmable Motion Controllers : Introduction - System Transfer Function – Laplace
transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system - Feedback
Devices : Position , Velocity Sensors - Optical Incremental encoders - Proximity Sensors :
Inductive , Capacitive , Infrared - Continuous and discrete processes - Control System
Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers - P , PI , PID Control - Control modes – Position ,
Velocity and Torque - Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal- S. Curve - Electronic Gearing -
Controlled Velocity Profile - Multi axis Interpolation , PTP , Linear , Circular - Core
functionalities – Home , Record position , GOTO Position - Applications : SPM, Robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering/
W Bolton/ Pearson.
2. Introduction to Mechatronics / Appukuttan /Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Principles concepts & Applications / [Link]/ Mc Graw Hill
2. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. open University, London.

251
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEUR RESOURCE PLANNING
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE831OE 3 0 0 3

(Students must read text book. Faculty is free to choose any other cases)

Course Objectives: It enables the student to understand the foundations of Enterprise

planning and ERP System Options.

Course Outcome: The student understands the challenges in implementation of ERP system,
ERP System Implementation options, and functional modules of ERP.
1. Introduction to ERP- Foundation for Understanding ERP systems-Business benefits
of ERP-The challenges of implementing ERP system-ERP modules and Historical
Development.
Case: Response top RFP for ban ERP system (Mary Sumner).
2. ERP system options & Selection methods-Measurement of project Inpact-
information Technology Selection-ERP proposal evaluation-Project Evaluation
Technique.(David L. olson).
Case: Atlantic Manufacturing (Mary Sumner).
3. ERP system Installation Options- IS/IT Management results-Risk Identification
analysis-System Projects- Demonstration of the system-Failure method-system
Architecture & ERP (David L. Olson)
Case: Data Solutions & Technology Knowledge (Mary Sumner).
4. ERP - sales and Marketing- Management control process in sales and marketing -
ERP customer relationship management - ERP systems- Accounting & Finance
control processes. Financial modules in ERP systems.
Case: Atlantic manufacturing (Mary Sumner).
5. ERP – Production and Material Management-Control process on production and
manufacturing - Production module in ERP- supply chain Management & e-market
place-e-business & ERP-e supply chain & ERP- Future directions for ERP.
Case: HR in Atlantic manufacturing. (Mary Sumner).

UNIT - I
ERP and Technology: Introduction – Related Technologies – Business Intelligence – E-
Commerce and E Business – Business Process Reengineering – Data Warehousing – Data
Mining – OLAP – Product life Cycle management – SCM – CRM

UNIT - II
ERP Implementation: Implementation Challenges – Strategies – Life Cycle – Pre-
implementation Tasks –Requirements Definition – Methodologies – Package selection –

252
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Project Teams –Process Definitions – Vendors and Consultants – Data Migration – Project
management – Post Implementation Activities.

UNIT - III
ERP In Action & Business Modules: Operation and Maintenance – Performance –
Maximizing the ERP System – Business Modules – Finance – Manufacturing – Human
Resources – Plant maintenance –Materials Management – Quality management – Marketing
– Sales, Distribution and service.

UNIT - IV
ERP Market: Marketplace – Dynamics – SAP AG – Oracle – PeopleSoft – JD Edwards –
QAD Inc –SSA Global – Lawson Software – Epicor – Intutive.

UNIT - V
Enterprise Application Integration – ERP and E-Business – ERP II – Total quality
management – Future Directions – Trends in ERP.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Alexis Leon, “ERP DEMYSTIFIED”, Tata McGraw Hill, Second Edition, 2008.
2. Mary Sumner, “Enterprise Resource Planning”, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Jim Mazzullo, “SAP R/3 for Everyone”, Pearson, 2007.
2. Jose Antonio Fernandz, “The SAP R /3 Handbook”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
3. Biao Fu, “SAP BW: A Step-by-Step Guide”, First Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.

253
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM (MIS)
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
 To provide the basic concepts of Enterprise Resource Planning and Management of
Information System.
 Explain to students why information systems are so important today for business and
management;
 Evaluate the role of the major types of information systems in a business
 Assess the impact of the Internet and Internet technology on business-electronic
commerce and electronic business;
 Identify the major management challenges to building and using information systems
and learn how to find appropriate solutions to those challenges

Course Outcomes: The completion of the subject, the student will be able to
 Understand the usage of MIS in organizations and the constituents of the MIS
 Understand the classifications of MIS, understanding of functional MIS and the
different functionalities of these MIS. This would be followed by case study on
Knowledge management.
 Assess the requirement and stage in which the organization is placed. Nolan model is
expected to aid such decisions
 Learn the functions and issues at each stage of system development. Further different
ways in which systems can be developed are also learnt.

UNIT – I
Introduction to IS Models and Types of Information systems: – Nolan Stage Hypothesis,
IS Strategic Grid, Wards Model, Earl’s Multiple Methodology, Critical Success Factors, Soft
Systems Methodology, Socio-Technical Systems Approach (Mumford), System Develop Life
Cycle, Prototype and End User Computing, Application Packages, Outsourcing, Deciding
Combination of Methods. Types of Information Systems

UNIT – II
IS Security, Control and Audit– System Vulnerability and Abuse, business value of
security and control, Need for Security, Methods of minimizing risks IS Audit, ensuring
system quality.

UNIT – III
Induction to ERP: Overview of ERP, MRP, MRPII and Evolution of ERP, Integrated
Management Systems, Reasons for the growth of ERP, Business Modeling, Integrated Data

254
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Model, Foundations of IS in Business, Obstacles of applying IT, ERP Market- ERP

Modules: Finance, Accounting Systems, Manufacturing and Production Systems, Sales and
Distribution Systems, , Human Resource Systems, Plant Maintenance System, Materials
Management System, Quality Management System, ERP System Options and Selection,
ERP proposal Evaluation.

UNIT – IV
Benefits of ERP: Reduction of Lead Time, On-Time Shipment, Reduction in Cycle Time,
Improved Resource Utilisation, Better Customer Satisfaction, Improved Supplier
Performance, Increased Flexibility, Reduced Quality Costs, Improved Information Accuracy
and Design Making Capabilities.

UNIT – V
ERP Implementation and Maintenance: Implementation Strategy Options, Features of
Successful ERP Implementation, Strategies to Attain Success, User Training, Maintaining
ERP & IS. Case Studies.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gordon B. Davis & Margrethe H. Olson: Management Information Systems, TMH,
2009.
2. C Laudon and Jane P. Laudon, et al: Management Information Systems, Pearson
Education, 2009.
3. Alexis Leon: ERP (Demystified), 5/E, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
4. C. S. V. Murthy: Management Information System, Himalaya, 2009
5. James A. Obrein: Management Information Systems, TMH, 2009
6. David L Olson: Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems, McGraw
Hill, International Edition-2009.
7. Rainer, Turban, Potter: Introduction to Information Systems, WILEY-India, 2009.
8. Vaman, ERP in Practice, TMH, 2009

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Dharminder and Sangeetha: Management Information Systems, Excel, 2009
2. Gerald V. Post, David L Anderson: Management Information Systems, Irvin McGraw
Hill, 2009.
3. Monk: Concepts in ERP, Cengage, 2009
4. Olson: Managerial Issues of ERO, TMH, 2009
5. Motiwala: Enterprise Resource Planning, Pearson 2009
6. Miller: MIS—Cases, Pearson, 2009

255
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link] ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
(OPEN ELECTIVE – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EE833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective:
 To provide the students with the conceptual framework and the theories underlying
Organisational Behaviour.

Course Outcomes: Upon the completion of the subject, the student will be able to
 Analyse the behaviour of individuals and groups in organizations in terms of the key
factors that influence organizational behaviour.
 Assess the potential effects of organizational level factors (such as structure, culture
and change) on organizational behaviour.
 Critically evaluate the potential effects of important developments in the external
environment (such as globalization and advances in technology) on organizational
behaviour.
 Analyse organizational behavioural issues in the context of organizational behaviour
theories, models and concepts.

UNIT – I
Introduction to OB - Definition, Nature and Scope –Environmental and organizational
context – Impact of IT, globalization, Diversity, Ethics, culture, reward systems and
organizational design on Organisational Behaviour. Cognitive Processes-I : Perception and
Attribution: Nature and importance of Perception – Perceptual selectivity and organization -
Social perception – Attribution Theories – Locus of control –Attribution Errors –Impression
Management.

UNIT – II
Cognitive Processes-II: Personality and Attitudes - Personality as a continuum – Meaning of
personality - Johari Window and Transactional Analysis - Nature and Dimension of
Attitudes – Job satisfaction and organisational commitment-Motivational needs and
processes- Work-Motivation Approaches Theories of Motivation- Motivation across cultures
- Positive organizational behaviour: Optimism – Emotional intelligence – Self-Efficacy.

UNIT – III
Dynamics of OB-I: Communication – types - interactive communication in organizations –
barriers to communication and strategies to improve the follow of communication - Decision
Making: Participative decision making techniques – creativity and group decision making .
Dynamics of OB –II Stress and Conflict: Meaning and types of stress –Meaning and types of

256
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

conflict - Effect of stress and intra-individual conflict - strategies to cope with stress and
conflict.

UNIT – IV
Dynamics of OB –III Power and Politics: Meaning and types of power – empowerment -
Groups Vs. Teams – Nature of groups –dynamics of informal groups – dysfunctions of
groups and teams – teams in modern work place.

UNIT – V
Leading High performance: Job design and Goal setting for High performance- Quality of
Work Life- Socio technical Design and High performance work practices - Behavioural
performance management: reinforcement and punishment as principles of Learning –Process
of Behavioural modification - Leadership theories - Styles, Activities and skills of Great
leaders.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Luthans, Fred: Organizational Behaviour 10/e, McGraw-Hill, 2009
2. Mc Shane: Organizational Behaviour, 3e, TMH, 2008
3. Nelson: Organizational Behaviour, 3/e, Thomson, 2008.
4. New strom W. John& Davis Keith, Organisational Behaviour-- Human Behaviour at
Work, 12/e, TMH, New Delhi, 2009.
5. Pierce and Gardner: Management and Organisational Behaviour: An Integrated
perspective, Thomson, 2009.
6. Robbins, P. Stephen, Timothy A. Judge: Organisational Behaviour, 12/e,
PHI/Pearson, New Delhi, 2009.
7. Pareek Udai: Behavioural Process at Work:, Oxford & IBH, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Schermerhorn: Organizational Behaviour 9/e, Wiley, 2008.
2. Hitt: Organizational Behaviour, Wiley, 2008
3. Aswathappa: Organisational Behaviour, Himalaya, 2009
4. Mullins: Management and Organisational Behaviour, Pearson, 2008.
5. McShane, Glinow: Organisational Behaviour--Essentials, TMH, 2009.
6. Ivancevich: Organisational Behaviour and Management, 7/e, TMH, 2008.

257
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION
(Open Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI511OE 3 0 0 3

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Objectives:
 It provides an understanding of various measuring systems functioning and metrics
for performance analysis.
 Provides understanding of principle of operation, working of different electronic
instruments viz. signal generators, signal analyzers, recorders and measuring
equipment.
 Provides understanding of use of various measuring techniques for measurement of
different physical parameters using different classes of transducers.

Course Outcomes: On completion of this course student can be able to

 Identify the various electronic instruments based on their specifications for carrying
out a particular task of measurement.
 Measure various physical parameters by appropriately selecting the transducers.
 Use various types of signal generators, signal analyzers for generating and analyzing
various real-time signals.

UNIT - I
Block Schematics of Measuring Systems: Performance Characteristics, Static
Characteristics, Accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Types of Errors, Gaussian Error, Root Sum
Squares formula, Dynamic Characteristics, Repeatability, Reproducibility, Fidelity, Lag
;Measuring Instruments: DC Voltmeters, D’ Arsonval Movement, DC Current Meters, AC
Voltmeters and Current Meters, Ohmmeters, Multimeters, Meter Protection, Extension of
Range, True RMS Responding Voltmeters, Specifications of Instruments.

UNIT - II
Signal Analyzers: AF, HF Wave Analyzers, Harmonic Distortion, Heterodyne wave
Analyzers, Spectrum Analyzers, Power Analyzers, Capacitance-Voltage Meters, Oscillators.
Signal Generators: AF, RF Signal Generators, Sweep Frequency Generators, Pulse and
Square wave Generators, Function Generators, Arbitrary Waveform Generator, Video Signal
Generators, and Specifications

258
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Oscilloscopes: CRT, Block Schematic of CRO, Time Base Circuits, Lissajous Figures, CRO
Probes, High Frequency CRO Considerations, Delay lines, Applications: Measurement of
Time, Period and Frequency Specifications.
Special Purpose Oscilloscopes: Dual Trace, Dual Beam CROs, Sampling Oscilloscopes,
Storage Oscilloscopes, Digital Storage CROs.

UNIT - IV
Transducers: Classification, Strain Gauges, Bounded, unbounded; Force and Displacement
Transducers, Resistance Thermometers, Hotwire Anemometers, LVDT, Thermocouples,
Synchros, Special Resistance Thermometers, Digital Temperature sensing system,
Piezoelectric Transducers, Variable Capacitance Transducers, Magneto Strictive Transducers.

UNIT - V
Bridges: Wheat Stone Bridge, Kelvin Bridge, and Maxwell Bridge.
Measurement of Physical Parameters: Flow Measurement, Displacement Meters, Liquid
level Measurement, Measurement of Humidity and Moisture, Velocity, Force, Pressure –
High Pressure, Vacuum level, Temperature -Measurements, Data Acquisition Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation – K. Lal Kishore, Pearson Education
2010.
2. Electronic Instrumentation: [Link] – TMH, 2nd Edition 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements – David A. Bell, Oxford Univ. Press,
1997.
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques: A.D. Helbincs,
W.D. Cooper: PHI 5th Edition 2003.
3. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation: B.M. Oliver, J.M. Cage TMH Reprint
2009.
4. Industrial Instrumentation: T.R. Padmanabham Springer 2009.

259
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI621OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering or Electronic Devices and

Circuits.

UNIT - I
DC Amplifiers: Need for DC amplifiers, DC amplifiers - Drift, Causes, Darlington Emitter
Follower, Cascode amplifier, Stabilization, Differential amplifiers - Chopper stabilization,
Operational Amplifiers, Ideal specifications of Operational Amplifiers, Instrumentation
Amplifiers.

UNIT - II
Regulated Power Supplies: Block diagram, Principle of voltage regulation, Series and Shunt
type Linear Voltage Regulators, Protection Techniques - Short Circuit, Over voltage
and Thermal Protection.
Switched Mode & IC Regulators: Switched Mode voltage regulator, Comparison of Linear
and Switched Mode Voltage Regulators, Servo Voltage Stabilizer, monolithic voltage
regulators Fixed and Adjustable IC Voltage regulators, 3-terminal Voltage regulators -
Current boosting .

UNIT - III
SCR and Thyristor: Principles of operation and characteristics of SCR, Triggering of
Thyristors, Commutation Techniques of Thyristors - Classes A, B, C, D, E and F, Ratings
of SCR.

UNIT - IV
Applications of SCR in Power Control: Static circuit breaker, Protection of SCR, Inverters
- Classification, Single Phase inverters, Converters –single phase Half wave and Full wave.
DIAC, TRIAC and Thyristor Applications: Chopper circuits – Principle, methods and
Configurations, DIAC AND TRIAC, TRIACS – Triggering modes, Firing Circuits,
Commutation.

UNIT - V
Industrial Applications - I: Industrial timers -Classification, types, Electronic Timers –
Classification, RC and Digital timers, Time base Generators.
Electric Welding Classification, types and methods of Resistance and ARC wielding,
Electronic DC Motor Control.
Industrial Applications - II: High Frequency heating – principle, merits, applications, High
frequency Source for Induction heating. Dielectric Heating – principle, material properties,
260
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Electrodes and their Coupling to RF generator, Thermal losses and Applications. Ultrasonics
– Generation and Applications.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Industrial and Power Electronics – G. K. Mithal and Maneesha Gupta, Khanna
Publishers, 19th Ed., 2003.
2. Integrated Electronics – J. Millman and C.C Halkias, McGraw Hill, 1972.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Electronic Devices and circuits – Theodore. H. Bogart, Pearson Education, 6th Edn.,
2003.
2. Thyristors and applications – M. Rammurthy, East-West Press, 1977.3.
3. Integrated Circuits and Semiconductor Devices – Deboo and Burroughs, ISE

261
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Nil

Course Objectives: To enable the students to select and design suitable instruments to meet
the requirements of industrial applications and various transducers used for the measurement
of various physical quantities and the following:
 Various types of Sensors & Transducers and their working principle
 Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive transducers
 Some of the miscellaneous transducers
 Characteristics of transducers

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of this course the student shall be able to understand
the working of basic sensors and transducers used in any industries.

UNIT – I
Measurements and Instrumentation of Transducers: Measurements – Basic method of
measurement – Generalized scheme for measurement systems – Units and standards – Errors
– Classification of errors, error analysis – Statistical methods – Sensor – Transducer –
Classification of transducers – Basic requirement of transducers.

UNIT – II
Characteristics of Transducers: Static characteristics – Dynamic characteristics –
Mathematical model of transducer – Zero, first order and second order transducers –
Response to impulse, step, ramp and sinusoidal inputs

UNIT – III
Resistive Transducers: Potentiometer –Loading effect – Strain gauge – Theory, types,
temperature compensation – Applications – Torque measurement – Proving Ring – Load Cell
– Resistance thermometer – Thermistors materials – Constructions, Characteristics – Hot
wire anemometer

UNIT – IV
Inductive and Capacitive Transducer: Self inductive transducer – Mutual inductive
transducers – Linear Variable Differential Transformer – LVDT Accelerometer – RVDT –
Synchros – Microsyn – Capacitive transducer – Variable Area Type – Variable Air Gap type
– Variable Permittivity type – Capacitor microphone.

262
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Miscellaneous Transducers: Piezoelectric transducer – Hall Effect transducers – Smart
sensors – Fiber optic sensors – Film sensors – MEMS – Nano sensors, Digital transducers

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sawhney. A.K, “A Course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and
Instrumentation”, 18th Edition, Dhanpat Rai & Company Private Limited, 2007.
2. Patranabis. D, “Sensors and Transducers”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Renganathan. S, “Transducer Engineering”, Allied Publishers, Chennai, 2003.
2. Doebelin. E.A, “Measurement Systems – Applications and Design”, Tata McGraw
Hill, New York, 2000.
3. John. P, Bentley, “Principles of Measurement Systems”, III Edition, Pearson
Education, 2000.
4. Murthy. D. V. S, “Transducers and Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
5. Sensor Technology Hand Book – Jon Wilson, Newne 2004.
6. Instrument Transducers – An Introduction to their Performance and design – by
Herman K. P. Neubrat, Oxford University Press.

263
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. ELECTRONICS AND INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING

PC BASED INSTRUMENTATION
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EI832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: To introduce interfacing data acquisition systems to PC and introducing

PLCs with their classification, operation, and programming.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Computer Instrument Communication: Personal Computer, overview of
operating System, I/O Ports, Plug-in-slots, PCI bus, Operators Interface. Computer
Interfacing for Data Acquisition and Control – Interfacing Input Signals, Output system with
continuous actuators. Data Acquisition and Control using Standard Cards: PC expansion
systems, Plug-in Data Acquisition Boards; Transducer to Control room, Backplane bus –
VXI.

UNIT – II
Programmable logic controller (PLC) basics: Definition, overview of PLC systems,
input/output modules, power supplies, and isolators.
Basic PLC programming: Programming On-Off inputs/ outputs. Creating Ladder diagrams
Basic PLC functions PLC Basic Functions, register basics, timer functions, counter functions.

UNIT – III
PLC intermediate and advanced functions: Arithmetic functions, number comparison
functions, Skip and MCR functions, data move systems. Utilizing digital bits, sequencer
functions, matrix functions. PLC Advanced functions: Analog PLC operation, networking of
PLC.

UNIT – IV
Application of PLC: Controlling of Robot using PLC, PID control of continuous processes,
Continuous Bottle-filling system, Batch mixing system, 3-stage air conditioning system,
Automatic frequency control of Induction heating

UNIT – V
Related Topics: Alternate programming languages. Auxiliary commands and functions. PLC
installation, troubleshooting, and maintenance. Field bus: Introduction, concept. HART
protocol: Method of operation, structure, and applications. Smart transmitters, smart valves,
and smart actuators.

264
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Programmable Logic Controllers – Principles and Applications, John. W .Webb
Ronald A Reis , Fourth edition, Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1998.
2. Computer Control of Processes – [Link]. Narosa 2003.

REFERENCES
1. PC Based Instrumentation and Control Third Edition by Mike Tooley ; Elsevier.
2. PC Interfacing and Data Acquisition Techniques for Measurement, Instrumentation,
and Control. By Kevin James; Elsevier.
3. Practical Data Acquisition for Instrumentation and Control Systems by John Park and
Steve Mackay.
4. Distributed Control Systems, Lukcas M.P, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York,
1986.
5. 5. Programmable Logic Controllers, Second edition, Frank D. Petruzella, Mc Graw
Hill, New York, 1997.
6. Programmable Logic Controllers Programming methods and applications-Prentice
Hall by John R. Hackworth and Frederick D. Hackworth, Jr.

265
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics –I & Mathematics –II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming,
transportation problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming
 Constrained and unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing an
electrical and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.
 To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project
implementation.
Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 explain the need of optimization of engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
 apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm,
transportation problem
 apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear programming and
dynamic programming
 Formulate optimization problems.

UNIT – I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques: Statement of an Optimization
problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface – objective function –
objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable
Optimization without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for
minimum/maximum – multivariable Optimization with equality constraints.
Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers – Multivariable Optimization with inequality
constraints – Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT – II
Linear Programming: Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of linear
programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear
simultaneous equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to
the simplex method – simplex algorithm.
Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule,
least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of balanced
transportation problems.

266
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Unconstrained Nonlinear Programming: One dimensional minimization methods,
Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Univariant method, Powell’s method and
steepest descent method.

UNIT – IV
Constrained Nonlinear Programming: Characteristics of a constrained problem -
classification - Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic approach of Penalty
Function method - Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods -
Introduction to convex programming problem.

UNIT – V
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types –
concept of sub optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure in
dynamic programming – examples illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples
illustrating the tabular method of solution.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice by John Wiley and
Sons, 4th edition, 2009.
2. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research, Springer (India),
Pvt. Ltd., 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. George Bernard Dantzig, Mukund Narain Thapa, “Linear programming”, Springer
series in operations research 3rd edition, 2003.
2. H.A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, 8th Edition, Pearson/Prentice
Hall, 2007.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.

267
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME512OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To make students understand about fundamentals of Graphics to enable them to
design animated scenes for virtual object creations.
 To make the student present the content graphically.

Course Outcomes:
 Students can animate scenes entertainment.
 Will be able work in computer aided design for content presentation..
 Better analogy data with pictorial representation.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Application areas of Computer Graphics, overview of graphics systems,
video-display devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems, graphics monitors and
work stations and input devices
Output primitives: Points and lines, line drawing algorithms, mid-point circle and ellipse
algorithms. Filled area primitives: Scan line polygon fill algorithm, boundary-fill and flood-
fill algorithms.

UNIT - II
2-D Geometrical transforms: Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and shear
transformations, matrix representations and homogeneous coordinates, composite transforms,
transformations between coordinate systems.
2-D Viewing: The viewing pipeline, viewing coordinate reference frame, window to view-
port coordinate transformation, viewing functions, Cohen-Sutherland and Cyrus-beck line
clipping algorithms, Sutherland –Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm.

UNIT - III
3-D Object representation: Polygon surfaces, quadric surfaces, spline representation,
Hermite curve, Bezier curve and B-spline curves, Bezier and B-spline surfaces, sweep
representations, octrees BSP Trees,
3-D Geometric transformations: Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear
transformations, composite transformations, 3-D viewing: Viewing pipeline, viewing
coordinates, view volume and general projection transforms and clipping.

268
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Visible surface detection methods: Classification, back-face detection, depth-buffer, scan-
line, depth sorting, BSP-tree methods, area sub-division and octree methods
Illumination Models and Surface rendering Methods: Basic illumination models, polygon
rendering methods

UNIT- V
Computer animation: Design of animation sequence, general computer animation functions,
raster animation, computer animation languages, key frame systems, motion specifications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics C version”, Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Pearson
education.
2. “Computer Graphics Second edition”, Zhigand xiang, Roy Plastock, Schaum’s
outlines, Tata Mc Graw hill edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. “Computer Graphics Principles & practice”, second edition in C, Foley, Van Dam,
Feiner and Hughes, Pearson Education.
2. “Procedural elements for Computer Graphics”, David F Rogers, Tata Mc Graw hill,
2nd edition.
3. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, Neuman and Sproul, TMH.
4. “Principles of Computer Graphics”, Shalini, Govil-Pai, Springer.
5. “Computer Graphics”, Steven Harrington, TMH
6. Computer Graphics, F. S. Hill, S. M. Kelley, PHI.
7. Computer Graphics, P. Shirley, Steve Marschner & Others, Cengage Learning.
8. Computer Graphics & Animation, M. C. Trivedi, Jaico Publishing House.
9. An Integrated Introduction to Computer Graphics and Geometric Modelling, R.
Goldman, CRC Press, Taylor&Francis Group.
10. Computer Graphics, Rajesh [Link], Wiley India.

269
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MECHATRONICS
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME513OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic Electronics Engineering

Course Objectives:
 To develop an ability to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems
 To develop an ability to design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs
within realistic constraints.
 To develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Model, analyze and
control engineering systems. Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and
control the behavior of a process or product. Develop PLC programs for a given task.
Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Trends - Control Methods: Standalone , PC Based ( Real Time
Operating Systems, Graphical User Interface , Simulation ) - Applications: identification of
sensors and actuators in Washing machine, Automatic Camera, Engine Management, SPM,
Robot, CNC, FMS, CIM.
Signal Conditioning : Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O , Analog input – ADC ,
resolution, Filtering Noise using passive components – Registors, capacitors - Amplifying
signals using OP amps –Software - Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch
filtering

UNIT – II
Precision Mechanical Systems : Modern CNC Machines – Design aspects in machine
structures, guideways, feed drives, spindle and spindle bearings, measuring systems, control
software and operator interface, gauging and tool monitoring.
Electronic Interface Subsystems : TTL, CMOS interfacing - Sensor interfacing – Actuator
interfacing – solenoids , motors Isolation schemes- opto coupling, buffer IC’s - Protection
schemes – circuit breakers , over current sensing , resetable fuses , thermal dissipation -
Power Supply - Bipolar transistors / mosfets

270
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Electromechanical Drives : Relays and Solenoids - Stepper Motors - DC brushed motors –
DC brushless motors - DC servo motors - 4-quadrant servo drives , PWM’s - Pulse Width
Modulation – Variable Frequency Drives, Vector Drives - Drive System load calculation.
Microcontrollers Overview : 8051 Microcontroller , micro processor structure – Digital
Interfacing - Analog Interfacing - Digital to Analog Convertors - Analog to Digital
Convertors - Applications. Programming –Assembly, C (LED Blinking, Voltage
measurement using ADC).

UNIT – IV
Programmable Logic Controllers : Basic Structure - Programming : Ladder diagram -Timers,
Internal Relays and Counters - Shift Registers - Master and Jump Controls - Data Handling -
Analog input / output - PLC Selection - Application.

UNIT – V
Programmable Motion Controllers : Introduction - System Transfer Function – Laplace
transform and its application in analysing differential equation of a control system - Feedback
Devices : Position , Velocity Sensors - Optical Incremental encoders - Proximity Sensors :
Inductive , Capacitive , Infrared - Continuous and discrete processes - Control System
Performance & tuning - Digital Controllers - P , PI , PID Control - Control modes – Position ,
Velocity and Torque - Velocity Profiles – Trapezoidal- S. Curve - Electronic Gearing -
Controlled Velocity Profile - Multi axis Interpolation , PTP , Linear , Circular - Core
functionalities – Home , Record position , GOTO Position - Applications : SPM, Robotics.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Electronics Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering/
W Bolton/ Pearson.
2. Introduction to Mechatronics / Appukuttan /Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mechatronics Principles concepts & Applications / [Link]/ Mc Graw Hill
2. “Designing Intelligent Machines”. open University, London.

271
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME514OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-Requisites: None
Course Objectives: Understanding of basic principles of Mechanical Engineering is required
in various field of engineering.

Course Outcomes: After learning the course the students should be able to
 To understand the fundamentals of mechanical systems.
 To understand and appreciate significance of mechanical engineering in different
Fields of engineering.

UNIT - I
Introduction: Prime movers and its types, Concept of Force, Pressure, Energy, Work,
Power, System, Heat, Temperature, Specific heat capacity, Change of state, Path, Process,
Cycle, Internal energy, Enthalpy, Statements of Zeroth Law and First law.
Energy: Introduction and applications of Energy sources like Fossil fuels, Nuclear fuels,
Hydel, Solar, wind, and bio-fuels, Environmental issues like Global warming and Ozone
depletion.

UNIT - II
Properties of gases: Gas laws, Boyle's law, Charle's law, Combined gas law, Gas constant,
Relation between Cp and Cv, Various non-flow processes like constant volume process,
constant pressure process, Isothermal process, Adiabatic process, Poly-tropic process
Properties of Steam: Steam formation, Types of Steam, Enthalpy, Specific volume, Internal
energy and dryness fraction of steam, use of Steam tables, steam calorimeters.
Steam Boilers: Introduction, Classification, Cochran, Lancashire and Babcock and Wilcox
boiler, functioning of different mountings and accessories.

UNIT - III
Heat Engines: Heat Engine cycle and Heat Engine, working substances, Classification of
heat engines, Description and thermal efficiency of Carnot; Rankine; Otto cycle and Diesel
cycles.
Internal Combustion Engines: Introduction, Classification, Engine details, four- stroke/
two-stroke cycle Petrol/Diesel engines, Indicated power, Brake Power, Efficiencies.

UNIT - IV
Pumps: Types and operation of Reciprocating, Rotary and Centrifugal pumps, Priming
Air Compressors: Types and operation of Reciprocating and Rotary air compressors,
significance of Multistage.
272
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerant, Vapor compression refrigeration system,

vapor absorption refrigeration system, Domestic Refrigerator, Window and split air
conditioners.

UNIT - V
Couplings, Clutches and Brakes: Construction and applications of Couplings (Box; Flange;
Pin type flexible; Universal and Oldham), Clutches (Disc and Centrifugal), and Brakes
(Block; Shoe; Band and Disc).
Transmission of Motion and Power: Shaft and axle, Belt drive, Chain drive, Friction drive,
Gear drive.
Engineering Materials: Types and applications of Ferrous & Nonferrous metals, Timber,
Abrasive material, silica, ceramics, glass, graphite, diamond, plastic and polymer.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Mechanical Engineering / Pravin Kumar/ Pearson
2. Introduction to Engineering Materials / B.K. Agrawal/ Mc Graw Hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering/ G.S. Sawhney/PHI
2. Thermal Science and Engineering / Dr. D.S. Kumar/ Kataria

273
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

WORLD CLASS MANUFACTURING
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives: To understand the concept of world class manufacturing, dynamics of

material flow, OPT and Lean manufacturing.

Course Outcomes: Students should be able to compare the existing industry with WCM
companies.

UNIT - I
Information Age and Global Competitiveness: The Emergence of Information Age;
Competition and Business Challenge; Operating Environment; Globalization and
International Business; Global Competitiveness and Manufacturing Excellence; World Class
Manufacturing and Information Age Competition; Manufacturing Challenges, Problems in
Manufacturing Industry.

UNIT - II
Cutting Edge Technology: Value Added Engineer in - Hall’s Framework; Schonberger’s
Framework of WCM; Gunn’s Model; Maskell’s Model.
Philosophy of World Class Manufacturing: Evolution of WCM; Ohno’s View on WCM;
Principles and Practices; Quality in WCM; Deming’s & Shingo’s Approach to Quality
Management; Culmination of WCM.

UNIT - III
System and Tools for World Class Manufacturing: The Integration Imperative; Overview
of Systems and Tools; Information Management Tools - Product and Process Design Tools,
Bar Code Systems, Kanban: A Lean Production Tool, Statistical Quality Control (SQC),
Material Processing, and Handling Tools; Assessment of Manufacturing Systems and Tools.
Labor and HRD Practices in WCM: Human Resource Dimensions in WCM; Morale and
Teamwork; High Employee Involvement; Cross Functional Teams; Work Study Methods;
Human Integration Management.

UNIT - IV
Competitive Indian Manufacturing: Manufacturing Performance and Competitiveness -
Indian Firms: Manufacturing Objectives and Strategy; Usage of Management Tools and
Technologies; Manufacturing Management Practices; IT Infrastructure and Practices;
Strategic Intent Framework; Breadth and Integration of IT Infrastructure.

274
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Globalization and World Class Manufacturing: Generic Manufacturing Strategies for

Information Age; Planning Methodology and Issues in Strategic Planning of WCM;
Performance Measurement - PO-P System, TOPP System and Ambite System.

UNIT - V
The Future WCM: Manufacturing Strategy: Futile Search for an Elusive Link,
Manufacturing Strategic Intent Classification, Translating Intent into Action.
Case Studies: Accelerated Fermentation Process – Using World Class Enzymes; Birla
Cellulosic Kharach.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. World Class Manufacturing- A Strategic Perspective / BS Sahay, KBS Saxena &
Ashish Kumar / Macmillan
2. Making Common Sense Common Practice – Models for Manufacturing Excellence /
Ron Moore / Butter Worth Heinemann

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Managing Technology and Innovation for Competitive Advantage / V. K. Narayanan/
Prentice Hall
2. World Class Manufacturing - The Lesson of Simplicity / Richard J Schonberger / Free
Press

275
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOTICS
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME622OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts
and techniques in robotic engineering, manipulator kinematics, dynamics and control, chose,
and incorporate robotic technology in engineering systems.
 Make the students acquainted with the theoretical aspects of Robotics
 Enable the students to acquire practical experience in the field of Robotics through
design projects and case studies.
 Make the students to understand the importance of robots in various fields of
engineering.
 Expose the students to various robots and their operational details.

Course outcomes: After this completion of this course, the student should be able to
 Understand the basic components of robots.
 Differentiate types of robots and robot grippers.
 Model forward and inverse kinematics of robot manipulators.
 Analyze forces in links and joints of a robot.
 Programme a robot to perform tasks in industrial applications.
 Design intelligent robots using sensors.

UNIT - I
Robotics-Introduction-classification with respect to geometrical configuration (Anatomy),
Controlled system & chain type: Serial manipulator & Parallel Manipulator. Components of
Industrial robotics-precession of movement-resolution, accuracy & repeatability-Dynamic
characteristics- speed of motion, load carrying capacity & speed of response-Sensors-Internal
sensors: Position sensors,& Velocity sensors, External sensors: Proximity sensors, Tactile
Sensors, & Force or Torque sensors.

UNIT - II
Grippers - Mechanical Gripper-Grasping force-Engelberger-g-factors-mechanisms for
actuation, Magnetic gripper , vaccume cup gripper-considerations in gripper selection &
design . Industrial robots specifications. Selection based on the Application .

UNIT - III
Kinematics-Manipulators Kinematics, Rotation Matrix, Homogenous Transformation Matrix,
D-H transformation matrix, D-H method of assignment of frames. Direct and Inverse
Kinematics for industrial robots. Differential Kinematics for planar serial robots

276
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - IV
Trajectory planning: Joint space scheme- Cubic polynomial fit-Obstacle avoidance in
operation space-cubic polynomial fit with via point, bleding scheme. Introduction Cartesian
space scheme.
Control- Interaction control, Rigid Body mechanics, Control architecture- position, path
velocity, and force control systems, computed torque control, adaptive control, and Servo
system for robot control.

UNIT - V
Programming of Robots and Vision System-Lead through programming methods- Teach
pendent- overview of various textual programming languages like VAL etc.
Machine (robot) vision:

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Robotics / Groover M P /Mc Graw Hill
2. Introduction to Robotics / John J. Craig/ Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Theory of Applied Robotics /Jazar/Springer.
2. Robotics / Ghosal / Oxford

277
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

FABRICATION PROCESSES
(Open Elective –II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME623OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: Understand the philosophies of various Manufacturing process.

Course Outcomes: For given product, one should be able identify the manufacturing
process.

UNIT – I
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications;
Patterns - Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances and their
construction; Properties of moulding sands.
Methods of Melting - Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in castings;
Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die- casting, Investment
casting, shell moulding; Principles of Gating – Requirements – Types of gates, Design of
gating systems – Riser – Function, types of Riser and Riser design.

UNIT – II
Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Gas welding - Types, oxy-fuel
gas cutting. Arc welding, forge welding, submerged arc welding, Resistance welding,
Thermit welding.
Inert Gas Welding - TIG Welding, MIG welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding;
Soldering and Brazing; Heat affected zone in welding. Welding defects – causes and
remedies; destructive and non- destructive testing of welds.

UNIT – III
Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallisation, and grain growth.
Stamping, forming, and other cold working processes. Blanking and piercing – Bending and
forming – Drawing and its types – wire drawing and Tube drawing – coining – Hot and cold
spinning. Types of presses and press tools. Forces and power requirement in the above
operations.

UNIT – IV
Extrusion of Metals: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot extrusion and cold
extrusion - Forward extrusion and backward extrusion – Impact extrusion – Extruding
equipment – Tube extrusion and pipe making, Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion

278
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Forging Processes: Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smith
forging, Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers : Rotary forging – forging defects –
cold forging, swaging, Forces in forging operations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Technology / P.N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology/Kalpakjin S/ Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Metal Casting / T.V Ramana Rao / New Age
2. Métal Fabrication Technology/ Mukherjee/PHI

279
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME831OE 3 0/0/0 3

UNIT - I
Introduction, The concept of TQM, Quality and Business performance, attitude, and
involvement of top management, communication, culture and management systems.
Management of Process Quality: Definition of quality, Quality Control, a brief history,
Product Inspection vs. Process Control, Statistical Quality Control, Control Charts and
Acceptance Sampling.

UNIT -II
Customer Focus and Satisfaction: Process vs. Customer, internal customer conflict, quality
focus, Customer Satisfaction, role of Marketing and Sales, Buyer – Supplier relationships.
Bench Marking: Evolution of Bench Marking, meaning of bench marking, benefits of bench
marketing, the bench marking procedure, pitfalls of bench marketing.

UNIT- III
Organizing for TQM: The systems approach, organizing for quality implementation,
making the transition from a traditional to a TQM organization, Quality Circles, seven Tools
of TQM: Stratification, check sheet, Scatter diagram, lshikawa diagram, paneto diagram,
Kepner &Tregoe Methodology.

UNIT- IV
The Cost of Quality: Definition of the Cost of Quality, Quality Costs, Measuring Quality
Costs, use of Quality Cost information, Accounting Systems and Quality Management.

UNIT -V
ISO9000: Universal Standards of Quality: ISO around the world, The ISO9000 ANSI/ASQC
Q- 90. Series Standards, benefits of ISO9000 certification, the third party audit,
Documentation ISO9000 and services, the cost of certification implementing the system.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Total Quality Management / Joel E. Ross/Taylor and Franscis Limited
2. Total Quality Management/P. N. Mukherjee/PHI

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Beyond TQM / Robert [Link]
2. Statistical Quality Control / E.L. Grant.
3. Total Quality Management:A Practical Approach/H. Lal
4. Quality Management/Kanishka Bedi/Oxford University Press/2011
280
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

5. Total Engineering Quality Management/Sunil Sharma/Macmillan

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME832OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisites: None

Course Objectives:
 To provide exposure to the students about safety and health provisions related to
hazardous processes as laid out in Factories act 1948.
 To familiarize students with powers of inspectorate of factories.
 To help students to learn about Environment act 1948 and rules framed under the act.
 To provide wide exposure to the students about various legislations applicable to an
industrial unit.

Course Outcomes:
 To list out important legislations related to Health , Safety and Environment
 To list out requirements mentioned in factories act for the prevention of accidents. To
understand the health and welfare provisions given in factories act.
 To understand the statutory requirements for an Industry on registration, license and
its renewal.
 To prepare onsite and offsite emergency plan.

UNIT - I
Factories Act – 1948 : Statutory authorities – inspecting staff, health, safety, provisions
relating to hazardous processes, welfare, working hours, employment of young persons –
special provisions – penalties and procedures-Telangana Factories Rules 1950 under Safety
and health chapters of Factories Act 1948

UNIT II
Environment Act – 1986: General Powers of the central government, prevention, control
and abatement of environmental pollution-Biomedical waste (Management and handling
Rules, 1989-The noise pollution (Regulation and control) Rules, 2000-The Batteries
(Management and Handling Rules) 2001- No Objection certificate from statutory authorities
like pollution control board. Air Act 1981 and Water Act 1974: Central and state boards for
the prevention and control of air pollution-powers and functions of boards – prevention and
control of air pollution and water pollution – fund – accounts and audit, penalties and
procedures.

281
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemical Rules 1989 : Definitions – duties of authorities – responsibilities of occupier –
notification of major accidents –information to be furnished – preparation of offsite and
onsite plans – list of hazardous and toxic chemicals – safety reports – safety data sheets.
UNIT - IV
Other Acts and Rules : Indian Boiler Act 1923, static and mobile pressure vessel rules
(SMPV), motor vehicle rules, mines act 1952, workman compensation act, rules – electricity
act and rules – hazardous wastes (management7 and handling) rules, 1989, with amendments
in 2000- the building and other construction workers act 1996., Petroleum rules, Gas
cyclinder rules-Explosives Act 1983-Pesticides Act

UNIT - V
International Acts and Standards: Occupational Safety and Health act of USA (The
Williames-Steiger Act of 1970) – Helath and safety work act (HASAWA 1974, UK) –
OSHAS 18000 – ISO 14000 – American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Factories Act 1948, Madras Book Agency, Chennai, 2000
2. The Environment Act (Protection) 1986, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Industrial Safety, Health and Environment Management Systems / R. K. Jain, Sunil S.
Rao / Khanna Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Water (Prevention and control of pollution) act 1974, Commercial Law publishers
(India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Air (Prevention and control of pollution) act 1981, Commercial Law Publishers
(India) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. The Indian boilers act 1923, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
4. The Mines Act 1952, Commercial Law Publishers (India) Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad.
5. The manufacture, storage, and import of hazardous chemical rules 1989, Madras
Book Agency, Chennai.

282
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

BASICS OF THERMODYNAMICS
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Pre-requisite: Engineering Chemistry and Physics

Course Objective: To understand the treatment of classical Thermodynamics and to apply

the First and Second laws of Thermodynamics to engineering applications

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
 Understand and differentiate between different thermodynamic systems and processes
 Understand and apply the laws of Thermodynamics to different types of systems
undergoing various processes
 Understand and analyze the Thermodynamic cycles

UNIT – I
Introduction: Basic Concepts: System, Control Volume, Surrounding, Boundaries,
Universe, Types of Systems, Macroscopic and Microscopic viewpoints, Concept of
Continuum, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, Property, Process, Exact & Inexact
Differentials, Cycle, Reversibility – Quasi – static Process, Irreversible Process, Causes of
Irreversibility

UNIT - II
Types, Displacement & Other forms of Work, Heat, Point and Path functions, Zeroth Law of
Thermodynamics – Concept of Temperature – Principles of Thermometry – Reference
Points – Const. Volume gas Thermometer – Scales of Temperature, Ideal Gas Scale

UNIT – III
First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics: First Law: Cycle and Process, Specific Heats (cp
and cv), Heat interactions in a Closed System for various processes, Limitations of First Law,
Concept of Heat Engine (H.E.) and Reversed H.E. (Heat Pump and Refrigerator),
Efficiency/COP, Second Law: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements, Carnot Cycle, Carnot
Efficiency, Statement of Clausius Inequality, Property of Entropy, T-S and P-V Diagrams

UNIT - IV
Mixtures of perfect Gases – Mole Fraction, Mass friction Gravimetric and volumetric
Analysis – Dalton’s Law of partial pressure, Avogadro’s Laws of additive volumes – Mole
fraction , Volume fraction and partial pressure, Equivalent Gas const.

283
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Atmospheric air - Psychrometric Properties – Dry bulb Temperature, Wet Bulb

Temperature, Dew point Temperature, , Specific Humidity, Relative Humidity, saturated Air,
Vapour pressure, Degree of saturation – Adiabatic Saturation ,Psychrometric chart.

UNIT - V
Power Cycles: Otto, Diesel cycles - Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram,
Thermal Efficiency, Mean Effective Pressures on Air standard basis
Refrigeration Cycles: Bell-Coleman cycle, Vapour compression cycle-performance
Evaluation.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Basic Engineering Thermodynamics / PK Nag / Mc Graw Hill
2. Engineering Thermodynamics / chattopadhyay/ Oxford

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Thermodynamics for Engineers / Kenneth A. Kroos , Merle C. Potter/ Cengage
2. Thermodynamics /G.C. Gupta /Pearson

284
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: ME834OE/AM852PE/EI862PE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics III

Course Objectives:
 To introduce the basic concepts of reliability, various models of reliability
 To analyze reliability of various systems
 To introduce techniques of frequency and duration for reliability evaluation of
repairable systems.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 model various systems applying reliability networks
 evaluate the reliability of simple and complex systems
 estimate the limiting state probabilities of repairable systems
 apply various mathematical models for evaluating reliability of irrepairable systems

UNIT – I
Basic Probability Theory: Elements of probability, probability distributions, Random
variables, Density and Distribution functions- Binomial distribution- Expected value and
standard deviation - Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, normal distribution,
exponential distribution, Weibull distribution.
Definition of Reliability: Definition of terms used in reliability, Component reliability,
Hazard rate, derivation of the reliability function in terms of the hazard rate. Hazard models -
Bath tub curve, Effect of preventive maintenance. Measures of reliability: Mean Time to
Failure and Mean Time Between Failures.

UNIT – II
Network Modeling and Evaluation Of Simple Systems: Basic concepts- Evaluation of
network Reliability / Unreliability - Series systems, Parallel systems- Series-Parallel systems-
Partially redundant systems- Examples.
Network Modeling and Evaluation of Complex systems: Conditional probability method-
tie set, Cutset approach- Event tree and reduced event tree methods- Relationships between
tie and cutsets- Examples.

UNIT – III
Time Dependent Probability: Basic concepts- Reliability function f(t). F(t), R(t) and h(t) -
Relationship between these functions.

285
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Network Reliability Evaluation Using Probability Distributions: Reliability Evaluation of

Series systems, Parallel systems – Partially redundant systems- determination of reliability
measure- MTTF for series and parallel systems – Examples.

UNIT – IV
Discrete Markov Chains: Basic concepts- Stochastic transitional probability matrix- time
dependent probability evaluation- Limiting State Probability evaluation- Absorbing states –
Examples
Continuous Markov Processes: Modeling concepts- State space diagrams- Unreliability
evaluation of single and two component repairable systems

UNIT – V
Frequency and Duration Techniques: Frequency and duration concepts, application to
multi state problems, Frequency balance approach.
Approximate System Reliability Evaluation: Series systems – Parallel systems- Network
reduction techniques- Cut set approach- Common mode failures modeling and evaluation
techniques- Examples.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering Systems,
Plenum Press, 1983.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering by Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. K. K. Agarwal, Reliability Engineering-Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1993.

286
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
FABRICATION PROCESSES
(Open Elective - I)
[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C
Course Code: NT511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: Understand the philosophies of various Manufacturing process.

Course Outcomes: For given product, one should be able identify the manufacturing
process.

UNIT – I
Casting: Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications;
Patterns - Pattern making, Types, Materials used for patterns, pattern allowances and their
construction; Properties of moulding sands.
Methods of Melting - Crucible melting and cupola operation – Defects in castings;
Casting processes – Types – Sand moulding, Centrifugal casting, die- casting, Investment
casting, shell moulding; Principles of Gating – Requirements – Types of gates, Design of
gating systems – Riser – Function, types of Riser and Riser design.

UNIT – II
Welding: Classification – Types of welds and welded joints; Gas welding - Types, oxy-fuel
gas cutting. Arc welding, forge welding, submerged arc welding, Resistance welding,
Thermit welding.
Inert Gas Welding - TIG Welding, MIG welding, explosive welding, Laser Welding;
Soldering and Brazing; Heat affected zone in welding. Welding defects – causes and
remedies; destructive and non- destructive testing of welds.

UNIT – III
Hot working, cold working, strain hardening, recovery, recrystallisation, and grain growth.
Stamping, forming, and other cold working processes. Blanking and piercing – Bending and
forming – Drawing and its types – wire drawing and Tube drawing – coining – Hot and cold
spinning. Types of presses and press tools. Forces and power requirement in the above
operations.

UNIT – IV
Extrusion of Metals: Basic extrusion process and its characteristics. Hot extrusion and cold
extrusion - Forward extrusion and backward extrusion – Impact extrusion – Extruding
equipment – Tube extrusion and pipe making, Hydrostatic extrusion. Forces in extrusion

287
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Forging Processes: Forging operations and principles – Tools – Forging methods – Smith
forging, Drop Forging – Roll forging – Forging hammers : Rotary forging – forging defects –
cold forging, swaging, Forces in forging operations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manufacturing Technology / P.N. Rao / Mc Graw Hill
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology/Kalpakjin S/ Pearson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Metal Casting / T. V Ramana Rao / New Age
2. Métal Fabrication Technology/ Mukherjee/PHI

288
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT512OE 3 0 0 3

Course overview: The aim is to introduce students the overview of the non destructive
testing methods of materials. The course covers NDE, Ultrasonic, MPI testing of metal parts.
It gives an idea about selection of the testing criteria. It briefly describe the thermo-graph and
radio graph methods of testing and provide selection properties for different tests.

Course Objectives: This course has the basic idea of the properties of steal and ferrous
metals. The objectives aim to:
1. Identify the basic methods of testing.
2. Understand the concept of non destructive testing.
3. Describe the various types of NDT tests carried out on components.
4. Describe ultrasonic method of testing the materials.
5. Analyze the different types of test carried out on components and surfaces.
6. Understand the properties of materials suitable for NDT test.
7. Understand the radiography uses in engineering.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students are able to:
1. Identify the requirements of testing criteria as per material composition.
2. Understand the theory of non destructive testing methods is used.
3. Determine the type of requirement of non destructive test.
4. Distinguish between the various NDT test as Ultrasonic and Eddy current methods.
5. Understand the properties of radiation used in engineering.
6. Describe the various types of non destructive test used to determine the surface
cracks.

UNIT - I
Overview of NDT - NDT Versus Mechanical testing, Overview of the Non Destructive
Testing Methods for the detection of manufacturing defects as well as material
characterization. Relative merits and limitations, various physical characteristics of materials
and their applications in NDT, Visual inspection.

UNIT - II
Surface NDE Methods: Liquid Penetrant Testing – Principles, types and properties of liquid
penetrants, developers, advantages and limitations of various methods, Testing Procedure,
Interpretation of results. Magnetic Particle Testing- Theory of magnetism, inspection
materials Magnetization methods, Interpretation and evaluation of test indications, Principles
and methods of demagnetization, Residual magnetism.
289
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Thermography and Eddy Current Testing - Principles, Contact and non contact inspection
methods, Techniques for applying liquid crystals, Advantages and limitation – infrared
radiation and infrared detectors, Instrumentations and methods, applications. Eddy Current
Testing-Generation of eddy currents, Properties of eddy currents, Eddy current sensing
elements, Probes, Instrumentation, Types of arrangement, Applications, advantages,
Limitations, Interpretation/Evaluation.

UNIT - IV
Ultrasonic Testing and Acoustic Emission - Ultrasonic Testing-Principle, Transducers,
transmission and pulse-echo method, straight beam and angle beam, instrumentation, data
representation, A/Scan, B-scan, C-scan. Phased Array Ultrasound, Time of Flight Diffraction.
Acoustic Emission Technique IV Principle, AE parameters, Applications

UNIT - V
Radiography - Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film less
techniques, types and use of filters and screens, geometric factors, Inverse square, law,
characteristics of films – graininess, density, speed, contrast, characteristic curves,
Penetrameters, Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence. Fluoroscopy- Xero-Radiography,
Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Baldev Raj, T. Jayakumar, M. Thavasimuthu, Practical Non-Destructive Testing¡¨,
Narosa Publishing House, 2009.
2. Ravi Prakash, Non-Destructive Testing Techniques¨, 1st revised edition, New Age
International Publishers, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. ASM Metals Handbook, ¨Non-Destructive Evaluation and Quality Control¨,
American Society of Metals, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 200, Volume-17.
2. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Non-destructive testing: a training guide”, Wiley, 2nd
Edition New Jersey, 2005
3. Charles, J. Hellier, Handbook of Non-destructive evaluation”, McGraw Hill, New
York 2001.

290
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(Open Elective - I)
[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C
Course Code: NT513OE 3 0 0 3

Course Overview:
The aim is to introduce students the overview of the properties of materials used in
engineering manufacturing process. The course covers basic concept of ferrous, non-ferrous
metals and its alloys. It emphasizes on transformation of iron at various temperatures. It
briefly describes the heat treatment given to iron and its alloys. It gives the general overview
idea of composite materials.

Course Objectives: This course has the basic idea of the properties of steal and ferrous
metals. The objectives aim to:
 Identify the basic crystalline structure of steal.
 Understand the concept of TTT.
 Describe the various heat treatment methods to obtain the desired properties.
 Describe the composition of carbon contents in steel.
 Analyze the different forms of iron obtained during heating of steel.
 Understand the properties of non-ferrous alloys.
 Understand requirement.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course the students are able to:
 This subject gives student a technical knowledge about behavior of metals.
 Identify the crystalline structure of steel.
 Understand the theory of time temperature and transformation.
 Determination of different uses of heat treatment in steel.
 Distinguish between the various forms of steel.
 Understand the properties of non-ferrous alloys.
 Describe the various uses of composite materials.

UNIT – I
Structure of Metals: Crystallography, Miller’s indices, Packing Efficiency, Density
calculations. Grains and Grain Boundaries. Effect of grain size on the properties.
Determination of grain size by different methods. Constitution of Alloys: Necessity of
alloying, Types of solid solutions, Hume - Rothery rules, Intermediate alloy phases.

UNIT –II
Phase Diagrams: Construction and interpretation of phase diagrams, Phase rule. Lever rule.
Binary phase Diagrams, Isomorphous, Eutectic and Eutectoid transformations with examples.

291
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Steels: Iron-Carbon Phase Diagram and Heat Treatment: Study of Fe-Fe3C phase diagram.
Construction of TTT diagrams. Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and Tempering of steels,
Hardenability. Alloy steels.

UNIT – IV
Cast Irons: Structure and properties of White Cast iron, Malleable Cast iron, Grey cast iron.
Engineering Materials-III: Non-ferrous Metals and Alloys: Structure and properties of copper
and its alloys, Aluminium and its alloys, Al-Cu phase diagram, Titanium and its alloys.

UNIT – V
Ceramics, Polymers and Composites: Crystalline ceramics, glasses, cermets: structure,
properties and applications. Classification, properties and applications of composites.
Classification, Properties and applications of Polymers.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Science and Metallurgy/ Kodgire
2. Essentials of Materials Science and engineering / Donald R. Askeland / Thomson.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy / Sidney H. Avner.
2. Materials Science and engineering / William and callister.
3. Elements of Material science / V. Rahghavan

292
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
INTRODUCTION TO MATERIALS HANDLING
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Overview
Course covers a systems approach to managing activities associated with traffic,
transportation, inventory management, warehousing, packaging, order processing, and
materials handling. This course is designed to give students a comprehensive understanding
of the issues involved in the design of an industrial production system. It will cover the
problems in plant location, product analysis, process design, equipment selection, materials
handling, and plant layout.

Course Objectives:
 To develop competency for system visualization and design.
 To enable student to design cylinders and pressure vessels and to use IS code.
 To enable student select materials and to design internal engine components.
 To introduce student to optimum design and use optimization methods to design
mechanical components.
 To enable student to design machine tool gearbox.
 To enable student to design material handling systems.
 Ability to apply the statistical considerations in design and analyze the defects and
failure modes in

Course Outcomes:
 Demonstrate ability to successfully complete Fork Lift Certification to safely and
effectively operate in the manufacturing environment.
 Demonstrate proficiency in supply chain operations, utilizing appropriate methods to
plan and implement processes necessary for the purchase and conveyance of goods in
a timely and cost-effective manner
 It explains about the different types of material handling, advantages and
disadvantages. It also suggests the selection procedure for the material handling along
with its specifications.
 Need for Material handling also explained with different techniques like Automated
Material handling Design Program, Computerized material handling Planning will be
dealt.
 The Material handling is explained with models, selection procedure of material
handling is depending on different function oriented systems. This also related with
plant layout by which the minimization of the handling charges will come down.
 The ergonomics related to material handling equipment about design and
miscellaneous equipments.

293
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – I
Types of intraplant transporting facility, principal groups of material handling equipments,
choice of material handling equipment, hoisting equipment, screw type, hydraulic and
pneumatic conveyors, general characteristics of hoisting machines, surface and overhead
equipments, general characteristics of surface and overhead equipments and their
applications. Introduction to control of hoisting equipments.

UNIT – II
Flexible hoisting appliances like ropes and chains, welded load chains, roller chains, selection
of chains hemp rope and steel wire rope, selection of ropes, fastening of hain sand ropes ,
different types of load suspension appliances, fixed and movable pulleys, different types of
pulley systems, multiple pulley systems . Chain and rope sheaves and sprockets.

UNIT – III
Load handling attachments, standard forged hook, hook weights, hook bearings, cross piece
and casing of hook, crane grab for unit and piece loads, carrier beams and clamps, load
platforms and side dump buckets, electric lifting magnets, grabbing attachments for loose
materials, crane attachments for handling liquid materials.

UNIT – IV
Arresting gear, ratchet type arresting gear, roller ratchet, shoe brakes and its different types
like electromagnetic, double shoe type, thruster operated, controller brakes, shoe brakes,
thermal calculations of shoe brakes and life of linings, safety handles, load operated constant
force and variable force brakes general theory of band brakes, its types and construction.

UNIT – V
Different drives of hosting gears like individual and common motor drive for several
mechanisms, traveling gear, traveling mechanisms for moving trolleys and cranes on runway
rails, mechanisms for trackless, rubber-tyred and crawler cranes motor propelled trolley
hoists and trolleys, rails and traveling wheels, slewing, jib and luffing gears. Operation of
hoisting gear during transient motion, selecting the motor rating and determining braking
torque for hoisting mechanisms, drive efficiency calculations, selecting the motor rating and
determining braking torque for traveling mechanisms, slewing mechanisms, jib and luffing
mechanisms. (Elementary treatment is expected)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Materials Handling Equipment – N. Rudenko , Envee Publishers, New Delhi
2. Materials Handling Equipment – M.P. Alexandrov. Mie publications, Moscow

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Aspects of Material handling - Arora
2. Introduction to Material Handling- Ray
3. Plant Layout and Material Handling- Chowdary RB

294
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Overview:
Non Conventional resources include solar energy, wind, falling water, the heat of the earth
(geothermal), plant materials (biomass), waves, ocean currents, temperature differences in the
oceans and the energy of the tides. Non Conventional energy technologies produce power,
heat or mechanical energy by converting those resources either to electricity orto motive
power. The policy maker concerned with development of the national grid system will focus
on those resources that have established themselves commercially and are cost effective for
on grid applications. Such commercial technologies include hydroelectric power, solar
energy, fuels derived from biomass, wind energy and geothermal energy. Wave, ocean
current, ocean thermal and other technologies that are in the research or early commercial
stage, as well as non-electric Non Conventional energy technologies, such as solar water
heaters and geothermal heat pumps, are also based on Non Conventional resources, but
outside the scope of this Manual.

Course Objectives:
 Graduates will demonstrate the ability to use basic knowledge in mathematics, science
and engineering and apply them to solve problems specific to mechanical engineering
(Fundamental engineering analysis skills).
 Graduates will demonstrate the ability to design and conduct experiments, interpret
and analyze data, and report results (Information retrieval skills).
 Graduates should be capable of self-education and clearly understand the value of
life-long learning (Continuing education awareness).
 Graduates will develop an open mind and have an understanding of the impact of
engineering on society and demonstrate awareness of contemporary issues (Social
awareness).
 Graduate will be able to design a system to meet desired needs within environmental,
economic, political, ethical health and safety, manufacturability and management
knowledge and techniques to estimate time, resources to complete project (Practical
engineering analysis skills).

Course Outcomes:
 Introduction to Renewable Energy Sources, Principles of Solar Radiation, Different
Methods of Solar Energy Storage and its Applications, Concepts of Solar Ponds, Solar
Distillation and Photo Voltaic Energy Conversion

295
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

 Introduction to Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors ,Classification of

Concentrating Collectors
 Introduction to Wind Energy, Horizontal and Vertical Access Wind Mills, Bio-
Conversion
 Types of Bio-Gas Digesters and Utilization for Cooking Geothermal Energy
Resources
 Types of Wells and Methods of Harnessing the Energy, Ocean Energy and Setting of
OTEC Plants
 Tidal and Wave Energy and Mini Hydel Power Plant, Need and Principles of Direct
Energy Conversion
 Concepts of Thermo-Electric Generators and MHD Generators

UNIT - I
Statistics on conventional energy sources and supply in developing countries, Definition-
Concepts of NCES, Limitations of RES, Criteria for assessing the potential of NCES.
Classification of NCES - Solar, Wind, Geothermal, Bio-mass, Ocean Energy Sources,
comparison of these energy sources.

UNIT - II
Solar Energy-Energy available form Sun, Solar radiation data, Solar energy conversion into
heat, Flat plate and Concentrating collectors, Mathematical analysis of Flat plate collectors
and collector efficiency, Principle of Natural and Forced convection, Solar engines-Stirling,
Brayton engines, Photovoltaic, p-n junction, solar cells, PV systems, Stand-alone, Grid
connected solar power satellite.

UNIT - II
Wind energy conversion, General formula -Lift and Drag- Basis of wind energy conversion -
Effect of density, frequency variances, angle of attack, and wind speed. Windmill rotors-
Horizontal axis and vertical axis rotors. Determination of torque coefficient, Induction type
generators- working principle.

UNIT - IV
Nature of Geothermal sources, Definition and classification of resources, Utilization for
electric generation and direct heating, Well Head power generating units, Basic features-
Atmospheric exhaust and condensing, exhaust types of conventional steam turbines.
Pyrolysis of Biomass to produce solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, Biomass gasification,
Constructional details of gasifier, usage of biogas for chulhas, various types of chulhas for
rural energy needs.

UNIT - V
Wave, Tidal and OTEC energy- Difference between tidal and wave power generation,
Principles of tidal and wave power generation, OTEC power plants, Operational of small

296
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

cycle experimental facility, Design of 5 Mw OTEC pro-commercial plant, Economics of

OTEC, Environmental impacts of OTEC. Status of multiple product OTEC systems.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ashok V Desai, Non-Conventional Energy, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi, 2003
2. K M, Non-Conventional Energy Systems, Wheeler Publishing Co. Ltd, New Delhi,
2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ramesh R & Kumar K U, Renewable Energy Technologies, Narosa Publishing
House, New Delhi, 2004
2. Wakil MM, Power Plant Technology, Mc Graw Hill Book Co, New Delhi, 2004.
3. Non - Conventional Energy Sources. Rai

297
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
ROBOTICS
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT623OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Basic principles of Kinematics and mechanics

Course Objectives: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts
and techniques in robotic engineering, manipulator kinematics, dynamics and control, chose,
and incorporate robotic technology in engineering systems.
 Make the students acquainted with the theoretical aspects of Robotics
 Enable the students to acquire practical experience in the field of Robotics through
design projects and case studies.
 Make the students to understand the importance of robots in various fields of
engineering.
 Expose the students to various robots and their operational details.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the basic
components of robots. Differentiate types of robots and robot grippers. Model forward and
inverse kinematics of robot manipulators. Analyze forces in links and joints of a robot.
Programme a robot to perform tasks in industrial applications. Design intelligent robots using
sensors.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Automation and Robotics, CAD/CAM and Robotics – An over view of
Robotics – present and future applications.
Components of the Industrial Robotics: common types of arms. Components,
Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and challenges of end effectors,
Design of end effectors, Precision of Movement: Resolution, Accuracy and Repeatability,
Speed of Response and Load Carrying Capacity.

UNIT – II
Motion Analysis: Basic Rotation Matrices, Equivalent Axis and Angle, Euler Angles,
Composite Rotation Matrices. Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and
translation – problems.
Manipulator Kinematics-H notation-H method of Assignment of frames-H Transformation
Matrix, joint coordinates and world coordinates, Forward and inverse kinematics – problems
on Industrial Robotic Manipulation.

298
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – III
Differential transformation of manipulators, Jacobians – problems. Dynamics: Lagrange –
Euler and Newton – Euler formations – Problems.

Trajectory planning and avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Slew motion, joint
interpolated motion – straight line motion.

UNIT IV
Robot actuators and Feedback components:
Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors, comparison of
Actuators, Feedback components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders –
Velocity sensors, Tactile and Range sensors, Force and Torque sensors.

UNIT V
Robot Application in Manufacturing:
Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading- Processing - spot and
continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Robotics / Groover M P /Mc Graw Hill
2. Introduction to Industrial Robotics / Ramachandran Nagarajan / Pearson

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Robot Dynamics and Controls / Spony and Vidyasagar / John Wiley
2. Robot Analysis and control / Asada , Slotine / Wiley Inter-Science

299
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
CONCEPTS OF NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT831OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 Beginners will be able to acquaint themselves with the excited subject though they are
novice, whereas advanced learners will equip themselves to solve the complicated
issues further.
 To know the importance of the synthesis method addressed in the material properties
and give practical experience of nanomaterials synthesis/properties and
characterization; investigations into the various factors influence the properties of
nanomaterials, optimizing the procedures, and implementations to the new designs
 To provide a sound understanding of the various concepts involved in fabrication of
device architectures’ and able to evaluate them in advance

Course Outcome: The intended course covers the whole spectrum of nanomaterials ranging
from introduction, classification, synthesis, properties, and characterization tools of
nanophase materials to application including some new developments in various aspects.

UNIT - I
Introduction to Nano: Importance, Definition and scope, Nano size, challenges,
applications. Electrons, Other Materials, Nano magnetism as a case study; Fundamental terms
(Physics & Chemistry) in nano-science and technology; Feynman’s perspective; Scaling laws
pertaining to mechanics, optics, electromagnetism; Importance of Quantum mechanics,
statistical mechanics and chemical kinetics in nano-science and technology;

UNIT - II
Classification of nano materials: Scientific basis for top-down and bottom-up approaches to
synthesize Nanomaterials; How to characterize Nanomaterials?

UNIT - III
Tools for Nanoscience and Technology: Tools for measuring properties of Nanostructures,
Tools to Make Nanostructures. Nano scale Bio-structures, modelling

UNIT - IV
Nano-Biotechnology: Bio-molecules; Biosensors; Nanomaterials in drug delivery; Working
in clean room environments; Safety and related aspects of Nanomaterials;

300
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Carbon Nanomaterials and Applications: Carbon Nano structures and types of Carbon
Nano tubes, growth mechanisms of carbon nanotubes. Carbon clusters and Fullerenes,
Lithium & Hydrogen adsorption & storages, Fuel cell applications and energy storage,
Chemical Sensors applications of CNTs

TEXT BOOKS AND REFERENCES:

1. Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – B. S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev
Raj, B. B. Rath and James Murday, University Press-IIM Series in Metallurgy and
Materials Science.
2. A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – T. Pradeep, Tata McGraw Hill
edition.
3. Nanotechnology Fundamentals and Applications- by Manasi Karkare I. K
International
4. Nanoscience and Nanotechnology in engineering – by Vijay K Varadan A Sivathanu
pillai Word scientific
5. Nanotechnology Applications To Telecommunications And Networking By Daniel
Minoli, Wiley Interscience
6. Nanotechnology Principles and Applications by Sulabha Kulkarni

301
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To provide knowledge about top-down and bottom-up approaches for the synthesis of
nanomaterials.
 To enhance the various nanosynthesis techniques and to identify and solve problems
 To design and conduct experiments relevant to nanochemistry, as well as to analyze
the results.
 To improve usage of synthesis methods for modern technology

Course Outcome: To provide abundant knowledge on various synthesis methods of

nanomaterials.

UNIT - I
Introduction, Bottom-up approach: Sol-gel method, emulsion and Top-down: ball milling
approach with examples.

UNIT - II
Physical methods: Inert gas condensation, Arc discharge, plasma synthesis, electric explosion
of wires, molecular beam epitaxy, Physical Vapour Deposition, thermal evaporation,
lithography and sputtering.

UNIT - III
Chemical methods: Nanocrystals by chemical reduction, photochemical synthesis,
electrochemical synthesis, co-precipitation method. Semiconductor nanocrystals by arrested
precipitation, sonochemical routes

UNIT - IV
Biological methods – use of bacteria, fungi, actinomycetes for nano-particle synthesis nano-
particles Solvated metal atom dispersion, Template based synthesis of nanomaterials.

UNIT - V
Thermolysis route - spray pyrolysis, solvothermal and hydrothermal routes, solution
combustion synthesis, Chemical vapor deposition

302
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – B. S. Murthy, P. Shankar, Baldev
Raj, B. B .Rath and James Murday, University Press-IIM Series in Metallurgy and
Materials Science.
2. A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology – T. Pradeep, Tata McGraw Hill
edition.
3. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials by Guozhong Cao
4. Inorganic Materials Synthesis and Fabrication by J.N. Lalena, D.A. Cleary, E.E.
Carpenter, N.F. Dean, John Wiley & Sons Inc.
5. Introduction to Nano Technology by Charles P. Poole Jr and Frank J. Owens. Wiley
India Pvt Ltd.
6. The Chemistry of nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications, Vol-I by
C.N.R. Rao, A. Muller and A.K. Cheetham
7. The Physics of Micro/Nano- Fabrication by Ivor Brodie and Julius [Link]

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Encyclopedia of Nanotechnology by M. Balakrishna Rao and K. Krishna Reddy, Vol
I to X, Campus books.
2. Encyclopedia of Nanotechnology by H.S. Nalwa
3. Nano: The Essentials – Understanding Nano Science and Nanotechnology – by T.
Pradeep, Tata McGraw Hill

303
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MATERIAL SCIENCE AND

NANOTECHNOLOGY)
CHARACTERIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: NT833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To develop ability to understand modern characterization techniques especially
utilized to probe in nanoscopic regime
 To elucidate on application of standard spectroscopy, microscopy techniques for
element analysis, structure analysis, depth profiling, topography imaging, as well as
surface and interface analysis
 To provide overview of principles underlying the characterization methods and basic
theory for analysis of the data obtained from the instrument
 The objective of this course is to make the students understand the principles
underlying various spectroscopies and instrumentations specific to nanomaterials

UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Electron Microscopy: Advantages of Electron Microscope over Optical
Microscope (Magnification, Resolution, Depth of field). Theory and principle of Electron
Microscope, Electron sources, Electron lenses (Electrostatic and Electromagnetic).

UNIT - II
Scanning Electron Microscopy: SEM: Theory of operation, Specimen-Beam interactions
Importance of beam spot size, Machine variables, Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM).
Specimen Preparation in SEM: Special methods for various sample types – Biological
sample preparation, Applications of SEM

UNIT - III
Transmission Electron Microscopy: TEM: Theory of operation, Modes of operation,
Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM),Bright field Imaging, Electron diffraction, Dark
field imaging, High Resolution TEM (HRTEM), Applications of TEM.

UNIT - IV
Atomic Force Microscopy: AFM: Basic concepts – Interactive forces, Principle and
instrumentation, Force curves and force measurements, Modes of imaging: Tapping, contact
and non-contact, Probes, Tip functionalization,

304
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
X-Ray Diffraction and Spectroscopic methods:
X-ray diffraction–Powder method, Single crystal diffraction technique -Determination of
crystal strucures – Nanostructural analysis – Profile analysis (peak broadening and micro
strain) – Crystallite size analysis using Scherer formula and Williamson – Hall equation. UV
Spectroscopy, IR Spectroscopy and Raman Spectroscopy

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nanotechnology: Principles and Practices – Sulabha K. Kulkarni – Capital Publishing
Company
2. 2. Nano: The Essentials – Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology by T.
Pradeep. Tata McGraw Hill
3. 3. Introduction to Nano Technology by Charles. P. Poole Jr and Frank J. Owens,
Wiley India Pvt Ltd.
4. A practical approach to X-Ray diffraction analysis by C. Suryanarayana

REFERENCES:
1. Haynes. R, Woodruff. D. P. and Talchar, T.A., optical Microscopy of Materials
Cambridge University press, 1986.
2. Flegler, S.L., Heckman, J.W. and Klomparens, K.L., scanning and Transmission
Electron Microscopy: A Introduction WH Freeman & Co, 1993.
3. Paul E. West, introduction to Atomic Force Microscopy Theory Practice Applications
4. Julian Chen N, C., introduction to Scanning Tunneling Microscopy, Oxford
University Press, Inc., 1993.
5. Magonov, S.M., and Whangbo, M-H., surface Analysis with STM and AFM:
Experimental and Theoretical Aspects of Image Analysis VCH Publishers, Inc., New
York 1996.
6. Goldstein, J., Newbury, D.E., Joy, D.C., and Lym, C.E., scanning Electron
Microscopy and X-ray Microanalysis, 2003.

305
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

ANALOG AND DIGITAL IC APPLICATIONS
(OPEN ELECTIVE – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT511OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Integrated Circuits : Classification, chip size and circuit complexity, basic information of
Op amp, ideal and practical Op-amp, internal circuits, Op-amp characteristics, DC and AC
characteristics, 741 op-amp and its features, modes of operation-inverting, non-inverting,
differential.
OP-AMP Applications: Basic application of Op-amp, instrumentation amplifier, ac
amplifier, V to I and I to V converters, sample & hold circuits, multipliers and dividers,
Differentiators and Integrators, Comparators.

UNIT - II
Schmitt trigger, Multivibrators, introduction to voltage regulators, features of 723.
Active Filters & Oscillators: Introduction, 1st order LPF, HPF filters. Band pass, Band
reject, and all pass filters. Oscillator types and principle of operation – RC, Wien, and
quadrature type, waveform generators – triangular, saw tooth, square wave and VCO.

UNIT - III
Timers & Phase Locked Loops: Introduction to 555 timer, functional diagram, monostable
and astable operations, and applications, Schmitt Trigger. PLL - introduction, block
schematic, principles, and description of individual blocks of 565.
D-A and A- D Converters : Introduction, basic DAC techniques, weighted resistor DAC, R-
2R ladder DAC, inverted R-2R DAC, and IC 1408 DAC, Different types of ADCs - parallel
comparator type ADC, counter type ADC, successive approximation ADC and dual slope
ADC. DAC and ADC specifications.

UNIT - IV
Classification of Integrated circuits, comparison of various logic families, standard TTL
NAND Gate- Analysis& characteristics, TTL open collector O/Ps, Tristate TTL, MOS &
CMOS open drain and tristate outputs, CMOS transmission gate, IC interfacing- TTL driving
CMOS & CMOS driving TTL.
Design using TTL-74XX & CMOS 40XX series, code converters, decoders, Demultiplexers,
decoders, & drives for LED & LCD display. Encoder, priority Encoder, multiplexers, & their
applications, priority generators/checker circuits. Digital arithmetic circuits-parallel binary
adder/subtractor circuits using 2’s, Complement system. Digital comparator circuits.

306
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Sequential Circuits: Flip-flops & their conversions. Design of synchronous counters.
Decade counter, shift registers, & applications, familiarities with commonly available 74XX
& CMOS 40XX series of IC counters.
Memories: ROM architecture, types, & applications, RAM architecture, Static & Dynamic
RAMs, synchronous DRAMs.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Linear Integrated Circuits –D. Roy Choudhury, New Age International (p) Ltd, 2nd
Ed., 2003.
2. Op-Amps & Linear ICs – Ramakanth A. Gayakwad, PHI, 1987.

REFERENCES:
1. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits – R.F. Coughlin & Fredrick F.
Driscoll, PHI, 1977.
2. Operational Amplifiers & Linear Integrated Circuits: Theory & Applications –Denton
J. Daibey, TMH.
3. Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits-Sergio Franco,
McGraw Hill, 3rd Ed., 2002.
4. Digital Fundamentals – Floyd and Jain, Pearson Education, 8th Edition, 2005.

307
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
(Open Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT512OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT – I
Introduction to Intellectual property: Introduction, types of intellectual property,
international organizations, agencies and treaties, importance of intellectual property rights.

UNIT – II
Trade Marks: Purpose and function of trademarks, acquisition of trade mark rights,
protectable matter, selecting, and evaluating trade mark, trade mark registration processes.

UNIT – III
Law of copy rights : Fundamental of copy right law, originality of material, rights of
reproduction, rights to perform the work publicly, copy right ownership issues, copy right
registration, notice of copy right, international copy right law.
Law of patents: Foundation of patent law, patent searching process, ownership rights, and
transfer

UNIT – IV
Trade Secrets: Trade secrete law, determination of trade secrete status, liability for
misappropriations of trade secrets, protection for submission, trade secrete litigation.
Unfair competition: Misappropriation right of publicity, false advertising.

UNIT – V
New development of intellectual property: new developments in trade mark law; copy right
law, patent law, intellectual property audits.
International overview on intellectual property, international – trade mark law, copy right
law, international patent law, and international development in trade secrets law.

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES:

1. Intellectual property right, Deborah. E. Bouchoux, Cengage learning.
2. Intellectual property right – Unleashing the knowledge economy, prabuddha ganguli,
Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company ltd.,

308
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(Open Elective – I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT513OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand basic components of computers.
 To understand the architecture of 8086 processor.
 To understand the instruction sets, instruction formats and various addressing modes
of 8086.
 To understand the representation of data at the machine level and how computations
are performed at machine level.
 To understand the memory organization and I/O organization.
 To understand the parallelism both in terms of single and multiple processors.

Course Outcomes:
 Able to understand the basic components and the design of CPU, ALU and Control
Unit.
 Ability to understand memory hierarchy and its impact on computer
cost/performance.
 Ability to understand the advantage of instruction level parallelism and pipelining for
high performance Processor design.
 Ability to understand the instruction set, instruction formats and addressing modes of
8086.
 Ability to write assembly language programs to solve problems.

UNIT - I
Digital Computers: Introduction, Block diagram of Digital Computer, Definition of
Computer Organization, Computer Design and Computer Architecture.
Basic Computer Organization and Design: Instruction codes, Computer Registers,
Computer instructions, Timing and Control, Instruction cycle, Memory Reference
Instructions, Input – Output and Interrupt, Complete Computer Description.
Micro Programmed Control: Control memory, Address sequencing, micro program
example, design of control unit.

UNIT - II
Central Processing Unit: The 8086 Processor Architecture, Register organization, Physical
memory organization, General Bus Operation, I/O Addressing Capability, Special Processor
Activities, Minimum and Maximum mode system and timings.
8086 Instruction Set and Assembler Directives-Machine language instruction formats,
Addressing modes, Instruction set of 8086, Assembler directives and operators.

309
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Assembly Language Programming with 8086- Machine level programs, Machine coding the
programs, Programming with an assembler, Assembly Language example programs.
Stack structure of 8086, Interrupts and Interrupt service routines, Interrupt cycle of 8086,
Interrupt programming, Passing parameters to procedures, Macros, Timings and Delays.

UNIT - IV
Computer Arithmetic: Introduction, Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication Algorithms,
Division Algorithms, Floating - point Arithmetic operations.
Input-Output Organization: Peripheral Devices, Input-Output Interface, Asynchronous
data transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority Interrupt, Direct memory Access, Input –Output
Processor (IOP),Intel 8089 IOP.

UNIT - V
Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Auxiliary memory, Associate
Memory, Cache Memory.
Pipeline and Vector Processing: Parallel Processing, Pipelining, Arithmetic Pipeline,
Instruction Pipeline, RISC Pipeline, Vector Processing, Array Processors.
Multi Processors: Characteristics of Multiprocessors, Interconnection Structures, Inter
processor arbitration, Inter processor communication, and synchronization.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Computer System Architecture, M. Moris Mano, Third Edition, Pearson. (UNITS- I
, IV , V)
2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, K M Bhurchandi, A.K Ray ,3rd edition,
McGraw Hill India Education Private Ltd. (UNITS - II, III).

REFERENCES:
1. Microprocessors and Interfacing, D V Hall, SSSP Rao, 3rd edition, McGraw Hill
India Education Private Ltd.
2. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky: Computer Organization, 5th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
3. Computer Organization and Architecture, William Stallings, 9th Edition, Pearson.
4. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy: Computer Organization and Design – The
Hardware / Software Interface ARM Edition, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2009.

310
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

DATA STRUCTURES
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: EM614PE/MT621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic concepts such as Abstract Data Types, Linear, and Non
Linear Data structures.
 To understand the notations used to analyze the Performance of algorithms.
 To understand the behavior of data structures such as stacks, queues, trees, hash
tables, search trees, Graphs and their representations.
 To choose the appropriate data structure for a specified application.
 To understand and analyze various searching and sorting algorithms.
 To write programs in C to solve problems using data structures such as arrays, linked
lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs, hash tables, search trees.

Course Outcomes:
 Learn how to use data structure concepts for realistic problems.
 Ability to identify appropriate data structure for solving computing problems in
respective language.
 Ability to solve problems independently and think critically.

UNIT - I
Basic concepts- Algorithm Specification-Introduction, Recursive algorithms, Data
Abstraction Performance analysis- time complexity and space complexity, Asymptotic
Notation-Big O, Omega, and Theta notations, Introduction to Linear and Non Linear data
structures.
Singly Linked Lists-Operations-Insertion, Deletion, Concatenating singly linked lists,
circularly linked lists-Operations for Circularly linked lists, Doubly Linked Lists- Operations-
Insertion, Deletion.
Representation of single, two dimensional arrays, sparse matrices-array and linked
representations.

UNIT - II
Stack ADT, definition, operations, array and linked implementations in C, applications-infix
to postfix conversion, Postfix expression evaluation, recursion implementation, Queue ADT,
definition and operations ,array and linked Implementations in C, Circular queues-Insertion
and deletion operations, Deque (Double ended queue)ADT, array and linked implementations
in C.

311
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Trees – Terminology, Representation of Trees, Binary tree ADT, Properties of Binary Trees,
Binary Tree Representations-array and linked representations, Binary Tree traversals,
threaded binary trees, Max Priority Queue ADT-implementation-Max Heap-Definition,
Insertion into a Max Heap, Deletion from a Max Heap.
Graphs – Introduction, Definition, Terminology, Graph ADT, Graph Representations-
Adjacency matrix, Adjacency lists, Graph traversals - DFS and BFS.

UNIT - IV
Searching - Linear Search, Binary Search, Static Hashing-Introduction, hash tables, hash
functions, Overflow Handling. Sorting-Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Radix Sort, Quick sort,
Heap Sort, Comparison of Sorting methods.

UNIT - V
Search Trees-Binary Search Trees, Definition, Operations- Searching, Insertion and Deletion,
AVL Trees-Definition and Examples, Insertion into an AVL Tree ,B-Trees, Definition, B-
Tree of order m, operations-Insertion and Searching, Introduction to Red-Black and Splay
Trees(Elementary treatment-only Definitions and Examples), Comparison of Search Trees.
Pattern matching algorithm- The Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm, Tries (examples only).

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Data structures in C, 2nd Edition, E. Horowitz, S. Sahni and Susan
Anderson-Freed, Universities Press.
2. Data structures A Programming Approach with C, D. S. Kushwaha and A.K. Misra,
PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Data structures: A Pseudo code Approach with C, 2nd edition, R. F. Gilberg And B. A.
Forouzan, Cengage Learning.
2. Data structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2nd edition, M. A. Weiss, Pearson.
3. Data Structures using C, A.M. Tanenbaum, Y. Langsam, M. J. Augenstein, Pearson.
4. Data structures and Program Design in C, 2nd edition, R. Kruse, C. L. Tondo and B.
Leung, Pearson.
5. Data Structures and Algorithms made easy in JAVA, 2nd Edition, Narsimha
Karumanchi, Career Monk Publications.
6. Data Structures using C, R. Thareja, Oxford University Press.
7. Data Structures, S. Lipscutz, Schaum’s Outlines, TMH.
8. Data structures using C, A. K. Sharma, 2nd edition, Pearson..
9. Data Structures using C & C++, R. Shukla, Wiley India.
10. Classic Data Structures, D. Samanta, 2nd edition, PHI.
11. Advanced Data structures, Peter Brass, Cambridge.

312
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
(Open Elective – II)
[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: MT622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To understand the biological neural network and to model equivalent neuron models.
 To understand the architecture, learning algorithm and issues of various feed forward
and feedback neural networks.

Course Outcomes: By completing this course the student will be able to:
 Create different neural networks of various architectures both feed forward and feed
backward.
 Perform the training of neural networks using various learning rules.
 Perform the testing of neural networks and do the perform analysis of these networks
for various pattern recognition applications.

UNIT - I
Introduction: A Neural Network, Human Brain, Models of a Neuron, Neural Networks
viewed as Directed Graphs, Network Architectures, Knowledge Representation, Artificial
Intelligence and Neural Networks
Learning Process: Error Correction Learning, Memory Based Learning, Hebbian Learning,
Competitive, Boltzmann Learning, Credit Assignment Problem, Memory, Adaption,
Statistical Nature of the Learning Process

UNIT - II
Single Layer Perceptron: Adaptive Filtering Problem, Unconstrained Organization
Techniques, Linear Least Square Filters, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Learning Curves,
Learning Rate Annealing Techniques, Perceptron –Convergence Theorem, Relation Between
Perceptron and Bayes Classifier for a Gaussian Environment
Multilayer Perceptron: Back Propagation Algorithm XOR Problem, Heuristics, Output
Representation and Decision Rule, Computer Experiment, Feature Detection

UNIT - III
Back Propagation: Back Propagation and Differentiation, Hessian Matrix, Generalization,
Cross Validation, Network Pruning Techniques, Virtues, and Limitations of Back
Propagation Learning, Accelerated Convergence, Supervised Learning

UNIT - IV
Self-Organization Maps (SOM): Two Basic Feature Mapping Models, Self-Organization
Map, SOM Algorithm, Properties of Feature Map, Computer Simulations, Learning Vector
Quantization, Adaptive Patter Classification

313
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - V
Neuro Dynamics: Dynamical Systems, Stability of Equilibrium States, Attractors, Neuro
Dynamical Models, Manipulation of Attractors as a Recurrent Network Paradigm
Hopfield Models – Hopfield Models, Computer Experiment

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Neural Networks a Comprehensive Foundations, Simon Haykin, PHI edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Artificial Neural Networks - B. Yegnanarayana Prentice Hall of India P Ltd 2005
2. Neural Networks in Computer Inteligance, Li Min Fu TMH 2003
3. Neural Networks -James A Freeman David M S Kapura Pearson Education 2004.
4. Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems Jacek M. Zurada, JAICO Publishing House
Ed. 2006.

314
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT623OE 3 0 0 3

UNIT - I
Introduction to Management: Entrepreneurship and organization - Nature and Importance
of Management, Functions of Management, Taylor’s Scientific Management Theory, Fayol’s
Principles of Management, Maslow’s Theory of Human Needs, Douglas McGregor’s Theory
X and Theory Y, Herzberg’s Two-Factor Theory of Motivation, Systems Approach to
Management, Leadership Styles, Social responsibilities of Management

UNIT - II
Designing Organizational Structures: Departmentation and Decentralization, Types of
Organization structures - Line organization, Line and staff organization, functional
organization, Committee organization, matrix organization, Virtual Organization, Cellular
Organization, team structure, boundary less organization, inverted pyramid structure, lean
and flat organization structure and their merits, demerits and suitability.

UNIT - III
Operations Management: Objectives- product design process- Process selection-Types of
production system (Job, batch and Mass Production),-Plant location-factors- Urban-Rural
sites comparison- Types of Plant Layouts-Design of product layout- Line balancing(RPW
method)
Value analysis-Definition-types of values- Objectives- Phases of value analysis- Fast diagram

UNIT - IV
Work Study: Introduction – definition – objectives – steps in work study – Method study –
definition – objectives – steps of method study. Work Measurement – purpose – types of
study – stop watch methods – steps – key rating – allowances – standard time calculations –
work sampling.
Statistical Quality Control: variables-attributes, Shewart control charts for variables- X
chart, R chart, - Attributes-Defective-Defect- Charts for attributes-p-chart -c chart (simple
Problems), Acceptance Sampling- Single sampling- Double sampling plans-OC curves.

UNIT - V
Job Evaluation: methods of job evaluation – simple routing objective systems –
classification method – factor comparison method – point method – benefits of job evaluation
and limitations.
Project Management (PERT/CPM): Network Analysis, Programme Evaluation and
Review Technique (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM), Identifying critical path,

315
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Probability of Completing the project within given time, Project Cost Analysis, Project
Crashing. (simple problems)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Industrial Engineering and Management/O.P. Khanna/Khanna Publishers
2. Industrial Engineering and Management Science/T.R. Banga and S. C. Sarma/Khanna
Publishers

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Motion and Time Study by Ralph M Barnes/ John Willey & Sons Work Study by ILO
2. Human factors in Engineering & Design/Ernest J McCormick / TMH
3. Production & Operation Management /Paneer Selvam /PHI
4. Industrial Engineering Management/NVS Raju/Cengage Learning
5. Industrial Engineering Hand Book /Maynard
6. Industrial Engineering Management / Ravi Shankar/ Galgotia

316
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective – III)
[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: MT831OE/ME853PE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To explain the concepts of Non-renewable and renewable energy systems
 To outline utilization of renewable energy sources for both domestic and industrial
applications
 To analyse the environmental and cost economics of renewable energy sources in
comparison with fossil fuels.

Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of renewable energy sources
 Knowledge of working principle of various energy systems
 Capability to carry out basic design of renewable energy systems

UNIT-I
Global and National Energy Scenario: Over view of conventional & renewable energy
sources, need & development of renewable energy sources, types of renewable energy
systems, Future of Energy Use, Global and Indian Energy scenario, Renewable and Non-
renewable Energy sources, Energy for sustainable development, Potential of renewable
energy sources, renewable electricity and key elements, Global climate change, CO2
reduction potential of renewable energy- concept of Hybrid systems.

UNIT-II
Solar Energy: Solar energy system, Solar Radiation, Availability, Measurement and
Estimation, Solar Thermal Conversion Devices and Storage, Applications Solar Photovoltaic
Conversion solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, applications of solar energy systems.

UNIT-III
Wind Energy: Wind Energy Conversion, Potential, Wind energy potential measurement,
Site selection, Types of wind turbines, Wind farms, wind Generation and Control. Nature of
the wind, power in the wind, factors influencing wind, wind data and energy estimation, wind
speed monitoring, classification of wind, characteristics, applications of wind turbines,
offshore wind energy – Hybrid systems, wind resource assessment, Betz limit, site selection,
wind energy conversion devices. Wind mill component design, economics and demand side
management, energy wheeling, and energy banking concepts. Safety and environmental
aspects, wind energy potential and installation in India.

317
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT-IV
Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition), biogas plant technology and
status, Bio energy system, design and constructional features. Biomass resources and their
classification, Biomass conversion processes, Thermo chemical conversion, direct
combustion, biomass gasification, pyrolysis and liquefaction, biochemical conversion,
anaerobic digestion, types of biogas Plants, applications, alcohol production from biomass,
bio diesel production, Urban waste to energy conversion, Biomass energy programme in
India.

UNIT-V
Ocean Energy: Ocean wave energy conversion, principle of Ocean Thermal Energy
Conversion (OTEC), ocean thermal power plants, tidal energy conversion, Tidal and wave
energy its scope and development, Scheme of development of tidal energy.
1. Small hydro Power Plant: Importance of small hydro power plants and their
Elements, types of turbines for small hydro, estimation of primary and secondary
power.
2. Geothermal Energy: Geothermal power plants, various types, hot springs and steam
ejection.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources by G.D Rai
2. Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A., Renewable Energy Sources, EFN Spon Ltd., 1986.
3. Kishore VVN, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology, Teri Press, New
Delhi, 2012
4. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford
University Press, U.K, 1996.

318
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MT832OE/ME854PE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Management Science & Productivity.

Course Objectives: Understand the importance of Production planning & control. Learning
way of carrying out various functions it so as to produce right product, right quantity at right
time with minimum cost.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to, Understand
production systems and their characteristics. Evaluate MRP and JIT systems against
traditional inventory control systems. Understand basics of variability and its role in the
performance of a production system. Analyze aggregate planning strategies. Apply
forecasting and scheduling techniques to production systems. Understand theory of
constraints for effective management of production systems.

UNIT – I
Introduction: Definition – Objectives of Production Planning and Control – Functions of
production planning and control - Types of production systems - Organization of production
planning and control department.
Forecasting – Definition- uses of forecast- factors affecting the forecast- types of
forecasting- their uses - general principle of forecasting. Forecasting techniques- quantitative
and qualitative techniques. Measures of forecasting errors.

UNIT – II
Inventory management – Functions of inventories – relevant inventory costs – ABC
analysis – VED analysis – Basic EOQ model- Inventory control systems –continuous review
systems and periodic review systems, MRP I, MRP II, ERP, JIT Systems - Basic Treatment
only. Aggregate planning – Definition – aggregate-planning strategies – aggregate planning
methods – transportation model.

UNIT – III
Line Balancing: Terminology, Methods of Line Balancing, RPW method, Largest Candidate
method and Heuristic method.
Routing – Definition – Routing procedure – Factors affecting routing procedure, Route Sheet.

UNIT – IV
Scheduling –Definition – Scheduling Policies – types of scheduling methods – differences
with loading – flow shop scheduling – job shop scheduling, line of balance (LOB) –
objectives - steps involved.
319
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Dispatching: Definition – activities of dispatcher – dispatching procedures – various forms
used in dispatching.
Follow up: definition – types of follow up – expediting – definition – expediting procedures-
Applications of computers in planning and control.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Operations management – Heizer- Pearson.
2. Production and Operations Management / Ajay K Garg / Mc Graw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Production Planning and Control- Text & cases/ SK Mukhopadhyaya /PHI.
2. Production Planning and Control- Jain & Jain – Khanna publications

320
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (MECHATRONICS)

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: CE833OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima
[Link], 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, [Link] and [Link], 3e,
Cengage, 2012.
321
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2015.

322
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

MATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES
(OPEN ELECTIVE –I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MM511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: This course is intended to give an exposure to evaluation of special

characteristics of materials (Structural, Mechanical & Thermal etc.) in order to understand
their suitability in Engineering Applications

Course Outcome: At the end of the course the student will be able to characterize, identify,
and apply the material to the concerned application.

UNIT-I
X-Ray Diffraction: Introduction, Production and properties of x-rays, Bragg’s law of
diffraction. Experimental Methods of Diffraction, Intensity of Diffracted beams - Scattering
by an electron by an atom, by a unit cell, structure-factor calculations; factors affecting
Diffraction Intensities.
Application of XRD: Orientation of single crystals, Effect of plastic deformation, the
structure of polycrystalline Aggregates, Determination of crystal structure, Precise lattice
parameter measurements, Phase - diagram determination, Order-disorder transformation,
Chemical analysis by Diffraction, Stress measurement

UNIT-II
Elements of Quantitative Metallography and Image Processing.
Scanning Electron Microscopy: Principle, Interaction of electron beams with matter,
Construction and Working principle Scanning Electron Microscopy, Working Distance,
Depth of field, Depth of focus and Spot Size, Specimen preparation for Scanning Electron
Microscopy, Different types of modes used in Scanning Electron Microscopy (Secondary
Electron and Backscatter Electron) and their applications, Advantages, limitations and
applications of Scanning Electron Microscopy, Electron Backscattered Diffraction.

UNIT-III
Transmission Electron Microscopy: Principle, Construction and Working principle of
Transmission Electron Microscopy, Resolving power and Magnification, Depth of field and
Depth of focus, Bright and dark field, Specimen preparation for the Transmission Electron
Microscopy: Selected Area Diffraction, Applications of Transmission Electron Microscopy,
Advantage and Limitations of Transmission Electron Microscopy.

323
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT-IV
Spectroscopy – Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy, Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy,
Electron Probe Microanalyzer,

UNIT-V
Principles, Instrumentation, operation and application of thermal analysis,
Thermogravimetric Analysis, TGA, Differential Scanning Calorimetry, Differential thermal
analysis, Dynamic Mechanical Analysis, Dialatometry.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Material Characterization: Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods –
Yang Leng – John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd. 2008
2. Microstructural Characterization of Materials - David Brandon, Wayne D Kalpan,
John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2008.

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy – IV Ed. – Colin Neville Banwell and
Elaine M. McCash, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Elements of X-ray diffraction – Bernard Dennis Cullity & Stuart R Stocks, Prentice
Hall , 2001 – Science

324
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY OF NANO MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)
[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C
Course Code: MM621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: This course is intended to expose the students to the most exciting area of
nano materials. This would emphasize the classification, synthesis and applications of these
materials.

Course Outcome: The student will be able to design a component/material that would
provide us a ‘better tomorrow’ via nanotechnology.

UNIT-I
Introduction: History and Scopy, classification of nanostructural materials, Applications,
Challenges and future prospects

UNIT-II
Unique properties of nano-materials, microstrucutre and defects in nano-crystalline materials,
effect of nano-dimension on material behaviours

UNIT-III
Synthesis Routes: Bottom up approaches, top down approaches, consolidation of nano-
powders.

UNIT-IV
Application of nano-materials: Nano-electronics, Micro and Nano-electromechanical
systems, nano-sensors, Nano-catalyst, Structure and engineering, Automotive, Nano-medical,
water and environment treatment, energy, defence and space, textile and paints.

UNIT-V
Nanostructured materials with high application potential: Quantum dots, Carbon nanotubes,
GaN Nanowires, Nanocrystalline Zno, Nanocrystalline Tio2, Multilayered films

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Text book of Nano Science and Technology: B S Murthy, Universities press-IIM
series in Metallurgy and Material Sciene
2. Nano Essentials: T Pradeep / TMH
REFERENCES:
1. Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology
2. Nano Materials Synthersis, Properties and applications, 1996 Edlstein and
Cammarate.
3. Nano Materials A.K. Bandyopadyay/ New age Publications

325
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

METALLURGY FOR NON METALLURGISTS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MM622OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives:
 To describe the basic principles of metallurgy and the importance of metallurgy in
various discipline of engineering.
 Gain a thorough knowledge about heat treatment of steels.
 Gain knowledge about properties and uses of cast irons and non ferrous metals.
 Gain a working knowledge of basic testing methods for metals.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course Student would be able

 To use and apply metallurgy in his own branch of engineering.
 The student will be able to justify the various testing methods adopted for metals.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Crystal structure and defects, Crystal structure of metals, Classification of
steels, Carbon steels

UNIT-II
Heat Treatment of Steels: The Iron carbon systems, Common phases in steels, Annealing,
Normalizing, Hardening and tempering

UNIT-III
Cast irons: Properties and applications of Ductile irons, Malleable irons, Compacted
graphite iron.

UNIT-IV
Non Ferrous Metals: Properties and applications of Light Metals (Al, Be, Mg, Ti), Super
alloys

UNIT-V
Testing of Metals: Hardness testing, Tensile Testing, Impact Testing, Fatigue Testing.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Materials Science and Engineering, An introduction. WD Callister, Jr., Adapted by R.
Balasubramaniam, John Wiley & Sons, NY, Indian edition, 2007
2. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy – SH Avner, TATA Mc GRAW HILL ,1997
3. Mechanical Metallurgy – G. E. Dieter

326
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Engineering Physical Metallurgy and Heat treatment – Y Lakhtin
2. C. Suryanarayana, Experimental Techniques in Mechanics and Materials, John
Wiley, John Wiley, NJ, USA, 2006
3. Foundations of Materials Science and Engineering – WF Smith

327
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

DESIGN AND SELECTION OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS
(OPEN ELECTIVE - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T P C

Course Code: MM831OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objective: This course aims at making student to understand and design a material
for a given application considering the composition, manufacturing process and properties
that are required in service.

Course Outcome: Understand the Relationship between materials selection, processing and
applications.

UNIT-I
Materials selection process: Criteria for selection of materials

UNIT-II
Effect of composition, processing and structure on materials properties: Concepts in the
design of industrial components

UNIT-III
Properties vs Performance materials: Aerospace and defense applications: design and alloy
based on LCF, TMF, Creep fatigue interaction, hot corrosion resistance, role of DBTT for
Naval applications, Intermetallics, Aluminides

UNIT-IV
Nuclear Material: Manufacturing aspects of design
Nuclear application: radiation damage, effect of radiation damage on YS, UTS, DBTT,
design of alloy for fission and fusion reactors

UNIT-V
Special Materials: Manufacturing aspects of design
Selection and design of ceramics composites and polymers for specific applications,

TEXT BOOKS
1. M.F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, Pergamon Press, 1992
2. G.E. Dieter, Engineering Design, A Materials and Processing Approach, 2nd ed.,
McGraw-Hill, 1991

REFERENCES
1. T.H. Courtney, Mechanical Behavior of Materials, McGraw-Hill, 1990
2. J.R. Dixon and C. Poli, Engineering Design and Design for Manufacturing, Field
Stone Publishers, 1995
328
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MINING ENGINEERING

INTRODUCTION TO MINING TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN511OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: The student is expected to learn the fundamentals of mining engineering
so as to encourage multi-disciplinary research and application of other branches of
engineering to mining technology.

Course Outcomes: Upon completion of the course, the student shall be able to understand
various stages in the life of the mine, drilling , blasting and shaft sinking.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Distribution of mineral deposits in India and other countries, mining
contributions to civilization, mining terminology,

UNIT-II
Stages in the life of the mine - prospecting, exploration, development, exploitation, and
reclamation. Access to mineral deposit- selection, location, size and shape (incline, shaft and
adit), brief overview of underground and surface mining methods.

UNIT-III
Drilling: Types of drills, drilling methods, electric, pneumatic and hydraulic drills, drill steels
and bits, drilling rigs, and jumbos.

UNIT-IV
Explosives: Classification, composition, properties and tests, fuses, detonators, blasting
devices and accessories, substitutes for explosives, handling and storage, transportation of
explosives.; Rock blasting: Mechanism of rock blasting, blasting procedure, and pattern of
shot holes.

UNIT-V
Shaft sinking: Ordinary and special methods, problems, and precautions, shaft supports and
lining.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. R. P. Pal, Rock blasting effect and operation, A. A. Balkema, 1st Ed, 2005.
2. D. J. Deshmukh, Elements of mining technology, Vol. 1, Central techno, 7th Ed, 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. C. P. Chugh, Drilling technology handbook, Oxford and IBH, 1st Ed, 1977.
2. R. D. Singh, Principles and practices of modern coal mining, New age international,
1st Ed, 1997.

329
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MINING ENGINEERING

COAL GASIFICATION, COAL BED METHANE AND SHALE GAS
(Open Elective - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN621OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: To specialize the students with additional knowledge on geological and
technological factors of coal gasification industry mining methods of underground coal
gasification, linkage techniques etc.

Course Outcomes; Student can get specialized in the underground coal gasification
concepts, application and future scope in various geomining conditions.

UNIT-I
Underground Coal Gasification (UCG) Concept; Chemistry, conditions suitable for UCG,
Principles of UCG., Merits and Demerits.

UNIT-II
UCG Process Component factors: Technology of UCG, opening up of coal seam for UCG.

UNIT-III
Mining methods of UCG: Chamber method, Stream method, Borehole procedure method,
Blind bore hole method.

UNIT-IV
Non-Mining methods of UCG: Level seams, Inclined seams.

UNIT-V
Linkage Techniques: Pekcolation linkage, Electro linkage, Boring linkage, compressed-air-
linkage, Hydraulic fracture linkage. Future Scope and Development: Innovations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Underground Coal Mining Methods – J.G. SINGH
2. Winning and Working Coal in India [Link]- R. T. Deshmukh and [Link].

REFERENCE BOOK:
1. Principles and Practices of Modern Coal Mining – R.D. SINGH

330
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MINING ENGINEERING

SOLID FUEL TECHNOLOGY
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN831OE 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisites: Under graduate Physics and Chemistry

Course Objectives: Understand coal formation, properties, and their evaluation along with
various issues of coal washing

Course Outcomes: Students can understand the fundamentals of

Processes of formation of coal, properties and evaluation and coal preparation and
washability characteristics of coal

UNIT-I
Introduction: Processes of formation of coal, Theories of origin of coal, Eras of coal
formation, Indian Coalfields and its subsidiaries: Occurrence and distribution, coal bearing
formations, coal type and rank variation, Characteristics of major coalfields, Coal production
from different sectors.

UNIT-II
Coal petrography: Macro and micro lithotypes, Composition of macerals, application of coal
petrography, Mineral matter in coal: Origin and chemical composition, Impact of mineral
matter in coal process industry.

UNIT-III
Coal properties and their evaluation: proximate and ultimate analysis, calorific value,
crossing and ignition point temperature, plastic properties (free swelling index, Caking index,
Gray King Low Temperature Assay, Roga index, plastometry, dilatometry).

UNIT-IV
Physical properties like specific gravity, hard groove grindability index, heat of wetting,
crossing point temperature of coal, Behavior of coal at elevated temperatures and products of
thermal decomposition, Classification of coal - International and Indian classification,
grading of Indian coals.

UNIT-V
Coal Washing: Principles, objectives, coal preparation, washability characteristics; Selection,
testing, storage and utilization of coking and non-coking coal, Use of coal by different
industries.

331
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. Sarkar, Fuels and Combustion, Orient Longman Private Ltd., 2nd edition, 1990
2. O. P. Gupta, Elements of Fuels, Furnaces and Refractories, Khanna Publication, 3rd
Edition, 1996.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. M. A. Elliot, Chemistry of Coal Utilization, Wiley, 1981.
2. D. Chandra, R. M. Singh, and M. P. Singh, Text Book of Coal, Tara Book Agency,
2000.

332
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. MINING ENGINEERING

HEALTH AND SAFETY IN MINES
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem L T P C

Course Code: MN832OE 3 0 0 3

Course Objectives: To brief mining students in health and safety engineering concepts,
causes of accident, training, human behavioral approach in safety etc.

Course Outcomes: student will gain knowledge and able to understand the importance of
health and safety including the role of safety risk assessment in mining industry

UNIT-I
Introduction to accidents, prevention, health and safety in industry : Terminology, reason for
preventing accidents – moral and legal.
Safety scenario in Indian mines, Accidents in Indian mines, Measurement of safety
performance. Classification of accidents as per Mining legislation/law and general
classification of accidents.

UNIT-II
Causes and preventive measures of accidents in underground and opencast mines i.e., due to
fall of roof and sides, transportation of machinery, haulage and winding, drilling and blasting,
movement of machinery in opencast mines and electricity etc., ; accident analysis and report,
cost of accidents, statistical analysis of accidents and their importance for promotion of
safety.

UNIT-III
System engineering approach to safety, techniques used in safety analysis, generic approach
to loss control within mining operations. Concept of ZAP and MAP.

UNIT-IV
Risk management, Risk identification, Risk estimation and evaluation, Risk minimization
techniques in mines. Risk analysis using FTA, HAZOP, ETA etc; health risk assessment and
occupational diseases in mining.

UNIT-V
Development of safety consciousness, publicity and propaganda for safety; training of
workmen, Human Behavioral approach in safety, safety polices and audio-visual aids, safety
drives campaigns, safety audit. Safety management and organization; Internal safety
organization

333
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Occupational Safety and Health in Industries and Mines by C.P. Singh
2. S.K. Das, Mine Safety and Legislation. Lovely Prakashan, Dhanbad, 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. N.J. Bahr, System Safety Engineering, and Risk Assessment: A Practical Approach,
Taylor and Francis, NY, 1997.
2. Indian Mining Legislation – A Critical Appraisal by Rakesh & Prasad

334
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE511OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: This subject is intended to:

 Provide all the technical/engineering inputs to the learner to choose or select suitable
materials of construction of chemical/petrochemical process equipment, piping and
internals.
 Import expertise to the material so that it meets the specific life expectancy, by
reducing the shutdown frequency.
 Learn the techniques in minimizing equipment breakdown and increasing the on-
stream factor.
 To gain knowledge in choosing/selecting the material such that it withstands the
severe process operating conditions such as cryogenic, high temperature, high
pressure, acidic, basic, stress induced chemical/petrochemical environments keeping
view the reliability and safety of the process equipment.

Course Outcome: After the course, the students will be to

 Equipped with knowledge to prepare material selection diagram, evaluation of
equipment life and prediction of life of the equipment.
 Acquiring the abilities to carryout reliability studies.
 Ready to carryout equipment failure analysis and propose the remedial measures.

UNIT - I
Classification of engineering materials, Levels of Structure, Structure-Property relationships
in materials, Crystal Geometry and non-crystalline(amorphous) states. Lattice –Bravais
lattices, crystal systems with examples. Lattice co-ordinates, Miller and Miller- Bravais
Indices for directions and places: ionic, covalent and metallic solids; packing factors and
packing efficiency, ligancy and coordination number. Structure determination by Brag’s X-
ray diffraction method.

UNIT - II
Crystal Imperfections-classification-point defects-estimation of point defects-Dislocations-
classification(edge and screw)-surface defects -dislocation motion and its relevance to
mechanical and chemical properties –stress-strain relationship and diagrams for different
materials(metals, non-metals, rubbers and plastics and polymers)-elastic and plastic
deformation-slip -stress required to move a dislocation. Multiplication of dislocations –
dislocation reactions, effect on mechanical behavior of materials. Strain hardening/work
hardening –dynamic recovery and recrystallization.

335
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Fracture and failure of materials: ductile fracture analysis-brittle fracture analysis-fracture
toughness-ductile-brittle transition-fatigue fracture-theory, creep and mechanism –methods to
postpone the failure and fracture of materials and increase the life of the engineering
components /structures.

UNIT - IV
Solid –liquid and solid-solid Equilibria for metals and alloys. Phase rule-phase diagram for
pure metals (single component system),alloys(binary systems)-micro structural changes
during cooling-Lever rule and its applications-typical phase diagrams-homogeneous and
heterogeneous systems, formation of Eutectic, Eutectoid mixtures- non-equilibrium cooling.
Binary Systems(phase diagrams) for study: Cu-Ni/Bi-Cd/Pb-Sn/ Fe-C /Al-Cu
Materials for chemical and petrochemical industrial process equipment- Effect of alloying on
mechanical and chemical behavior of materials, applications of heat treatment methods for
strengthening of engineering materials.

UNIT - V
Composite structures and their advantages over conventional materials–Matrix-reinforcement
properties and evaluation of strength properties with different orientation of reinforcement-
applications –Nano materials –synthesis and characterization.
Stability criteria of materials in chemical/petrochemical industrial environments. Corrosion
and Oxidation of materials –basic mechanisms-types of corrosion, Corrosion testing and
evaluation Prevailing methods to combat corrosion. Coatings –metallic non-metallic,
passivity, cathodic protection.

TEXT BOOKS:
th
1. Materials Science and Engineering, Raghavan, V., 5 Edition, PHI, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Material Science and Engineering, Ravi Prakash, William F. Smith, and Javed
Hashemi, 4th Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
th
1 Elements of Material Science and Engineering, Lawrence H. Van Vlack, 6 Edition,
Pearson, 2002.
2 Materials Science and Engineering, Balasubramaniam, R., Callister’s, Wiley, 2010.
3. Corrosion Engineering, Mars G. Fontana, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2005.

336
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE512OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 To explain the concepts of Non-renewable and renewable energy systems
 To outline utilization of renewable energy sources for both domestic and industrial
applications
 To analyse the environmental and cost economics of renewable energy sources in
comparison with fossil fuels.

Course Outcomes:
 Understanding of renewable energy sources
 Knowledge of working principle of various energy systems
 Capability to carry out basic design of renewable energy systems

UNIT-I
Global and National Energy Scenario: Over view of conventional & renewable energy
sources, need & development of renewable energy sources, types of renewable energy
systems, Future of Energy Use, Global and Indian Energy scenario, Renewable and Non-
renewable Energy sources, Energy for sustainable development, Potential of renewable
energy sources, renewable electricity and key elements, Global climate change, CO2
reduction potential of renewable energy- concept of Hybrid systems.

UNIT-II
Solar Energy: Solar energy system, Solar Radiation, Availability, Measurement and
Estimation, Solar Thermal Conversion Devices and Storage, Applications Solar Photovoltaic
Conversion solar photovoltaic, solar thermal, applications of solar energy systems.

UNIT-III
Wind Energy: Wind Energy Conversion, Potential, Wind energy potential measurement,
Site selection, Types of wind turbines, Wind farms, wind Generation and Control. Nature of
the wind, power in the wind, factors influencing wind, wind data and energy estimation, wind
speed monitoring, classification of wind, characteristics, applications of wind turbines,
offshore wind energy – Hybrid systems, wind resource assessment, Betz limit, site selection,
wind energy conversion devices. Wind mill component design, economics and demand side
management, energy wheeling, and energy banking concepts. Safety and environmental
aspects, wind energy potential and installation in India.

337
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT-IV
Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition), biogas plant technology and
status, Bio energy system, design and constructional features. Biomass resources and their
classification, Biomass conversion processes, Thermo chemical conversion, direct
combustion, biomass gasification, pyrolysis and liquefaction, biochemical conversion,
anaerobic digestion, types of biogas Plants, applications, alcohol production from biomass,
bio diesel production, Urban waste to energy conversion, Biomass energy programme in
India.

UNIT-V
Ocean Energy: Ocean wave energy conversion, principle of Ocean Thermal Energy
Conversion (OTEC), ocean thermal power plants, tidal energy conversion, Tidal and wave
energy its scope and development, Scheme of development of tidal energy.
1. Small hydro Power Plant: Importance of small hydro power plants and their
Elements, types of turbines for small hydro, estimation of primary and secondary
power.
2. Geothermal Energy: Geothermal power plants, various types, hot springs and steam
ejection.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Non-Conventional Energy Sources by G.D Rai
2. Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A., Renewable Energy Sources, EFN Spon Ltd., 1986.
3. Kishore VVN, Renewable Energy Engineering and Technology, Teri Press, New
Delhi, 2012
4. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford
University Press, U.K, 1996.

338
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
(Open Elective - I)

[Link]. III Year I Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE513OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: This subject provides the knowledge of water sources, water treatment,
design of distribution system waste water treatment, and safe disposal methods. The topics of
characteristics of waste water, sludge digestion are also included.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Analyze characteristics of water and wastewater
 Estimate the quantity of drinking water and domestic wastewater generated
 Design components of water supply systems Design sewerage system

UNIT – I
Introduction: Waterborne diseases – protected water supply – Population forecasts, design
period – types of water demand – factors affecting – fluctuations – fire demand – water
quality and testing – drinking water standards: sources of water - Comparison from quality
and quantity and other considerations – intakes – infiltration galleries.

UNIT – II
Layout and general outline of water treatment units – sedimentation – principles – design
factors – coagulation-flocculation clarifier design – coagulants - feeding arrangements.
Filtration – theory – working of slow and rapid gravity filters – multimedia filters – design of
filters – troubles in operation - comparison of filters – disinfection – theory of chlorination,
chlorine demand - other disinfection practices- Miscellaneous treatment methods.

UNIT – III
Distribution systems requirement –method and layouts -Design procedures- Hardy Cross and
equivalent pipe methods pipe – joints, valves such as sluice valves, air valves, scour valves
and check valves water meters – laying and testing of pipe lines – pump house - Conservancy
and water carriage systems – sewage and storm water estimation – time of concentration –
storm water overflows combined flow

UNIT - IV
characteristics of sewage – cycles of decay – decomposition of sewage, examination of
sewage – B.O.D. Equation – C.O.D. Design of sewers – shapes and materials – sewer
appurtenances manholes – inverted siphon – catch basins – flushing tanks – ejectors, pumps
and pump houses – house drainage – components requirements – sanitary fittings-traps – one
pipe and two pipe systems of plumbing – ultimate disposal of sewage – sewage farming –
dilution.

339
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT – V
Waste water treatment plant – Flow diagram - primary treatment Design of screens – grit
chambers – skimming tanks – sedimentation tanks – principles of design – Biological
treatment – trickling filters – standard and high rate – Construction and design of oxidation
ponds. Sludge digestion – factors effecting – design of Digestion tank – Sludge disposal by
drying – septic tanks working principles and design – soak pits.

TEXT BOOKS:
5. Environmental Engineering by H.S Peavy, D. R. Rowe, G. Tchobanog lous, McGraw
Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd, 2014
6. Environmental Engineering by D. P. Sincero and G.A Sincero, Pearson 2015.
7. Water Supply & Environmental Engineering by A.K. Chatterjee.
8. Water Supply and sanitary Engineering by G.S. Bindi, Dhanpat Rai & Sons
Publishers.

REFERENCES:
5. Water and Waste Water Technology by Steel, Wiley
6. Waste water engineering by Metcalf and Eddy, McGraw Hill, 2015.
7. Water and Waste Water Engineering by Fair Geyer and Okun, Wiley, 2011
8. Water and Waste Water Technology by Mark J Hammar and Mark J. Hammar
[Link], 2007.

340
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION
(Open Elective - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE621OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: To acquaint the student with the conventional energy sources and their
utilization. To understand the importance of heat recovery and energy conservation methods
and energy audit.

Course Outcomes: Students would have a good knowledge about conventional energy
sources and their audit. Ability to apply the fundamentals of energy conservation and
management.

UNIT-I
Global & Indian Energy Scenario-Classification of Energy sources-Energy needs of growing
economy-Energy sector reform, Energy and Environment: Global Environmental Concerns ,
Basics of Energy and its various forms.

UNIT-II
Energy Audit: Types of energy audit, Energy management (audit) approach-understanding
energy costs, Bench marking, Energy performance, Matching energy use to requirement,
Maximizing system efficiencies, Optimizing the input energy requirements, Fuel and energy
substitution, Energy audit instruments. Material and Energy balance: Facility as an energy
system, Methods for preparing process flow, Material and energy balance diagrams,

UNIT-III
Energy Action Planning, Financial Management: Financial analysis techniques- Risk and
sensitivity analysis- Financing options, Energy performance contracts and role of ESCOs-
Energy Monitoring and Targeting: Elements of monitoring & targeting, Data and
information-analysis, Techniques -energy consumption, Production, Cumulative sum of
differences (CUSUM).

UNIT-IV
Building Envelope – principles of analysis – Envelope performance -Envelope analysis of
Existing and new buildings – Building standards for new and Existing constructions.
HVAC Systems types – Energy conservation opportunities – cooling equipment – Domestic
hot water Estimating HVAC Energy consumption.

UNIT-V
Principles of Electric Energy Management, Energy Management control systems – Energy
systems maintenance. Energy management in water and waste water treatment – solid waste
treatment- air pollution control systems .
341
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Energy Management in Boilers and Fired systems – Steam and condensate systems –
cogeneration – Waste Heat recovery. Energy Management in Process Industries, Energy
Security, Codes, Standards, Electricity Act, Energy Conservation Act.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Energy Management by Murfy
2. General Aspects of Energy Management and Audit, National Productivity Council of
India, Chennai (Course Material- National Certification Examination for Energy
Management)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Energy Management Handbook, W.C. Turner, 5th Edition, Marcel Dekker, Inc, New
York, 2005.
2. Guide to Energy Management, B. L. Capehart, W. C. Turner, W. J. Kennedy, CRC
Press, New York, 2005.
3. Energy Management by O.P. Collagan

342
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
(Open Elective - II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE622OE 3 0/0/0 3

Prerequisite: Mathematics –I & Mathematics –II

Course Objectives:
 To introduce various optimization techniques i.e classical, linear programming,
transportation problem, simplex algorithm, dynamic programming
 Constrained and unconstrained optimization techniques for solving and optimizing an
electrical and electronic engineering circuits design problems in real world situations.
 To explain the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project
implementation.

Course Outcomes: After completion of this course, the student will be able to
 explain the need of optimization of engineering systems
 understand optimization of electrical and electronics engineering problems
 apply classical optimization techniques, linear programming, simplex algorithm,
transportation problem
 apply unconstrained optimization and constrained non-linear programming and
dynamic programming
 Formulate optimization problems.

UNIT – I
Introduction and Classical Optimization Techniques: Statement of an Optimization
problem – design vector – design constraints – constraint surface – objective function –
objective function surfaces – classification of Optimization problems.
Classical Optimization Techniques: Single variable Optimization – multi variable
Optimization without constraints – necessary and sufficient conditions for
minimum/maximum – multivariable Optimization with equality constraints.
Solution by method of Lagrange multipliers – Multivariable Optimization with inequality
constraints – Kuhn – Tucker conditions.

UNIT – II
Linear Programming: Standard form of a linear programming problem – geometry of linear
programming problems – definitions and theorems – solution of a system of linear
simultaneous equations – pivotal reduction of a general system of equations – motivation to
the simplex method – simplex algorithm.

343
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Transportation Problem: Finding initial basic feasible solution by north – west corner rule,
least cost method and Vogel’s approximation method – testing for optimality of balanced
transportation problems.

UNIT – III
Unconstrained Nonlinear Programming: One dimensional minimization methods,
Classification, Fibonacci method and Quadratic interpolation method
Unconstrained Optimization Techniques: Univariant method, Powell’s method and
steepest descent method.

UNIT – IV
Constrained Nonlinear Programming: Characteristics of a constrained problem -
classification - Basic approach of Penalty Function method - Basic approach of Penalty
Function method - Basic approaches of Interior and Exterior penalty function methods -
Introduction to convex programming problem.

UNIT – V
Dynamic Programming: Dynamic programming multistage decision processes – types –
concept of sub optimization and the principle of optimality – computational procedure in
dynamic programming – examples illustrating the calculus method of solution - examples
illustrating the tabular method of solution.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice by John Wiley and
Sons, 4th edition, 2009.
2. H. S. Kasene & K. D. Kumar, Introductory Operations Research, Springer (India),
Pvt. Ltd., 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. George Bernard Dantzig, Mukund Narain Thapa, “Linear programming”, Springer
series in operations research 3rd edition, 2003.
2. H.A. Taha, “Operations Research: An Introduction”, 8th Edition, Pearson/Prentice
Hall, 2007.
3. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design – Algorithms and Examples”,
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2005.

344
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
(Open Elective – II)

[Link]. III Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE623OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objective: The aim of this course is to have a comprehensive perspective of

inclusive learning, ability to learn and implement the Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship.

Course Outcome: It enables students to learn the basics of Entrepreneurship and

entrepreneurial development which will help them to provide vision for their own Start-up.

Unit – 1: Entrepreneurial Perspectives:

Evolution, Concept of Entrepreneurship, Types of Entrepreneurs, Entrepreneurial
Competencies, Capacity Building for Entrepreneurs.
Entrepreneurial Training Methods; Entrepreneurial Motivations; Models for Entrepreneurial
Development, The process of Entrepreneurial Development.

Unit – 2: New Venture Creation:

Introduction, Mobility of Entrepreneurs, Models for Opportunity Evaluation; Business plans
– Purpose, Contents, Presenting Business Plan, Procedure for setting up Enterprises, Central
level - Startup and State level - T Hub, Other Institutions initiatives.

Unit – 3: Management of MSMEs and Sick Enterprises

Challenges of MSMEs, Preventing Sickness in Enterprises – Specific Management Problems;
Industrial Sickness; Industrial Sickness in India – Symptoms, process and Rehabilitation of
Sick Units.

Units – 4: Managing Marketing and Growth of Enterprises:

Essential Marketing Mix of Services, Key Success Factors in Service Marketing, Cost and
Pricing, Branding, New Techniques in Marketing, International Trade.

Units – 5: Strategic perspectives in Entrepreneurship:

Strategic Growth in Entrepreneurship, The Valuation Challenge in Entrepreneurship, The
Final Harvest of New Ventures, Technology, Business Incubation, India way –
Entrepreneurship; Women Entrepreneurs – Strategies to develop Women Entrepreneurs,
Institutions supporting Women Entrepreneurship in India.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprises, Poornima M.
Charantimath, 2e, Pearson, 2014.
2. Entrepreneurship, A South – Asian Perspective, D. F. Kuratko and T.V. Rao, 3e,
Cengage, 2012.
345
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

REFERENCES:
1. Entrepreneurship, Arya Kumar, 4 e, Pearson 2015.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management, Vasant Desai,
Himalaya Publishing House, 2015.

346
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

DISASTER MANAGEMENT
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE831OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The subject provides different disasters, tools, and methods for disaster
management.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
 Understanding Disasters, man-made Hazards and Vulnerabilities
 Understanding disaster management mechanism
 Understanding capacity building concepts and planning of disaster managements

UNIT - I
Understanding Disaster: Concept of Disaster - Different approaches- Concept of Risk -
Levels of Disasters - Disaster Phenomena and Events (Global, national and regional)
Hazards and Vulnerabilities: Natural and man-made hazards; response time, frequency and
forewarning levels of different hazards - Characteristics and damage potential or natural
hazards; hazard assessment - Dimensions of vulnerability factors; vulnerability assessment -
Vulnerability and disaster risk - Vulnerabilities to flood and earthquake hazards

UNIT - II
Disaster Management Mechanism: Concepts of risk management and crisis managements -
Disaster Management Cycle - Response and Recovery - Development, Prevention, Mitigation
and Preparedness - Planning for Relief

UNIT - III
Capacity Building: Capacity Building: Concept - Structural and Nonstructural Measures
Capacity Assessment; Strengthening Capacity for Reducing Risk - Counter-Disaster
Resources and their utility in Disaster Management - Legislative Support at the state and
national levels

UNIT - IV
Coping with Disaster: Coping Strategies; alternative adjustment processes - Changing
Concepts of disaster management - Industrial Safety Plan; Safety norms and survival kits -
Mass media and disaster management

UNIT - V
Planning for disaster management: Strategies for disaster management planning - Steps for
formulating a disaster risk reduction plan - Disaster management Act and Policy in India -

347
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

Organizational structure for disaster management in India - Preparation of state and district
disaster management plans

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Manual on Disaster Management, National Disaster Management, Agency Govt of
India.
2. Disaster Management by Mrinalini Pandey Wiley 2014.
3. Disaster Science and Management by T. Bhattacharya, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd Wiley 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Earth and Atmospheric Disasters Management, N. Pandharinath, CK Rajan, BS
Publications 2009.
2. National Disaster Management Plan, Ministry of Home affairs, Government of India
([Link]

348
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

FUNDAMENTALS OF LIQUEFIED NATURAL GAS
(Open Elective – III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE832OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives: The students will be able to:

 Gain basic knowledge of LNG and its prospective.
 Learn different liquefaction technologies of LNG.
 Have knowledge on different functional units on receiving terminals
 Analyze transportation of LNG and regasification.
 Understand HSE of LNG industry.

Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
 Have good knowledge on LNG process.
 Classify different liquefaction techniques.
 Understand different units in LNG processing and transportation.
 Have knowledge associated with safety aspects of LNG.

UNIT-I
Introduction: Overview of LNG industry: History of LNG industry – Base load LNG –
Developing an LNG Project – World and Indian Scenario – Properties of LNG.

UNIT-II
Liquefaction Technologies: Propane precooled mixed refrigerant process – Description of
Air products C3MR LNG process – Liquefaction – LNG flash and storage.
Cascade process: Description of ConocoPhillips optimized cascade (copoc) process –
Liquefaction – LNG flash and storage.
Other Liquefaction Processes: Description of Linde MFC LNG process- Precooling and
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) recovery – Liquefaction and subcooling- Trends in LNG
train capacity – strategy for grassroots plant- offshore LNG production.

UNIT-III
Supporting Functional Units in LNG Plants: Gas pretreatment: Slug catcher – NGL
stabilization column – Acid gas removal unit – Molecular sieve dehydrating unit – Mercury
and sulphur removal unit – NGL recovery – Nitrogen rejection – Helium recovery.

UNIT-IV
Receiving Terminals: Receiving terminals in India – Main components and description of
marine facilities – storage capacity – Process descriptions.
Integration with adjacent facilities – Gas inter changeability – Nitrogen injection – Extraction
of C2+ components.

349
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

LNG Shipping Industry & Major Equipment in LNG Industry: LNG Shipping Industry:
LNG fleet – Types of LNG ships – Moss – Membrane – prismatic; Cargo measurement and
calculations

UNIT-V
Major equipment in LNG industry: Cryogenic heat exchangers: Spiral – Wound heat
exchangers – Plate-fin heat exchangers – Cold boxes; Centrifugal compressors – Axial
compressors – Reciprocating compressors. LNG pumps and liquid expanders – Loading
Arms and gas turbines.
Vaporizers: Submerged combustion vaporizers- Open rack vaporizers – Shell and tube
vaporizers: direct heating with seawater, and indirect heating with seawater. Ambient air
vaporizers: Direct heating with ambient air – Indirect heating with ambient air.; LNG tanks.
Safety, Security and Environmental Issues: Safety design of LNG facilities – Security
issues for the LNG industry – Environmental issues – Risk based analysis of an LNG plant.

TEXT BOOK:
1. LNG: Basics of Liquefied Natural Gas, I st Edition, Stanley Huang, Hwa Chiu and
Doug Elliot, PETEX, 2007.
([Link]
l.)

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Marine Transportation of LNG (Liquefied) and related products, Richard G. Wooler,
Gornell Marine Press, 1975.
2. Marine Transportation of Liquefied Natural Gas, Robert P Curt, Timothy D. Delaney,
National Maritime Research Centre, 1973.
3. Natural Gas: Production, Processing and Transport, Alexandre Rojey, Editions
OPHRYS, 1997.

350
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

[Link]. PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT IN PETROLEUM INDUSTRY
(Open Elective - III)

[Link]. IV Year II Sem. L T/P/D C

Course Code: PE833OE 3 0/0/0 3

Course Objectives:
 Knowledge of environment issues and all related Acts.
 Knowledge of drilling fluids and its toxic effects with environment.
 Proper disposal of drilling cutting after appropriate treatment.
 Treatment of produced water and makeup water and its disposal as per state pollution
control board norms.
 Knowledge of oil mines regulations and proper implementation in drilling &
production mines as per Act.
 Knowledge of Hazop in drilling rigs & production installations.
 Knowledge of disaster management to fight any fire accident at drilling rig/
production installation/production platform.

Course Outcomes:
 The student can have the knowledge of various Acts related to safety, Health and
environment in petroleum industry.
 The student can have the knowledge of various drilling fluids handling and safe
disposal such toxic products.
 Knowledge of disaster management to fight any crisis.
 Knowledge of Hazard studies and occupational health hazards in the industry.

UNIT - I
Introduction to environmental control in the petroleum industry: Overview of
environmental issues- A new attitude.
Drilling and production operations: Drilling- Production- Air emissions.

UNIT - II
The impact of drilling and production operations: Measuring toxicity- Hydrocarbons-
Salt- Heavy metals- Production chemicals- Drilling fluids- Produced water- Nuclear
radiation- Air pollution- Acoustic impacts- Effects of offshore platforms- Risk assessment.
Environmental transport of petroleum wastes: Surface paths- Subsurface paths-
Atmospheric paths. Planning for Environmental protection.
Waste treatment methods: Treatment of water- Treatment of solids- Treatment of air
emissions-Waste water disposal: surface disposal.

351
 R16 [Link] CIVIL ENGG.

UNIT - III
Oil mines regulations: Introduction-Returns, Notices and plans- Inspector, management and
duties- Drilling and workover- Production- Transport by pipelines- Protection against gases
and fires- Machinery, plants and equipment- General safety provisions- Miscellaneous-
Remediation of contaminated sites- Site assessment-Remediation process.

UNIT- IV
Toxicity, physiological, asphyxiation, respiratory, skin effect of petroleum hydrocarbons and
their mixture- Sour gases with their threshold limits- Guidelines for occupational health
monitoring in oil and gas industry. Corrosion in petroleum industry- Additives during
acidizing, sand control and fracturing.

UNIT - V
Hazard identification- Hazard evaluation- Hazop and what if reviews- Developing a safe
process and safety management- Personal protection systems and measures.
Guidelines on internal safety audits (procedures and checklist)- Inspection & safe practices
during electrical installations- Safety instrumentation for process system in hydrocarbon
industry- Safety aspects in functional training-Work permit systems.
Classification of fires- The fire triangle- Distinction between fires and explosions-
Flammability characteristics of liquids and vapors- Well blowout fires and their control- Fire
fight equipment- Suppression of hydrocarbons fires.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Environmental Control in Petroleum Engineering, John C. Reis, Gulf Publishing
Company, 1996.
2. Application of HAZOP and What if Reviews to the Petroleum, Petrochemical and
Chemical Process Industries, Dennis P. Nolan, Noyes Publications, 1994.
3. Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Guidelines, Ministry of Petroleum & Natural
Gas, Government of India and Oil Mines Regulations-1984, Directorate General of
Mines Safety, Ministry of Labor and Employment, Government of India.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Guidelines for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations Centre for
Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 1995.
2. Guidelines for Fire Protection in Chemical, Petrochemical and Hydrocarbon Processing
Facilities, Centre for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical
Engineers, 2003.
3. Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation Procedures Centre for Chemical Safety, Wiley-
AIChE, 3rdEdition, 2008.
4. Guideline for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations, Centre for
Chemical Process Safety, AIChE, 1995.
5. Chemical Process Industry Safety, K S N Raju, McGraw Hill, 2014.

352